Storage Direct 1015 Catalogue Storage & Handling Equipment

STORAGE DESIGN 

2014/15 

Shelving & Racking 

Warehouse Environment 

Storage & Handling 

Equipment 

Workplace Equipment 

Cabinet & Lockers 

Storage Containers & Bins 

Access & Handling 

PROJECTS 

Pick Locations 

Narrow Aisle 

Heavy Duty Racking 

Storage Design Limited 

Primrose Hill 

Cowbridge 

South Wales 

CF71 7DU 

www.storage-design.ltd.uk 

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED 

email info@storage-design.ltd.uk 

tel 01446 772614 

fax 01446 774770

Ways to order: 

Delivery 


Order online 

£ 

Easy ways to pay 

Online at www.storage-design.ltd.uk Our 

website offers easy navigation and greater 

product choice. 

We accept major debit and credit cards 

through our secure payment system. 

We can take payment by cheque or BAC’s. 

Call us today 

Call us on 01446 772 614, our experienced 

Customer Service Team will be happy to 

assist in any way and provide additional 

support and knowledge. 

Email, fax and post 

E-Mail us on info@storage-design.ltd.uk 

Fax us your Order on 01446 774 770 

Mail to Storage Design Limited, Primrose 

Hill, Cowbridge, South Wales, CF71 7DU. 

Delivery 

Over 90% of the products in the Storage 

Design Catalogue come directly to you from 

UK manufacturers, bringing all the benefits of 

value for money, quality and robust 

workmanship, meeting all British Standards. 

Delivery times for all of our products are 

available on request – please call: 01446 772 

614 for details. Delivery is free on orders over 

£150 to UK mainland (except the north of 

Scotland and Cornwall). On orders under £150 

there is a £12 administration charge. Some of 

our products may carry a surcharge, in which 

case you will be informed when we receive 

your order. 

About Us 

Storage Design Limited are a registered distributor of the Storage Direct product range. We are 

one of the largest European manufacturers of racking, shelving, storage systems and equipment 

and our famous name brands of APEX and Linvar are synonymous in the industry. 

We can provide a comprehensive range of storage and handling solutions 

We provide a comprehensive service. This includes evaluating your storage and handling needs, 

designing the right solutions and then manufacturing and installing the racking and shelving 

systems required.

STORAGE DESIGN LTD Storage Direct Catalogue 2014-2015 

CONTENTS 

Shelving & Racking 2 - 39 

Warehouse Environment 40 - 69 

Storage Containers & Bins 70 - 79 

Access & Handling 98 - 129 

Cabinets & Lockers 130 - 157 

Workplace Equipment 158 - 189 

Index 190 - 192 

See our website for the latest promotions, special offers and pricing 

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614 info@storage-design.ltd.uk www.storage-design.ltd.uk 

SHELVING & RACKING 

We ensure all our shelving and racking is of the highest quality 

and with the majority being manufactured in the UK or 

Europe. With this promise comes with the knowledge that 

you can guarantee all products have gone through extensive 

testing and adhere to safety & equipment regulations. 

No job is too big or too small. We try and make it easy for you 

to order with clear look up comparison guides and tips to help 

you buy the product most suited to your requirements. 

If you need more help or advice please call or visit our 

website. 

When you are making your choice ask 

yourself the following questions: 

What do you want to store? 

Consider the load capacities and the size of the 

product you are planning to store 

Where are you storing your product – are there any 

special issues to consider – sprinkler system, cold 

storage environment, unique location? 

Other things to remember 

Light Industrial - See Page 10-11 

Longspan gets its name from its use of beams that 

allow a wide span of shelving. It is very rigid and 

versatile and doesn’t need a bottom shelf. 

Longspan needs to be bolted to a floor to ensure safety 

Racking is normally used where forklifts are operating 

and needs planning – please refer to our Project Section 

on page 32 

Boltless means just that – easy to assemble no nuts or 

bolts and good for general purpose use in garages, 

home storage and small businesses 

HOME AND OFFICE 

SHELVING 

Shelf 

Loading (kg) 

Decks 

Colour 

No. of 

Heights 

No. of 

Widths 

No. of 

Depths 

Shelf Levels Office Garage 

Bolted Shelving 35 - 100 Steel 3 1 1 4 x x 

Boltless Shelving 60 - 100 Steel 3 1 1 3 x x 

Spur Shelving 170 White Steel 7 1 4 3 x 

Lever Arch Filing Storage 100 Chipboard 3 1 1 5 x 

Workplace Shelving 80 Grey Steel 1 2 5 6 x 

INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 

Shelf 

Loading (kg) 

Decks 

Colour 

No. of 

Heights 

No. of 

Widths 

No. of 

Depths 

Level Bays Warehouse Workshops 

Light Duty 100 Steel 2 1 4 5 x x 

Medium Duty 125 Chipboard 1 1 3 3 x 

Heavy Duty 150 Steel 2 1 4 5 x x 

Boxed Industrial Shelving 100 Steel 2 1 2 5 x x 

Pre-Packed Shelving Sets 150 Steel 1 1 3 4 x x 

Stockroom Shelving 200 - 900 Chipboard 2 2 3 3 x x 

WAREHOUSE RACKING 

& SHELVING 

Shelf 

Loading (kg) 

Decks 

Colour 

No. of 

Heights 

No. of 

Widths 

No. of 

Depths 

Levels 

Warehouse 

Medium Duty 500 Steel 2 2 3 3 x x 

Heavy Duty 750 Steel 3 3 3 3 x x 

Cantilever Racking 250-1000 Steel 3 3 3 3 x x 

Extra Heavy Duty 

Frames & Beams 

SPECIALIST SHELVING 

1000 Steel 3 3 3 N/A x x 

Shelf 

Loading (kg) 

Decks 

Colour 

No. of 

Heights 

No. of 

Widths 

No. of 

Depths 

Bulk 

Storage 

Levels Bays Warehouse Factories 

Chrome Catering 80 Chrome 1 3 4 4 x 

Garment Shelving 100 Steel 1 1 1 3 x x 

Tyre Shelving 150 Steel 2 2 1 4 x x 

Bar and Sheet Storage 1000 Steel 5 5 4 x x 

Loadall 55 Back 1 1 1 x x 

Chrome Shelving & Linbins 80-150 Chrome 1 1 1 4



SHELVING 

& RACKING 

In this section 

Home & Office Shelving 

Bolted Shelving 4 

Boltless Shelving 5 

Spur Shelving 6-7 

Tyre Racking - See Page 27 

Workplace Shelving 8-9 

Industrial Shelving 

Medium Duty Shelving 10 

Steel Shelving - See Page 16-21 

Heavy Duty Shelving 11 

Light Industrial Shelving 13 

Stockroom Sheds Schools Hospitals Retail Other 

x x x x Factories 

x x x x Workshop 

x x x 

x x x 

Storeroom Office Garages 

x 

x x x 

x 

Archive 

Store 

Museum 

x x x x x 

x x x 

x x x 

x x x x 

Museums 

& Libraries 

Museums 

& Libraries 

Other 

x x Light Industrial 

Picking 

Wholesale 

Steel 


Archive 

Store 

x x x 

x x x 

x 

Timber 

Yard 

x 

Other 

Stock Room Shelving 14-15 

Warehouse Shelving 

Medium Duty 10 

Heavy Duty 11 

Extra Heavy Duty 16-21 

Cantilever Racking 20 

Specialist Shelving 

Chrome Catering Shelving 22-25 

Garment Shelving 26 

Tyre Shelving 27 

Shelving & Container Kits 28 

Archive Shelving 29 

Bar & Sheet Storage 30-31 

x x x 

Garages Kitchens Storerooms Retail 

x x x 

x 

x 

x 

Steel 


x 

Projects 

Pallet Racking 32-33 

Specialist Pallet Racking 34-35 

x 

x 

x x x 

x x x x 

Shelving 36-37 

Rack Safety & Mezzanine Floors 39




HOME & OFFICE SHELVING 

Economy Bolted Shelving 

Zamba ® Value shelving units are designed for 

domestic and light commercial applications. They 

benefit from a rust resistant galvanised finish and 

adjustable shelves which simply bolt in place. 

These units should be bolted back to back or 

wall fixed for additional stability. 

• Shelves may be inverted to use as trays 

• 4 and 5 tier have 2 piece uprights 

• Made in the UK and tested to British standards 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Shed and 

Greenhouse 

✓Garages 

✓Workshop 

✓Understair 

Cupboard 

✓Janitorial 

Cupboards 

✓Hobby Room 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

from only 

£36.67 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10 

VZLDBLG3 780 700 300 3 35 £33.19 £25.93 £21.78 

VZLDBLG4 1500 700 300 4 35 £43.58 £34.05 £28.60 

VZLDBLG5 1500 700 300 5 35 £48.70 £38.04 £31.96 

VZLDBLP3 780 700 300 3 35 £36.67 £28.65 £24.06 

VZLDBLP4 1500 700 300 4 35 £49.21 £38.45 £32.29 

VZLDBLP5 1500 700 300 5 35 £55.75 £43.55 £36.58 

Bulk order discounts available 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stock Room 

✓Store Room 

✓Parts Store 

✓Workshop 

from only 

£71.99 

Zamba ® Supreme Bolted Shelving 

Zamba ® Supreme medium duty shelving will take a maximum load of 75kg 

UDL capacity per level to all levels simultaneously. The strong adjustable 

bolted construction has corner braces for stability. This is ideal for schools, 

hospitals and other institutions where removable shelves pose a risk. 

Supplied in individual retail packs as standard, this product is also available in 

bulk at vastly reduced prices. 

• Scratch resistant powder coated finish 

• Six tier can also be installed as two 3 tiers 

• Full range of dividers and side and back cladding available 


VZMDBL5 1900 900 400 5 75 £99.69 £87.84 £73.79 

VZMDBL6 1900 900 310 6 75 £98.73 £85.70 £71.99 


PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshop 

✓Garages 

✓Archive Store 

✓Schools 

✓Factory 

✓Museum 

from only 

£114.49 

Zamba ® Medway Heavy Duty Bolted Shelving 

Zamba ® Medway heavy duty shelving offers 100kg UDL per level with 

traditional bracing and uprights. Shelf levels are easily adjusted. Other 

colours are available by special order. 

• Made in the UK 


• Braced frames 


VZHDBL55 2000 1000 500 6 100 £159.99 £136.49 £114.49 


4 For our full range of products and additional items please visit our website





from only 

£27.17 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Library Store 

✓Garages 


✓Utility Rooms 

✓Workshop 

Economy Boltless Shelving 

Zamba ® Standard duty boltless steel shelving 

is ideal for offices and is easy assembled with 

a rubber mallet. Shelf levels are designed to 

take standard A4 files at fixed positions. Video 

assembly instructions available online. Load 

capacity 60kg UDL per shelf. 

• Strong boltless shelving 


• UK Made and tested to British standards 


VZLDBP3 760 700 300 3 60 £41.40 £32.34 £27.17 

VZLDBP4 1400 700 300 4 60 £55.68 £43.50 £36.54 

VZLDBP5 1500 700 300 5 60 £65.96 £51.53 £43.28 


from only 

£47.69 

Multi Purpose Boltless Shelving 

Zamba ® Big Value shelving comes with a galvanised finish with split 

legs. Strong and easy to assemble with 5 shelf levels to give a quick and 

convenient storage solution for offices, workshops, sheds and garages. No 

tools required for assembly. 

• Manufactured from rust resistant galvanised steel 

• Chipboard shelves 

• Easy to assemble, big value shelving 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Garages and 

Sheds 

✓Warehouse 


✓Stock Rooms 

✓Workshops 

✓Hobby Room 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10 

VZMDFU5GV 1690 850 350 80 £72.68 £56.78 £47.69 


from only 

£40.88 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Store Rooms 

✓Factories 

✓Sheds 

✓Workshop 

✓Garages 

Mighty Fast Assembly 

Shelving 

The Zamba ® Mighty range slots together 

without the use of tools. The finished units 

benefit from strong chipboard shelving panels 

and powder coated frame work. Suitable for 

domestic and commercial applications alike. Tall 

units should be bolted back to back or wall fixed 

for stability. 



• Easy to assemble with rolled 

safe edges to uprights 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) Shelves Each 5 10 

VZHDF2 940 950 450 100 2 £62.29 £48.67 £40.88 

VZHDF3 940 950 450 100 3 £81.59 £63.74 £53.54 

VZHDA4 1315 1320 450 100 4 £123.49 £105.49 £88.36 

VZHDF5 1880 950 450 100 5 £131.99 £112.49 £94.42 


5




SPUR SHELVING 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Hospitals 

✓Libraries 

✓Schools 

✓Garages 

✓Museum 

from only 

£52.32 

Spur® 3 Shelf Kits 

Spur® Steel-Lok wall mounted shelving kits are 

world renowned for their strength and longevity. 

The height of the shelves may be easily adjusted 

to suit your requirements by moving the 

brackets up or down on the upright. These packs 

come complete with 2 uprights, 3 shelves, 6 

adjustable brackets and 6 spring rod book ends. 

• Made in the UK for over 60 years 


• High strength quality steel 


VZTS3KIT220 1000 1000 220 3 150 £99.66 £62.29 £52.32 

VZTS3KIT270 1000 1000 270 3 120 £104.49 £65.12 £54.70 

VZTS3KIT320 1000 1000 320 3 110 £118.49 £73.89 £62.07 

VZTS3KIT370 1000 1000 370 3 144 £123.49 £108.49 £64.81 

Bulk order discounts 

Spur® Steel-Lok Shelves Pack of 4 

The Spur® steel shelves fit into the Steel- 

Lok brackets. Easy clean and fully adjustable. 

Available in seven depths as listed. Special 

lengths are available, please call for details. 

• Superb value for money 

• World renowned design 

• Full range of colours available, call for details 

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) Each 4 10 

ZZSL15S1000W 1000 150 166 £21.74 £15.14 £13.04 

ZZSL22S1000W 1000 220 150 £23.20 £16.16 £13.92 

ZZSL27S1000W 1000 270 120 £24.50 £17.06 £14.70 

ZZSL32S1000W 1000 320 110 £26.50 £18.46 £15.90 

ZZSL37S1000W 1000 370 144 £27.90 £19.43 £16.74 

ZZSL47S1000W 1000 470 170 £34.70 £24.17 £20.82 

ZZSL61S1000W 1000 610 150 £40.47 £28.18 £24.28 

Spur® Steel-Lok Uprights 

Spur® Steel-Lok individual uprights. Available in eight standard heights. Special lengths can be made to order. 

Code Height (mm) Each 10 50 

ZZSLU0SW 170 £1.35 £0.87 £0.54 

ZZSLU052W 520 £4.28 £2.75 £1.71 

ZZSLU071W 710 £5.19 £3.33 £2.07 

ZZSLU100W 1000 £6.66 £4.28 £2.67 

ZZSLU150W 1500 £8.92 £5.73 £3.57 

ZZSLU122W 1220 £7.93 £5.10 £3.17 

ZZSLU198W 1980 £12.83 £8.25 £5.13 

ZZSLU220W 2200 £14.04 £9.02 £5.61 







VZRBFU2 

from only 

£40.57 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Hospitals 

✓Libraries 

✓Schools 

✓Garages 

✓Museum 

VZRBF05 

VZRBFU5 

Lever Arch File Storage Unit 

Low cost Lever Arch file storage ideal for filing 

rooms and offices. Simple to assemble. Three 

tier units can be extended to five tiers with a two 

tier extension pack. Five tier units should be wall 

fixed for stability. 



• Easy to assemble 


VZRBFU2 980 1065 305 2 100 £56.66 £48.29 £40.57 

VZRBFU3 1020 1065 305 3 100 £72.62 £61.89 £51.99 

VZRBFU5 2000 1065 305 5 100 £129.49 £110.49 £92.55 

Spur® Steel-Lok Bookends (Pair) 

The original Spur® Spring Rod Bookends clip into the twinslot Steel-Lok uprights. Available in three 

sizes as listed and packed in pairs. 

Code Depth (mm) Each 10 75 

ZZSLSR15W 150 £3.45 £2.22 £1.38 

ZZSLSR20W 200 £4.40 £2.83 £1.76 

ZZSLSR25W 250 £5.43 £3.49 £2.17 


Spur® Brackets 

Genuine Spur® Steel-Lok brackets clip into the 

twinslot upright. To be used with our steel or 

wood shelves. Available in a variety of sizes and 

load capacities as listed. 

• Made in the UK for over 60 years 


• 1.5mm thick quality steel 

Code Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) Each 10 75 

ZZSLBH15W 145 83 £1.82 £1.17 £0.73 

ZZSLBH22W 220 75 £2.37 £1.52 £0.95 

ZZSLBH27W 270 60 £2.64 £1.70 £1.06 

ZZSLBH32W 320 55 £2.84 £1.83 £1.14 

ZZSLBH37W 370 100 £4.47 £2.88 £1.79 

ZZSLBH47W 470 72 £5.75 £3.70 £2.30 

ZZSLBR47W 470 85 £10.18 £6.54 £4.07 

ZZSLBR61W 610 75 £13.09 £8.42 £5.24 


7



OFFICE SHELVING 

Workplace Shelving 


This stylish shelving system offers a wide range of accessories making it a flexible and affordable option 

for all your storage needs. Available as open or fully clad bays. 

• New hard wearing, anti-bacterial, powder coating make this system suitable for clean environments. 

• Shelves are clipped for quick and easy assembly with a 100kg load 

• Quality engineered to provide a sturdy and robust shelving system 

that will give many years of service. Bay capacity of 600kg 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Rooms 

✓Office 

✓Schools 

from only 

£79.65 

Workplace Shelving - Open Bays 

Starter Bays 

Add on Bays 

Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Code Each Code Each 

1830 900 300 6 VMS18900300OST £97.01 VMS18900300OEX £79.65 

1830 900 350 6 VMS18900350OST £105.49 VMS18900350OEX £86.13 

1830 900 400 6 VMS18900400OST £113.49 VMS18900400OEX £92.47 

1830 900 450 6 VMS18900450OST £123.49 VMS18900450OEX £99.89 

1830 900 600 6 VMS18900600OST £159.49 VMS18900600OEX £129.99 

1830 1000 300 6 VMS181000300OST £99.71 VMS181000300OEX £82.36 

1830 1000 350 6 VMS181000350OST £108.49 VMS181000350OEX £89.10 

1830 1000 400 6 VMS181000400OST £116.99 VMS181000400OEX £95.97 

1830 1000 450 6 VMS181000450OST £126.99 VMS181000450OEX £103.49 

1830 1000 600 6 VMS181000600OST £164.49 VMS181000600OEX £134.99 

Bays can carry up to 600kg per bay 




Workplace Shelving - Accessories 

There are a wide range of accessories available for our workplace shelving including: 

Door Sets 

Pull Out Shelves 

Pull Out Cradles 

Lateral Rails 

Shelf Dividers 


OFFICE SHELVING 

Please call for details 

from only 

£99.23 

Workplace Shelving - Closed Bays 

Starter Bays 

Add on Bays 


1830 900 300 6 VMS18900300CST £116.99 VMS18900300CEX £99.23 

1830 900 350 6 VMS18900350CST £124.99 VMS18900350CEX £105.99 

1830 900 400 6 VMS18900400CST £132.99 VMS18900400CEX £112.49 

1830 900 450 6 VMS18900450CST £142.99 VMS18900450CEX £119.49 

1830 900 600 6 VMS18900600CST £178.99 VMS18900600CEX £149.49 

1830 1000 300 6 VMS181000300CST £119.99 VMS181000300CEX £102.49 

1830 1000 350 6 VMS181000350CST £127.99 VMS181000350CEX £108.99 

1830 1000 400 6 VMS181000400CST £136.99 VMS181000400CEX £115.99 

1830 1000 450 6 VMS181000450CST £146.49 VMS181000450CEX £123.49 

1830 1000 600 6 VMS181000600CST £184.49 VMS181000600CEX £154.49 

Bays can carry up to 600kg per bay 


9




MEDIUM DUTY INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 

Medium Duty Industrial Shelving 

Versatile shelving system for workshop, warehouse, storerooms and office environments. Easy to assemble boltless system. All 

frames are delivered knock down - rapid assembly without tools. 

• 100kg Shelf load UDL with Bay load capacity up to 1100kg 

• Shelves adjustable at 25mm vertical centres 

• Pre-galvanised finish as standard 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshops 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Office 

Environments 

from only 

£67.89 

Bay load capacity 

up to 1100kg 

Starter Bay 

Add Bay 

Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Code Each Code Each 

Starter Bay 2000 1000 300 5 ME201030SM £86.41 ME201030XM £67.89 







All load capacities based on uniformly distributed load and on runs of three or more bays 

Medium Duty Industrial Shelves 

• All shelves are galvanised finished with a 100kg Load 

• Perforation at 50mm centre for multiple accessories 

• Shelf clips included 

PERFECT FOR 

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load (kg) Each 

VME86967 1000 300 100 £12.33 

VME86968 1000 400 100 £13.46 

VME86969 1000 500 100 £15.14 

VME86970 1000 600 100 £16.82 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshops 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Office 

Environments 

from only 

£12.33 





HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 

Heavy Duty Industrial Shelving 

Heavy Duty shelving system with a pre-galvanised finished, suitable for industrial applications, warehouses and storerooms. Easy to 

assemble boltless system. All frames are delivered knock down - rapid assembly without tools. 

• Bay load capacity up to 1380 kg 

• Shelves adjustable on a 25mm vertical pitch 

• 150 kg shelves with perforation for full use of accessories 

from only 

£75.75 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshops 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Office 

Environments 

Bay load capacity 

up to 1380kg 

* Bays shown are 5 tier (5 shelves including top & bottom) 

Starter Bay 

Add Bay 

Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Code Each Code Each 

Starter Bay 2000 1000 300 5 ME201030S £95.95 ME201030X £75.75 







Discounts are available for large order quantities 

Heavy Duty Industrial Shelves 

All shelves are galvanised finished with a 150kg Load 

• Closed shelf edge for higher stability 

• Shelf clips included 

PERFECT FOR 

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load Each 

VME94756 1000 300 150 £14.02 

VME94757 1000 400 150 £15.14 

ME94758 1000 500 150 £16.82 

VME94759 1000 600 150 £18.51 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshops 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Office 

Environments 

from only 

£14.02 


11




INDUSTRIAL SHELVING ACCESSORIES 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshops 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Office 

Environments 

Pre-Packed Industrial Shelving Sets 

Versatile shelving system for workshop, warehouse, store room and office 

with bay load capacity up to 1260kg. 

• Easily assembled boltless system - simply clip 

shelves into the assembled frames 

• Pre-packed kits allow for ease of transport 


Starter Bay 

Add Bay 


2000 1000 400 4 V94952L £94.10 V94953L £68.10 

2000 1000 500 4 V94954L £100.99 V94955L £75.82 

2000 1000 600 4 V94956L £113.49 V94957L £84.54 

Shelf/bay loads based on uniformly distributed loads (UDL) and on runs of 3 bays or more 

from only 

£68.10 

Industrial Boltless Shelving Accessories 

Our Industrial Shelving has a wide range of accessories allowing you to create a bespoke solution for your needs. This is only a small range of the accessories 

we offer. Please contact us for more information or to discuss your requirements. 

Medium Duty Industrial Shelves 


VME86967 1000 300 100 £12.33 

VME86970 1000 600 100 £16.82 

VME86969 1000 500 100 £15.14 

VME86968 1000 400 100 £13.46 

Heavy Duty Industrial Shelves 


ME94757 1000 400 150 £15.14 

ME94758 1000 500 150 £16.82 

ME94759 1000 600 150 £18.51 

from only 

£12.33 

Industrial Shelving Dividers 

These pre-galvanised freestanding dividers are 

ideal to segment shelving to help with product 

identification. 

• Easily fitted to existing slots in the shelves 

• Pre-Galvanised finish as standard 

Code Height (mm) Depth (mm) Each 

ME81004 150 300 £3.92 

ME95957 150 400 £4.48 

ME91034 150 500 £4.48 

ME95958 150 600 £5.60 

Industrial Shelving Bracing 

Cross Bracing is required to support the shelving 

bays. Available for starter or add on bays. 


Code Type Each 

MEBRACES For Starter Bay £3.92 

MEBRACEX For Add Bay £2.23 

Industrial Shelving Back Mesh 

Back mesh cladding with all fixings 


Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Each 

ME14903 1900 900 £21.86 





EASY ORDER INDUSTRIAL SHELVING BAYS 

Type 3 

Type 2 

Type 1 

Boxed Industrial Shelving Bays 

Ready packed units designed for ease of transport. Simple assembly without tools. Shelves are 

adjustable at 25mm heights, making this shelving highly flexible to suit your storage needs. 

• Packs specifically designed for safe transportation of parts 

• Type 1 - Pre-galvanised for industrial applications 

• Type 2 & 3 powder coated light grey finish for office applications 

from only 

£55.14 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshops 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Office 

Environments 

Starter Bay 

Add Bay 

Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Code Each Code Each 

1800 1000 400 800kg 4 100 V98278 £110.99 V98279 £78.91 

1800 1000 300 800kg 5 80 V98280 £102.99 V98281 £92.74 

900 1000 300 400kg 3 80 V98282 £73.87 V98283 £55.14 

from only 

£88.74 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stock Room 

✓Store Room 


✓Museum 

✓Garages 

Zamba ® Light Industrial Shelving 

Zamba ® Warehouse shelving is a patented British design offering great 

value for money. Built as individual bays or simply fixed together in runs. 

This shelving is ideal for many applications be it a retail stock room or 

warehouse. Bespoke and volume enquiries welcomed. Capacity 500Kg per 

bay 125Kg per shelf. 

• Chipboard shelves 

• Rolled safety edges to uprights with scratch resistant powder coated finish 

• Patented British design 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelf Load 

(kg) 

Each 5 10 

VZLI412 1880 1200 450 125 £130.99 £118.99 £88.74 

VZLLI4126 1880 1200 600 125 £147.99 £134.49 £100.49 

VZLI415 1880 1500 450 125 £144.49 £131.49 £97.88 

VZLI418 1880 1800 450 125 £171.49 £155.99 £116.49 


13




STOCKROOM SHELVING 

Stockroom Shelving Bays 

Our medium duty modular stockroom shelving 

is a versatile and adaptable shelving bay for 

commercial or domestic use. Fully boltless 

assembly means it is quick and simple to build. 

Bays come complete with assembled frames 

and 3 fully adjustable chipboard shelf levels. All 

shelves come complete with galvanised step 

beams and 25mm chipboard which simply slots 

into the beams. Shelf loads vary from 200kg UDL 

up to 900kg UDL - please ensure you purchase 

the correct bays with a shelf load to suit your 

needs. 

• Bay prices include 2 frames, 6 beams 

and 3 sets of 25mm chipboard 

• Choice of 2 heights, 3 widths and 3 depths 

• Bays can carry up to 4200kg 

Note: All loading are calculated with a maximum 

height to first beam level of 1000mm. We 

recommend that all frames are bolted to the floor. 

2400 x 450mm bay includes floor fixings. 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Stockrooms 

✓Storerooms 

✓Light industrial 

✓Domestic 

from only 

£112.49 

1200mm Wide Bays 

Starter Bay 

Add Bay 

Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves 

Shelf Load 

(kg) 

Code Each 3 5 Code Each 3 5 

1800 1200 450 3 929 CM18412S £155.49 £147.99 £140.49 CM18412A £125.49 £119.49 £112.49 

1800 1200 600 3 533 CM18612S £179.99 £141.49 £156.99 CM18612A £148.99 £142.49 £123.49 

1800 1200 900 3 211 CM18912S £203.99 £180.49 £164.99 CM18912A £171.49 £149.49 £131.99 

2400 1200 450 3 929 CM24412S £178.49 £170.49 £155.49 CM24412A £140.99 £134.49 £118.99 

2400 1200 600 3 533 CM24612S £203.99 £185.99 £171.49 CM24612A £166.49 £150.49 £132.49 

2400 1200 900 3 211 CM24912S £233.99 £193.49 £179.99 CM24912A £194.99 £155.99 £138.49 


Starter Bay 

Add Bay 


Shelf Load 

(kg) 


1800 1500 450 3 745 CM18415S £168.99 £162.99 £154.49 CM18415A £138.99 £132.49 £124.99 

1800 1500 600 3 666 CM18615S £193.49 £184.49 £171.99 CM18615A £162.49 £154.99 £138.99 

1800 1500 900 3 263 CM18915S £237.49 £212.99 £201.99 CM18915A £204.99 £181.49 £166.49 

2400 1500 450 3 745 CM24415S £191.99 £183.49 £170.49 CM24415A £154.49 £147.49 £131.99 

2400 1500 600 3 666 CM24615S £217.49 £198.99 £185.99 CM24615A £179.99 £162.99 £145.49 

2400 1500 900 3 263 CM24915S £267.49 £228.49 £216.99 CM24915A £228.49 £187.99 £173.99 







Starter Bay 

Add Bay 


Shelf Load 

(kg) 


1800 1800 450 3 622 CM18418S £174.99 £169.49 £160.99 CM18418A £144.99 £137.99 £127.99 

1800 1800 600 3 622 CM18618S £201.49 £192.49 £180.99 CM18618A £170.99 £162.99 £147.49 

1800 1800 900 3 316 CM18918S £276.99 £258.49 £244.99 CM18918A £244.49 £220.99 £209.49 

2400 1800 450 3 622 CM24418S £197.49 £188.99 £176.49 CM24418A £160.49 £152.99 £136.99 

2400 1800 600 3 622 CM24618S £225.99 £206.99 £195.49 CM24618A £188.49 £170.99 £154.49 

2400 1800 900 3 316 CM24918S £307.49 £273.99 £259.99 CM24918A £267.99 £228.49 £216.99 

Stockroom Shelving Shelf Levels 

These easy to order shelf sets come complete with 2 galvanised beams and 25mm chipboard. Simply drop the chipboard into the beams to create a sturdy 

and secure shelf level. For use with our stockroom shelving bays. 

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) Each 

CS124 1200 450 929 £29.38 

CS126 1200 600 533 £35.62 

CS129 1200 900 211 £39.71 

CS154 1500 450 745 £40.15 

CS156 1500 600 666 £44.96 

CS159 1500 900 263 £49.50 

CS184 1800 450 622 £37.89 

CS186 1800 600 622 £45.65 

CS189 1800 900 316 £68.24 

from only 

£29.38 

Stockroom Shelving Accessories 

Floor bolts offer additional structural support to your bays and levelling 

plates balance on uneven floors. 


LLP2UN 2mm Levelling Plate £0.66 


VBLTBFF Holding Down Bolt £0.62 


15




MEDIUM DUTY WAREHOUSE SHELVING 

Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving Bays 

Our fully modular medium duty industrial shelving is perfect 

for every application from hand loading to sophisticated 

picking systems. It is supremely strong with each bay taking 

up to a 4200kg load; it’s extremely versatile with height 

adjustable shelf levels. Our fully steel shelving bays come 

complete with 3 steel shelf levels with each level able to take 

up to 500kg (UDL). Our grey powder coated frames with 

galvanised bracing are delivered fully assembled so you simply 

have to lock the beams into the frames. 

• All shelf levels come complete with orange beams and 

galvanised steel decks - additional shelf levels are available. 

• Choice of 2 heights,4 widths and 3 depths 

• Easy to assemble - Beams simply lock into frames, steel 

decks fit neatly over beams creating a smooth finish 

Note: All loading are calculated with a maximum height to 

first beam level of 1000mm. We recommend that all frames 

are bolted to the floor. 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Archiving 

✓Warehouse 

✓Bulk Storage 

from only 

£126.99 


Starter Bay 

Add Bay 

Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each 3 5 Code Each 3 5 

1800 1200 450 MD18412S £170.99 £164.99 £154.99 MD18412A £140.99 £134.49 £126.99 

1800 1200 600 MD18612S £188.49 £179.99 £166.99 MD18612A £157.99 £150.49 £134.99 

1800 1200 900 MD18912S £228.49 £203.99 £191.99 MD18912A £195.99 £172.99 £156.49 

2400 1200 450 MD24412S £193.99 £184.99 £172.49 MD24412A £156.49 £149.49 £133.49 

2400 1200 600 MD24612S £212.49 £194.49 £180.99 MD24612A £175.49 £158.49 £140.99 

2400 1200 900 MD24912S £258.99 £218.49 £206.99 MD24912A £219.49 £179.49 £163.99 


Starter Bay 

Add Bay 


1800 1500 450 MD18415S £185.49 £181.49 £167.99 MD18415A £155.49 £147.99 £139.99 

1800 1500 600 MD18615S £204.99 £195.49 £184.49 MD18615A £173.99 £165.99 £150.99 

1800 1500 900 MD18915S £249.49 £224.49 £215.49 MD18915A £216.99 £193.49 £179.99 

2400 1500 450 MD24415S £208.49 £198.99 £188.49 MD24415A £170.99 £162.99 £147.49 

2400 1500 600 MD24615S £228.99 £209.99 £198.49 MD24615A £191.49 £173.99 £157.99 

2400 1500 900 MD24915S £279.99 £242.49 £230.49 MD24915A £240.49 £199.99 £187.49 





MEDIUM DUTY WAREHOUSE SHELVING 


Starter Bay 

Add Bay 


1800 1800 450 MD18418S £196.49 £194.49 £184.49 MD18418A £166.49 £159.99 £151.49 

1800 1800 600 MD18618S £216.49 £207.49 £196.99 MD18618A £185.49 £176.99 £163.49 

1800 1800 900 MD18918S £258.99 £233.49 £225.49 MD18918A £226.49 £202.49 £189.99 

2400 1800 450 MD24418S £219.49 £210.99 £200.49 MD24418A £181.99 £173.99 £159.49 

2400 1800 600 MD24618S £240.49 £220.99 £211.49 MD24618A £202.99 £184.99 £170.49 

2400 1800 900 MD24918S £289.49 £253.49 £240.49 MD24918A £249.99 £208.99 £197.49 


Starter Bay 

Add Bay 


1800 2400 450 MD18424S £228.49 £230.99 £219.49 MD18424A £198.49 £196.49 £186.49 

1800 2400 600 MD18624S £251.49 £247.99 £235.49 MD18624A £220.49 £212.99 £201.99 

1800 2400 900 MD18924S £301.99 £286.99 £272.49 MD18924A £269.49 £249.49 £236.99 

2400 2400 450 MD24424S £250.99 £247.99 £234.99 MD24424A £213.99 £204.99 £194.49 

2400 2400 600 MD24624S £275.49 £263.49 £249.99 MD24624A £238.49 £220.49 £208.99 

2400 2400 900 MD24924S £331.99 £302.99 £287.49 MD24924A £292.99 £257.49 £244.49 

Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving Levels 

These easy to order shelf sets come complete with 2 orange beams and steel decks which fit neatly 

over the beams creating a smooth finish. For use with our Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving Bays. 

• 500kg Shelf Load UDL 

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Each 

MS124 1200 450 £34.59 

MS126 1200 600 £38.53 

MS129 1200 900 £47.92 

MS154 1500 450 £40.38 

MS156 1500 600 £45.31 

MS159 1500 900 £81.27 

MS184 1800 450 £45.11 

MS186 1800 600 £50.53 

MS189 1800 900 £62.28 

MS244 2400 450 £57.82 

MS246 2400 600 £65.04 

MS249 2400 900 £80.70 

from only 

£34.59 

Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving Accessories 








17




HEAVY DUTY WAREHOUSE SHELVING 

Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Bays 

Our versatile heavy duty warehouse shelving is 

perfect for organising your busy warehouse by 

creating large volume storage quickly and simply. 

Our sturdy steel shelving bays come complete with 

3 steel shelf levels with each level able to take up to 

750kg (UDL). All shelf levels come complete with 

orange beams and galvanised steel decks. Additional 

shelf levels are available. Each bay can carry up to 

4200kg. 

• Fully assembled bolted frames with grey 

powder coated posts and galvanised bracing 


• Easy to assemble - Beams simply lock into 

frames, steel decks fit neatly over beams 

creating a smooth finish 

Note: All loading are calculated with a maximum 

height to first beam level of 1000mm. We 

recommend that all frames are bolted to the floor. 

2400 x 450mm and 3000 x 600mm bays include 

floor fixings. 

from only 

£150.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Industrial 

✓Commercial 

Units 

from only 

£204.99 

1500 mm Wide Bays 

Starter Bay 

Add Bay 


1800 1500 600 HD18615S £204.99 £195.49 £184.49 HD18615A £173.99 £165.99 £150.99 

1800 1500 900 HD18915S £261.49 £235.99 £228.49 HD18915A £228.99 £204.99 £192.99 

1800 1500 1200 HD181215S £312.99 £280.49 £266.49 HD181215A £277.49 £239.99 £227.99 

2400 1500 600 HD24615S £228.99 £209.99 £198.49 HD24615A £191.49 £173.99 £157.99 

2400 1500 900 HD24915S £291.99 £256.49 £243.49 HD24915A £252.49 £211.49 £200.49 

2400 1500 1200 HD241215S £349.99 £297.99 £282.99 HD241215A £307.49 £248.99 £235.99 

3000 1500 600 HD30615S £254.99 £241.99 £214.99 HD30615A £209.99 £198.99 £173.49 

3000 1500 900 HD30915S £310.49 £268.49 £240.99 HD30915A £263.99 £224.49 £197.99 

3000 1500 1200 HD301215S £371.49 £300.49 £281.99 HD301215A £320.99 £252.49 £226.99 


Starter Bay 

Add Bay 


1800 1800 600 HD18618S £225.49 £218.49 £207.49 HD18618A £194.99 £185.99 £173.49 

1800 1800 900 HD18918S £275.49 £256.49 £243.49 HD18918A £242.99 £219.49 £207.99 

1800 1800 1200 HD181218S £346.99 £319.99 £303.49 HD181218A £311.99 £279.49 £264.99 

2400 1800 600 HD24618S £249.99 £233.49 £221.49 HD24618A £212.49 £193.99 £180.99 

2400 1800 900 HD24918S £305.99 £272.49 £258.49 HD24918A £266.49 £226.99 £215.49 

2400 1800 1200 HD241218S £364.99 £315.49 £298.99 HD241218A £322.49 £265.99 £252.49 

3000 1800 600 HD30618S £275.49 £261.99 £237.99 HD30618A £230.99 £218.99 £192.99 

3000 1800 900 HD30918S £335.99 £292.99 £273.49 HD30918A £289.99 £248.99 £222.99 

3000 1800 1200 HD301218S £402.49 £332.99 £315.49 HD301218A £351.99 £281.99 £260.49 





HEAVY DUTY WAREHOUSE SHELVING 


Starter Bay 

Add Bay 


1800 2400 600 HD18624S £271.99 £271.49 £257.49 HD18624A £240.99 £235.99 £223.99 

1800 2400 900 HD18924S £326.49 £315.49 £298.99 HD18924A £293.99 £277.99 £263.99 

1800 2400 1200 HD181224S £393.99 £373.99 £354.99 HD181224A £358.99 £333.49 £316.49 

2400 2400 600 HD24624S £295.99 £286.49 £271.99 HD24624A £258.49 £243.49 £230.99 

2400 2400 900 HD24924S £356.99 £330.99 £313.99 HD24924A £317.49 £285.99 £271.49 

2400 2400 1200 HD241224S £456.99 £420.99 £399.49 HD241224A £413.99 £371.49 £352.49 

3000 2400 600 HD30624S £321.99 £305.99 £287.99 HD30624A £276.99 £263.49 £239.49 

3000 2400 900 HD30924S £392.49 £352.99 £334.99 HD30924A £345.99 £302.49 £284.49 

3000 2400 1200 HD301224S £468.49 £408.99 £387.99 HD301224A £418.49 £350.99 £332.99 

Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Levels 

These easy to order shelf sets come complete with 2 orange beams and steel 

decks which fit neatly over the beams creating a smooth finish. For use with 

our Warehouse Shelving Bays. 

• 750kg Shelf Load UDL 

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load Each 

HDS156 1500 600 750 £45.31 

HDS159 1500 900 750 £61.08 

HDS1512 1500 1200 750 £74.24 

HDS186 1800 600 750 £53.65 

HDS189 1800 900 750 £67.75 

HDS1812 1800 1200 750 £88.37 

HDS246 2400 600 750 £71.80 

HDS249 2400 900 750 £88.89 

HDS2412 2400 1200 750 £109.99 

from only 

£45.31 

Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Accessories 








19




CANTILEVER RACKING 

from only 

£379.99 

Cantilever Racking Kits 

Designed for the safe and effective storage of long length items such as 

packs of timber, metal and plastics. Comes with black uprights and yellow 

arms as standard 

• Single or double sided racking 

• Arm capacity from 20kg - 2000kg UDL 

• Adjustable arm heights - standard adjustment pitch 150mm 

Starter Bay 

(2 uprights + bracing) 

Extension Bay 

(1 upright + bracing) 

Starter Bay 

Extension Bay 

Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Load (kg) Arm Length (mm) Arm Load (kg) Code Each Code Each 

Single Sided 2700 1000 2250 600 250 VCLSS1 £634.99 VCLSE1 £379.99 

Double Sided 2700 1000 4500 600 250 VCLDS1 £702.99 VCLDE1 £419.99 

Single Sided 4500 1200 3000 900 500 VCMSS1 £859.99 VCMSE1 £513.49 

Double Sided 4500 1200 6000 900 500 VCMDS1 £947.99 VCMDE1 £565.49 

Single Sided 6000 1500 3000 1200 1000 VCHSS1 £1195.99 VCHSE1 £710.99 

Double Sided 6000 1500 6000 1200 1000 VCHDS1 £1351.99 VCHDE1 £803.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Timber storage 

✓Pipe Storage 

✓Steel storage 

Cantilever Arms 

• Arm capacity from 20kg - 2000kg UDL 

• Adjustable arm heights - standard adjustment pitch 150mm 

• Racking is available in fully galvanised finish, please enquire for details 

Code Arm Length (mm) Arm Load (kg) Each 

VCLA2 600 250 £16.00 

VCMA2 900 500 £24.00 

VCHA2 1200 1000 £34.67 

Cantilever Retaining Pins 

Retaining Pins hold bulky items on to the arms ensuring safer storage of 

products. Pins are available as Light or Heavy duty. Please purchase the right 

type of pins for your requirements. 

• Minimum order of 10 pins 


VCLP10 Light Duty Pin £9.33 

VCHP10 Heavy Duty Pin £12.00 





EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WAREHOUSE SHELVING 

Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Frames 

Our Extra Heavy Duty Longspan is perfect for bulky items and really heavy 

loads with each level able to take up to 1000kg (UDL). Simply select the 

number of frames you require and the number of shelf levels required up to 

a maximum of 4 per bay. All shelf levels come complete with orange beams 

and galvanised steel decks. Each bay can carry up to 4200kg. 

• Fully assembled bolted frames with grey powder 

coated posts and galvanised bracing 

• Easy to assemble - Beams simply lock into frames, steel 

decks fit neatly over beams creating a smooth finish 


PERFECT FOR 

Code Height (mm) Depth (mm) Load (kg) Each 5 10 

EHLF186 1800 600 4000 £41.77 £38.62 £37.42 

EHLF189 1800 900 4000 £47.60 £44.38 £43.13 

EHLF246 2400 600 4000 £51.07 £47.63 £46.25 

EHLF249 2400 900 4000 £58.62 £55.09 £53.66 

EHLF306 3000 600 4000 £60.37 £56.64 £55.09 

EHLF309 3000 900 4000 £69.66 £65.83 £64.21 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Bulk Storage 

✓Wholesale 

✓Warehouse 

✓Factory 

✓Picking 

from only 

£37.42 

Note: All loading are calculated with a maximum height to first beam level of 1000mm. 

We recommend that all frames are bolted to the floor. 

How to order 

1. Select the size and quantity of frames you require (to create a bay you require 2 frames, to create a 

run of 2 bays you only require 3 frames and then 1 each thereafter) 

2. Choose the number of orange shelf levels required 

3. If in doubt call for support 

Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Shelf Levels 

• Easy to assemble - Beams simply lock into frames, steel decks fit neatly over beams creating a smooth finish 

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelf Load (kg) Each 5 10 

EHSS186 1800 600 1000 £69.66 £51.47 £49.90 

EHSS189 1800 900 1000 £74.14 £69.74 £67.77 

EHSS246 2400 600 1000 £74.69 £70.21 £68.19 

EHSS249 2400 900 1000 £93.49 £88.42 £86.03 

EHSS306 2700 600 1000 £81.90 £77.16 £74.98 

EHSS309 2700 900 1000 £103.49 £97.64 £95.05 

from only 

£49.90 

Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Accessories 








21




CHROME CATERING SHELVING 

from only 

£80.00 

Chrome Wire Shelving 

The ultimate multi purpose shelving system, applications for multiple industries from Medical, Catering 

and Electronics plus many more 

• Superior strength to weight ratio - up to 300kg shelf loads, fully adjustable every 25mm 

• Improved product visibility and air circulation, less moisture and dust accumulation 

• Complete 1625mm high units with 4 standard shelves & posts 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Each 

Chrome Extra Shelves 

Code 

Each 

VEC32 1625 760 305 £80.00 VEC1230 £12.80 

VEC37 1625 915 305 £83.20 VEC1236 £13.60 

VEC38 1625 1220 305 £92.80 VEC1248 £16.00 

VEC35 1625 760 355 £83.20 VEC1430 £13.60 

VEC36 1625 915 355 £89.60 VEC1436 £15.20 

VEC30 1625 1220 355 £108.99 VEC1448 £20.00 

VEC43 1625 760 460 £89.60 VEC1830 £15.20 

VEC44 1625 915 460 £99.20 VEC1836 £17.60 

VEC45 1625 1220 460 £121.99 VEC1848 £23.20 

VEC46 1625 1520 460 £147.49 VEC1860 £29.60 

VEC52 1625 1820 460 £169.99 VEC1872 £35.20 

VEC47 1625 760 610 £111.99 VEC2430 £20.80 

VEC48 1625 915 610 £124.99 VEC2436 £24.00 

VEC49 1625 1220 610 £143.99 VEC2448 £28.80 

VEC50 1625 1520 610 £169.99 VEC2460 £35.20 

VEC55 1625 1820 610 £191.99 VEC2472 £40.80 

1) Snap plastic collar onto post 

and it locks in position 

2) Slide shelf over post until it 

rests on the collar. 

3) Tap shelf with rubber mallet 

to locate shelves firmly. 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Freezers 

✓Walk-in Cold 

Rooms 

from only 

£80.00 

Anti-Bacterial Wire Shelving 

Eclipse Epoxy coated Perma Plus shelving gives 

you all of the benefits of our standard chrome 

shelving but with an Anti-bacterial finish 

• Anti-Bacterial coating fights germs 

• 10 year Anti-Corrosion Guarantee 

• Improved product visibility and air circulation, 

less moisture and dust accumulation 


Anti-Bacterial Extra Shelves 

Code 

Each 

VEPP32 1625 760 305 £80.00 VEPP1230 £12.80 

VEPP37 1625 915 305 £86.40 VEPP1236 £14.40 

VEPP38 1625 1220 305 £96.00 VEPP1248 £16.80 

VEPP35 1625 760 355 £86.40 VEPP1430 £14.40 

VEPP36 1625 915 355 £96.00 VEPP1436 £16.80 

VEPP30 1625 1220 355 £115.49 VEPP1448 £21.60 

VEPP43 1625 760 460 £89.60 VEPP1830 £15.20 

VEPP44 1625 915 460 £105.99 VEPP1836 £19.20 

VEPP45 1625 1220 460 £127.99 VEPP1848 £24.80 

VEPP46 1625 1520 460 £147.49 VEPP1860 £29.60 

VEPP52 1625 1820 460 £166.49 VEPP1872 £34.40 

VEPP47 1625 760 610 £111.99 VEPP2430 £20.80 

VEPP48 1625 915 610 £121.99 VEPP2436 £23.20 

VEPP49 1625 1220 610 £143.99 VEPP2448 £28.80 

VEPP50 1625 1520 610 £169.99 VEPP2460 £35.20 

VEPP55 1625 1820 610 £195.49 VEPP2472 £41.60 




9 


CHROME SHELVING ACCESSORIES 

8 

6 

10 

7 

4 5 

1 

2 

3 

Accessories 

1 Post 

2 Shelf 

3 Shelf Panel 

4 Shelf Divider 

5 Shelf Ledge 

6 Back Grid 

7 Half Moon Shelf 

8 End Shelf 

9 Garment Rail 

10 Utility Rail 

Chrome Lipped shelf 

from only 

£17.60 

Special shelf similar design to our excellent standard chrome wire shelf but 

with a 25mm lip to keep stock on the shelves securely 

Code Depth (mm) Length (mm) Each 

VELS1836 460 915 £17.60 

VELS1848 460 1220 £23.20 

from only 

£16.00 

Chrome Sloping Shelf 

Special slopping shelf for excellent display and easy viewing of stored 

products 


VSLT1224/27 305 610 £16.00 

VSLT1836/27 460 915 £23.20 

VSLT1848/27 460 1220 £28.80 

Chrome Shelving Shelf Ledges 

Shelf ledges run around the edge of the shelf to keep stock securely in place 

and stop products falling through the uprights 


VSL30 115 760 £3.05 

VSL48 115 1220 £4.40 

VSL60 115 1520 £5.45 

VSL72 115 1820 £6.00 

Chrome Wine Shelf 

Special shelf for wine storage 


VW1436 355 915 £14.40 

Chrome Shelf Dividers 

Dividers run across the shelf (back to front) to create picking locations or 

designated storage areas. 


VSD12 170 305 £3.60 

VSD14 170 355 £4.00 

VSD18 170 460 £4.40 

VSD24 170 610 £5.60 

Castors for Chrome Shelving 

For the safe movement of goods. (A wide range of castors can be fitted to 

make the trolleys and carts.) 

• Braked or Un-braked version 

• 70 - 100kg load capacity 

Code Type Load (kg) Each 

VR75BR Braked - 75mm 70 £8.00 

VR120BR Braked - 120mm 100 £11.20 

VR75UB Un-braked - 75mm 70 £7.20 

VR120UB Un-braked - 120mm 100 £9.60 

from only 

£7.20 


23




CHROME TROLLEYS 

All-purpose Chrome Trolleys 

Our good looking general purpose trolleys are available in a range of sizes 

for all sorts of use. 

• Trolleys 990mm High 

• 150kg overall capacity 

• Four 75mm non marking castors 

Code Type Width (mm) Depth (mm) Each 

VET1824/2 2 Shelves 610 460 £86.40 

VET1830/2 2 Shelves 762 460 £91.20 

VET1836/2 2 Shelves 914 460 £96.00 

VET1842/2 2 Shelves 1070 460 £102.49 

VET2424/2 2 Shelves 610 610 £99.20 

VET2430/2 2 Shelves 762 610 £105.99 

VET2436/2 2 Shelves 914 610 £111.99 

VET2442/2 2 Shelves 1070 610 £118.49 

VET1824/3 3 Shelves 610 460 £99.20 

VET1830/3 3 Shelves 762 460 £106.49 

VET1836/3 3 Shelves 914 460 £113.99 

VET1842/3 3 Shelves 1070 460 £123.49 

VET2424/3 3 Shelves 610 610 £116.99 

VET2430/3 3 Shelves 762 610 £126.49 

VET2436/3 3 Shelves 914 610 £135.99 

VET2442/3 3 Shelves 1070 610 £145.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Storerooms 

✓Hospitals 

✓Domestic 

Chrome Euro Container Box Carts 

Modular box cart trolleys designed for the transportation of a range of Euro size (600 x 400) boxes. Flat 

packed for quick assembly. 

• Chrome finish 

• 150kg overall capacity 

• Four 75mm non marking castors 2 of braked 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Each 

VEBC2325 2 Tier - 325mm High Euro Containers 1200 480 610 £97.60 







Euro Containers NOT included 

See pages 86-87 for our range of Euro containers 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Storerooms 

✓Hospitals 

✓Domestic 





CHROME WIRE SHELVING 

Chrome Wall Shelving Units 

Create a cantilever wall unit in those tight spaces where a full bay wont fit with our chrome wall units. Each kit includes: 

• 2 x 610mm high wall posts and fixing brackets 

• Shelf/Shelves 

• 2 support arms for each shelf 

from only 

£36.80 

Code Type Width (mm) Depth (mm) Each 

VCW30076/1 1 Shelf 760 305 £36.80 

VCW30091/1 1 Shelf 915 305 £37.60 

VCW30122/1 1 Shelf 1220 305 £40.00 

VCW35076/1 1 Shelf 760 355 £44.00 

VCW35091/1 1 Shelf 915 355 £45.60 

VCW35122/1 1 Shelf 1220 355 £50.40 

VCW46076/1 1 Shelf 760 460 £47.20 

VCW46091/1 1 Shelf 915 460 £49.60 

VCW46122/1 1 Shelf 1220 460 £55.20 

VCW30076/2 2 Shelves 760 305 £60.80 

VCW30091/2 2 Shelves 915 305 £62.40 

VCW30122/2 2 Shelves 1220 305 £67.20 

VCW35076/2 2 Shelves 760 355 £75.20 

VCW35091/2 2 Shelves 915 355 £78.40 

VCW35122/2 2 Shelves 1220 355 £88.00 

VCW46076/2 2 Shelves 760 460 £81.60 

VCW46091/2 2 Shelves 915 460 £86.40 

VCW46122/2 2 Shelves 1220 460 £97.60 

Security Cage Unit 

Creates an easy to order complete bay of secure storage. It includes a 

complete bay of shelving with the added security cage kit. Castors sold 

separately (see page 23 for details). Units delivered fully assembled. 

• Secure Storage with good visibility of stock. Ideal 

to keep check on small items of value 

• Chrome finish 

• Comes Ready assembled 


VESC31836 3 Tier - No Castors 1625 915 460 £319.99 


VMSC31836 3 Tier - Castors 1770 915 460 £361.99 






from only 

£319.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Storerooms 

✓Hospitals 

✓Domestic 


25




GARMENT SHELVING 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Stockroom 

✓Warehouse 

✓Storeroom 

from only 

£88.37 

Garment Shelving 

Garment shelving for hanging of clothing and garments in the retail stockroom. Ideal storage solution when a mixture of hanging and folded garments need to 

be stored. 

• Easily assembled boltless system 


• Additional rails available 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Hanging Rails Each 

91275 Starter Bay 2000 1000 600 3 100 1 £129.99 

91271 Add Bay 2000 1000 600 3 100 1 £88.37 

53599 Extra Rail n/a 1000 600 1 70 1 £15.91 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Distribution 

from only 

£66.08 

Garment Racking Trolley 

Ideal for distribution of hanging garments with adjustable centre rail with three positions. They are fully nestable to improve return load efficiency 

• Reinforced robust nestable design with adjustable mid rail 

• 4 swivel 125mm castors 

• Capacity: 350kg 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Colour Weight (kg) Load (kg) Each 

19.GR3 1600 450 1830 Yellow 25 350 £66.08 

19.GR4 1600 450 1830 Blue 25 350 £66.08 





SPECIALIST STORAGE 

from only 

£72.56 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Garages 

✓Mechanics 

✓Stock Rooms 

Tyre Shelving 

Simple and cost effective tyre storage from the smallest garage to the largest tyre distributor. Each level can take up to 150kg UDL. 

• Easily assembled boltless system 

• Level Load 150kg UDL 

• Adjustable at 25mm vertical centres 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) No. of Levels Each 

95902 Starter Bay 2000 1000 400 3 £111.99 

95903 Add Bay 2000 1000 400 3 £72.56 

96641 Starter Bay 2000 1300 400 3 £116.99 

96642 Add Bay 2000 1300 400 3 £77.42 

from only 

£454.49 

LoadAll 

Mobile trolley for transporting large sheets of board. Saves space everywhere in the yard, on the delivery truck or even on site. Designed for storing and 

transporting plasterboard and other large sheets of material. Only product on UK market which can fold down and stack when not in use. 

• No detachable sections prevents any parts from being lost 

• A-Frame design means load is leaning into centre 

• Can carry 24 sheets of plasterboard, 60% more than other similar products 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour Weight kg Each 

LA1000 1400 1200 750 Black 55kg £454.49 


27




SHELVING & CONTAINER KITS 

Chrome Shelving & Linbins 

Using our bestselling Linbins and Chrome shelving these kits provide you 

with everything you need to create a perfect small parts storage unit. 

• Save money on these ready-made kits 

• Complete kit includes shelving and premium quality Linbins with labels 

• Simple self-assembly boltless chrome shelving 

from only 

£182.49 

from only 

£189.99 

Chrome Shelving Linbin Kit 1 

• Chrome Shelving Bay - H1625 x W915 x D355mm 

• Bin Combination: 8 x no. 7 & 4 x no. 8 Linbins 


VCLK1BLK 12 Black Linbins 1625 915 355 £182.49 

VCLK1GR 12 Grey Linbins 1625 915 355 £197.49 

VCLK1BL 12 Blue Linbins 1625 915 355 £197.49 

VCLK1COLA 12 Black/Yellow Linbins 1625 915 355 £189.99 

VCLK1COLB 12 Blue/Yellow Linbins 1625 915 355 £197.49 

Chrome Shelving Linbin Kit 2 

• Chrome Shelving Bay - H1625 x W915 x D355mm 

• Bin Combination: 16 x no. 7 Linbins 


VCLK2BLK 16 Black Linbins 1625 915 355 £189.99 

VCLK2GR 16 Grey Linbins 1625 915 355 £204.99 

VCLK2BL 16 Blue Linbins 1625 915 355 £204.99 

VCLK2COL 16 Black/Blue Linbins 1625 915 355 £197.49 

Industrial Shelving & Linbins 

The strength of Linbins combined with sturdy shelving to create off the shelf 

kits. Our industrial shelving kits are versatile and tough - just what you need 

to store all of your components. 

• Complete kit includes shelving and premium quality Linbins with labels 

• Save money by choosing ready-made kits 

• Simple self-assembly boltless shelving 

from only 

£106.49 

from only 

£217.49 

Industrial Shelving Linbin Kit 1 

• Industrial Shelving Bay H900 x W1000 x D300mm 



VMIK1BLK 18 Black Linbins 900 1000 300 £106.49 

VMIK1GR 18 Grey Linbins 900 1000 300 £114.99 

VMIK1BL 18 Blue Linbins 900 1000 300 £114.99 


• Industrial Shelving Bay H2000 x W1000 x D400mm 

• Bin Combination: 32 x no.7 Linbins 


VMIK3BLK 32 Black Linbins 2000 1000 400 £217.49 

VMIK3GR 32 Grey Linbins 2000 1000 400 £247.49 

VMIK3BL 32 Blue Linbins 2000 1000 400 £247.49 

VMIK3COL 32 Black/Blue Linbins 2000 1000 400 £232.49 





ARCHIVE SHELVING 

Medium Duty Archive Shelving 

Ideal for short term archive storage. Strong, lightweight and easily assembled. 

• Bay capacity of 900kg 

• 15 boxes included 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelves 

Load (kg) 

Shelf Load 

(kg) 

VECA15CB 1625 1220 460 5 900 100 £145.00 

Each 

from only 

£145.00 

Heavy Duty Archive Shelving 

Ideal for Longer term bulk storage of documents 

• Available with Chipboard or Galvanised decks 

• Starter bays come complete with 2 frames and 

3 shelf levels, ad bays only have 1 end frame and 

3 beam levels. 

• Boxes double stacked to maximise storage space 

and reduce costs 

Archive Boxes 

Code 

Pack 

Quantity 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 

VABPK 10 330 330 430 £15.50 

from only 

£205.99 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Shelf Load (kg) Each 

LSS18901CS Chipboard Starter Bay - Including 30 boxes 1800 1800 900 3 380 £247.99 

LSS18901CX Chipboard Add Bay - Including 30 boxes 1800 1800 900 3 380 £352.49 







LSS18901DS Galvanised Deck Starter Bay - Including 30 boxes 1800 1800 900 3 500 £311.49 

LSS18901DX Galvanised Deck Add Bay - Including 30 boxes 1800 1800 900 3 500 £416.99 








29




BAR & SHEET STORAGE 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

from only 

£267.99 

Multipurpose Rack 

Keep your valuable stock clean, tidy and 

safe from damage during the storage and 

manufacturing process. 

• Distance between uprights: 305mm, Height 

from base to central support beam: 575mm 

• Pre-drilled holes to allow for floor 

bolting (bolts not supplied) 

• Finish: Blue epoxy 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) Each 

VFHSR 1220 1080 1015 53 £267.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

from only 

£250.49 

Vertical Storage Rack 

Fully welded steel construction with steelbase. 

• 600mm x 250mm storage bays 

• Pre-drilled for floor fixing 

• Blue epoxy finish 


VVSR4 1500 1200 600 84 £250.49 

VVSR6 1500 1800 600 108 £311.49 

VVSR8 1500 2400 600 135 £375.99 





BAR & SHEET STORAGE 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

from only 

£244.49 

Multi-Height Plate Rack 

Ideal for off cuts and other variable sizes of sheet 

and plate. 

• Support bar heights 400mm to 1000mm 

• Distance between bars 160mm 

• Sheet steel base, pre-drilled for floor fixing 


VVHSR1 1000 1400 800 75 £244.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

from only 

£87.22 

Stacking Bar Cradles 

For storing varying lengths of bar, tube, flats and 

angles. 

• 1000kg capacity 

• 127mm pallet feet 


VBCR1 470 790 385 21 £87.22 

VBCR2 625 790 385 24 £92.11 

VBCR3 470 1095 385 25 £93.76 

VBCR4 625 1095 385 28 £99.16 


31


PROJECTS 

PALLET RACKING 

How to design 

The weight capacity for Pallet Racking varies according to 

its configuration and components. Different sizes and types 

of vertical uprights and horizontal load beams have different 

load capacities. Pallet Racking configured with more 

horizontal space between the uprights and more vertical 

space between the beams will hold less weight than one 

with less space between the uprights and beams. 

We can offer bespoke design, installation and project 

management for any size racking project. 

What capacity? 

Capacity it normally quoted in terms of the bay capacity. Bay 

capacity is the total weight between 2 uprights. This is key 

so to avoid the dangers of overloading a rack. To calculate 

the weight tolerance of each horizontal level, you need to 

know the weight of the rack components and any 

accessories, and divide the remaining weight by the number 

of levels on the rack. 

How heavy? 


• Weight capacities assume evenly distributed loads. 

Often loads will be seen as heavier as weight is not 

evenly distributed. 

• Sometimes local building codes place more restrictions 

on Pallet Racking weight loads. 

How high? 

• The beam level is dictated by the height of your 

palletized load. The height of your palletized load is the 

sum of the height of your goods and the pallet itself. 

• The height of the building determines how high you can 

store your goods. 

• The height of the top beam should not exceed the maximum 

reach of your forklift truck. 

• When deciding the height of the top beam, make sure 

there is enough space between the uppermost pallet 

and electrical conduits, pipes, sprinkler heads and light 

fixtures underneath the ceiling. 

• For sprinkler systems, it is recommended that at least 

300mm clearance should be left so that water can be 

thrown far enough to extinguish fire. 

How wide? 

• The aisle width is the distance between racks. In real 

case, we always have to consider the “working aisle” 

width which is the clearance between palletized goods 

after put on the racking. 

• The aisle width is determined by the turning radius 

of the forklift truck. Counter balance forklift trucks 

require wider aisles than reach trucks. Manufacturers of 

forklifts normally have recommendations on the 

minimum aisle width. For actual layout design, it 

is advisable to increase that figure by approximately at 

least 200mm. Generally speaking, a counter balance 

forklift of 3.0t capacity needs approximately 3500mm to 

operate. 

• The aisle width is also affected by pallet size. The bigger 

the pallet, the bigger the aisle required. 

Why rack inspections? 

Our Experts can determine what is, and what is not assessed as actionable in storage areas, taking into account not 

just the racking but also the environment, systems of work, palletised loads, MHE operator behaviour and even 

seasonal aspects that can affect levels of damage and associated dangers 

By carrying out these inspections and identifying any safety issues, we can also show how companies can reduce 

lifetime costs associated with pallet racking maintenance. 

• A legal requirement under Health and Safety Regulations 

• Help Reduce insurance premiums and maintenance costs 

• Avoid costly accidents 

• Damage reports can help improve operating methods 

• Avoid the consequences of failing to comply with HSE 




PROJECTS 

PALLET RACKING 

PALLET RACKING ACCESSORIES 

Upright Protector Kits 

300mm & 450mm High 

Code Size (mm) Each 

PGKS300OR 300 £32.49 

PGKS450OR 450 £39.49 

Pallet Support Bars 

Two depths available 


PPS0900GR 900 £15.99 

PPS1100GR 1100 £16.99 

Holding Down Bolt 

Beam Locks 

Expanding floor bolt Code Each 

Size (mm) Each 

PBL £0.49 

300 £0.99 

Pallet Support Bars 

Upright Protector 

Levelling Plates 


PLP2UN 2 £0.99 

PLP3UN 3 £1.49 

Row Spacers 

For back to back bays 


PGKS300OR 300 £32.49 

PGKS450OR 450 £39.49 

Beam Locks 

Beam Locks 


33



PROJECTS 

??? SPECIALIST RACKING 

VERY NARROW AISLE RACKING 

• Good use of cube and floor space 

• Narrow aisles to suit specialists very narrow aisle trucks 

• Floor guidance required 

• Good accessibility and stock rotation 

WIDE AISLE RACKING 

Storage of palletised & non-palletised loads 

• Provides the right space for using forklift trucks 

• Narrow Aisle Racking 

• Adjustable beam means flexible pallet storage 

• Good for stock rotation & floor space 

HIGH BAY RACKING 

Suitable for automated or semi-automated 

stacker cranes 

• Excellent use of cube and floor space 

• Stacking heights are higher than very Narrow Aisle Racking 

• Aisles marginally narrow than VNAE 

• Needs floor and top guidance 

34 4 For our full range of products and additional items please visit our website



SHELVING & PROJECTS RACKING 

SPECIALIST RACKING ??? 

PALLET LIVE RACKING 

• Provides flow levels to improve productivity and ergonomics 

• Allows for loading and picking to be from seperate aisles 

• Pallet move unassisted to the packing face 

PUSH BACK RACKING 

• Pallets stored on sloping rollers supported on racking 

• Pallets are pushed and retrieved from one side only 

• This can work with mixed variety types 

DRIVE IN RACKING 

• High Density storage with retrieval from only side 

• Suitable with cold and chill storage 

• Suitable for low stock rotation 

• Only for drive through applications 


355



PROJECTS 

??? SHELVING 

MOBILE SHELVING 

• Greatly increases capacity 

• Ideal for locations where space is at a premium 

• Uses little floor space and a good look in office locations 

• Free standing with no fixings to cause floor damage 

• Easily moveable so can be re-located 

• Can be electrical or manual 

MULTI TIER SHELVING 

• 2 to 4 tier configurations in office, archive, store or warehouse 

• Storage of valuable objects or documents 

• Makes maximum use of cubic space 

• Goods and people movement can be automated 





SHELVING ??? 

SINGLE TIER SHELVING 

• Brace free for flexible access 

• Boltless construction 

• Very flexible and adaptable 

• Can be extended to multi-tier at a later dated 

AUTOMOTIVE PARTS STORAGE 

• High Density Storage 

• Specially designed for the industry 

• Effective organisation of inventory 

• Protection of high value stock items 

• Versatile and easily re-configured 


377



PROJECTS 

??? RACK NETTING 

RACK NETTING 

• Back of Rack Safety Netting 

• Prevents Accidents and stock damage 

• Withstands a full pallet impact at 1000kg 

• Available in a choice of 6 colours 

• Faster installation than traditional methods 

• Essentially for new installations but can be retro-fitted 

MEZZANINE HANDRAIL NETTING 

• Prevents items falling from a Mezzanine Floor 

• Retains the use of the handrail 

• Available in a choice of 6 colours 

• For new installations but can be retro-fitted 

838 

For our full range of products and additional items please visit our website




MEZZANINES ??? 

MEZZANINE FLOORS 

Mezzanines are a great way to get more out of your warehouse without adding to your ground rent. Indeed we see 

increased use of mezzanines in Retail locations. It is a great way of avoiding the costs of re-location. 

• Floors are manufactured to order and need 

to be tailored to use and environment. 

• We will design a bespoke floor installation 

that suits your current requirements 

and gives you scope to grow 

• We provide all the associated products – 

staircases, firewalls, carpets, electrics, safety rails 

• Mezzanines are a great way to get more out 

of your warehouse without adding to your 

ground rent. Indeed we see increased use 

of mezzanines in Retail locations. It is a great 

way of avoiding the costs of re-location. 

• Floors are manufactured to order and need 

to be tailored to use and environment. 

• We will design a bespoke floor installation 

that suits your current requirements 

and gives you scope to grow 

• We provide all the associated products – staircases, 

firewalls, carpets, electrics, safety rails 

• Our mezzanines are suitable for offices, to 

house racking and shelving, including conveyor 

layouts, extra floors space in retail outlets 


39



WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENT SECTION 

Safety in the Warehouse 

Safety is key to working in any Warehouse and Storage Environment. The Main causes of 

accidents in warehouses are: 

Slips & trips 

Manual handling 

Working at height 

Vehicles in and around the warehouse 

Moving or falling objects 

Missuse of mechanical equipment 

SLIPS 

PREVENTION 

Slips normally happen on wet or contaminated 

floors. Normally slips result from the spilling of 

water, oil, cleaning products, foodstuffs, and dry 

powders. Also other items such as stretch 

wrapping, label backing and plastic bags can cause 

slips. Trips normally result from uneven surfaces 

or objects on the floor, waste packing, banded 

strapping loops and pallets are often the cause 

of trips. 

• Try to stop the floor getting contaminated 

• Maintain all equipment 

• Deal with any contamination immediately 

• Ensure the correct footwear is used at all times 

• Keep floors and traffic routes free from obstructions 

• Always check floor surfaces and fill in any holes 

• Ensure there is always good lighting 

MANUAL HANDLING 

Try to avoid tasks that could cause injury and result 

in lower back and neck pain. Always consider: 

• The task 

• The load 

• The working environment 

• The individual 

PREVENTION 

• Consider redesigning the task to avoid the movement of 

loads manually 

• Review the mechanical handling devices. for suitability 

• Provide training that can encourage and complement a safe 

working environment 

WORKING AT HEIGHT 

All working at height needs to be planned and 

properly supervised and carried out. The 

selection of the correct equipment is key. 

Stepladders and ladders often cause injury. They 

should be used when the task is low risk and of 

short duration. Never climb on racking or shelving. 

Ensure appropriate training for use of all access 

equipment. 

PREVENTION 

• Avoid overloading ladders 

• Try not to over reach on ladders or stepladders 

• Ensure equipment is suitable, stable and strong enough for 

the job 

• Always check that a ladder is resting against a strong surface 

• Ensure the environment where the work is carried out is 

safe and there are no hazards 

Vehicles In and Around the Warehouse 

MANAGING DELIVERIES & VISITORS 

PEDESTRIAN SAFETY 

Visiting drivers should be given advanced booking slots to ensure their 

own safety and that of others. Think about how you communicate with 

drivers who have limited English. You may find it better to use pictures 

and flow charts. 

Consider the complete separation of vehicles and pedestrians. If 

this separation is not possible ensure suitable control measures are 

employed.



WAREHOUSE 

ENVIRONMENT 

TRAFFIC ROUTES & VEHICLE BEHAVIOUR 

When designing routes consider: 

• Vehicles being used 

• Minimise the need for reversing 

• Avoidance of sharp bends and blind corners 

• Don’t allow potholes or anything that can effect load stability 

• Keep pedestrians away from areas where reversing takes place 

• Encourage reversing sensors and CCTV on all vehicles 

• Ensure that trailers are coupled and uncoupled safely 

• Focus on the safety of employee when unloading or loading vehicles 

• Develop a check system before any vehicle drives off 

Moving or falling objects 

FALLING OBJECTS 

Take steps to prevent people being injured by falling objects. 

If areas in the warehouse are at greater risk they should be 

marked clearly and unauthorised personnel should not be 

allowed to enter. 

MECHANICAL HANDLING 

Mechanical Handling equipment needs to be suitable for the job and properly maintained. 

Lift trucks should be regularly maintained as indicated by the manufacturer. This should 

be done by a competent person. You should have: 

• A documented pre-shift check 

• A system for reporting defects and ensuring remedial work is carried out 

• A planned routine maintenance system 

• A thorough safety inspection regime for each truck 

Storage Systems 


Safety & Protection 

Temporary Barriers 42-43 

Column Protection 44-47 

Industrial Matting 48-49 

Indentification & Labelling 50-55 

Workbenches 

Economy Workbenches 56 

Packing Stations 57 

Height Adjustable Benches 57 

Assembly Workbenches 58-59 

Medium Duty Workbenches 60 

Heavy Duty Workbenches 61 

Extra Heavy Duty Workbenches 62 

Stainless Steel Workbenches 63 

Anti-Static Workbenches 64 

Adjustable Height Workbenches 66 

Infinite Modular Workbenches 67 

Scales 

Bench Scales 68 

Floor Scales 69 

Storage areas should be clearly marked. The layout of storage and handling areas 

should avoid tight corners, badly placed doors and pillars and changes in gradient. 

Ensure pallets are in good condition 

and empty pallets for use in the racking 

aren’t being struck by vehicles. Ensure 

the following inspection: 

• Immediate reporting of damage and 

defects 

• Visual inspection at regular intervals 

• Expert inspections carried out at 

regular intervals 

Further Reading 

Warehousing and Storage: A guide to health and safety HSG76 (second edition) 

HSE Books 2007 ISBN 978 07176 6225 8



WAREHOUSE ENVIRONMENT 

TEMPORARY BARRIERS 

Standard Text Includes; 

• Caution - Do Not Enter 

• No Entry 

• Cleaning in Progress 

• Lift Out of Service 

• Danger Forklift Trucks 

• Authorised Access Only 

Wall Mounted Barriers 

Wall mounted units are ideal for closing off areas, walkways, lifts or escalators. Comes with a choice 

of 2.3m, 4.6m or 7.7m black body wall units and with 4 different webbing types. 

• Available with black, red/white chevron, yellow/black chevron or standard text webbing. 

• Includes a zinc wall clip to attach the tape end directly to a wall 

• 4.6m and 7.7m wall units available with clamp, warehouse rack mount, glass mount, removable (semi-permanent) and magnetic mount. 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Size Webbing Design Each 

V896-33S-B9 117 96 71 2.3m Unit Black £66.16 

V897-33-33-B9 143 89 85 4.6m Unit Black £69.08 

V897HC-33-33-B9 184 118 110 7.7m unit Black £120.99 

V896-33S-D3 117 96 71 2.3m Unit Red/White Chevron £66.16 

V897/33/33/D3 143 89 85 4.6m Unit Red/White Chevron £69.08 

V897HC-33-33-D3 184 118 110 7.7m unit Red/White Chevron £120.99 

V896-33S-D4 117 96 71 2.3m Unit Yellow/Black Chevron £66.16 

V897-33-33-D4 143 89 85 4.6m Unit Yellow/Black Chevron £69.08 

V897HC-33-33-D4 184 118 110 7.7m unit Yellow/Black Chevron £120.99 

V896-33S-STD TEXT 117 96 71 2.3m Unit Standard Text £85.62 

V897-33-33-STD TEXT 143 89 85 4.6m Unit Standard Text £103.99 

V897HC-33-33-STD TEXT 184 118 110 7.7m unit Standard Text £178.49 

Please note: Mounting options must be ordered at the same time as the main unit so they can be built together. 

Wall mounted barriers - mounting options 

These additional mounting options can be used to fix any standard Wall 

Mounted Barrier to any surface your needs require. 

Code Type Size (m) Each 

V897R Removable Fixing 4.6 £14.59 

V897HCR Removable Fixing 7.7 £14.59 

V897C Clamp Fixing 4.6 £14.59 

V897HCC Clamp Fixing 7.7 £14.59 

V897M Magnetic Fixing 4.6 £23.35 

V897HCM Magnetic Fixing 7.7 £23.35 

V897G Glass Mount Fixing 4.6 £11.67 

V897HCG Glass Mount Fixing 7.7 £11.67 

V897W Warehouse Rack Fixing 4.6 £14.59 

V897HCW Warehouse Rack Fixing 7.7 £14.59 

V540-L Additional Zinc Wall Clip 15mm £12.57 

Note: The units will still be provided with a standard tape end and wall clip 

unless otherwise requested. 

Clamp Glass Mount Magnetic Mount 

Removable 

(semi-permanent) 

Warehouse Rack 

Mount 

Zinc Wall Clip 





TEMPORARY BARRIERS 

from only 

£78.80 

from only 

£92.43 

Popular Post 

This cost-effective, practical post is ideal for areas with high traffic levels. 

The Popular Post is a functional, self-assembly post with Cast Iron Base and 

2.3m of Webbing. The UPVC post is available in a range of colours; black, 

red, white and yellow. 

• Each post features 2.3m of Webbing 

• Add a Heavy Duty sign frame for directional signage. 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Post 

Colour 

Webbing 

Design 

V875-33-B9 2.3m 975 64 354 Black Black £78.80 

V875-21-D3 2.3m 975 64 354 Red Red/White £78.80 

V875-32-D3 2.3m 975 64 354 White Red/White £78.80 

V875-35-D4 2.3m 975 64 354 Yellow Yellow/Black £78.80 

Supplied with Yellow and Black Chevron Webbing, Red and White Chevron 

webbing or Black. 

Each 

Heavy Duty Post 

Perfect for indoor or outdoor use, the Heavy Duty post features a UPVC 

moulded base and plastic post which can be removed. 

• Removable base 

• The base has a handle to allow easy carrying 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Colour Webbing Design Each 

V886-M-21-D3 975 64 483 Red Red/White Chevron £92.43 

V886-M-35-D4 975 64 483 Yellow Yellow/Black Chevron £92.43 

Supplied with Yellow and Black Chevron Webbing, Red and White Chevron 

webbing or Black. 

from only 

£47.67 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Construction 

Sites 

✓Maintenance 

✓Warehouses 

✓Highways 

Agencies 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

from only 

£37.94 

A4 Post Top Sign 

• Direct, promote and inform with a difference 

• A4 portrait orientation 

• Full Frame Sign Holder 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Finish 

Each 

VTB-SHA4P-33S 297 210 80 Black £47.67 

VTB-SHA4P-1P 297 210 80 Chrome £68.10 

Tensacone 

Designed to fit most standard traffic cones, the Tensacone is a quick and 

effective way to restrict access internally or externally. Available as an 

individual unit or complete kit including Tensacone Kit comprising of 4 x 

Tensacone Units and 4 x 750mm Road Cones. 

• 4 way connectivity allowing for flexibility and use 

where connecting to multiple units is required 

• Available as an Orange unit with 3.65m of 

Red and White Chevron Webbing 

• Easy to use with a robust and hard wearing construction 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Webbing 

Design 

VTCKIT-30-D3 Kit 232 100 100 Red/White £153.99 

VTC114-30-D3 Single 232 100 100 Red/White £37.94 

Each 


43




RACK PROTECTION SYSTEMS 

from only 

£367.99 

from only 

£330.49 

Flexi Bollard 

Flexi-bollards provide single point impact protection from vehicles of up 

to 5 tonnes. They are finished in a high visibility yellow. Rubber shock 

absorbers absorb much of the forces of impact. This brings savings in 

replacement and maintenance. 

• Flexi Bollard protects doorways and loading areas 

• Price includes all fixings 

• Comes with 4 anchors 

Code Height (mm) Each 

VA7050 1000 £367.99 

Monostrut Column Protection 

A light and economic system which offers protection against small pallet 

movers at low speeds. It can be radiused as low as 200mm and is suitable 

for both interior and exterior use. It can also be supplied to protect air-ducts 

and drainpipes in a space efficient manner. 

• Standard column protectors 


• The product available is 400mm in diameter 

please call for other sizes and options 

Code Diameter (mm) Each 

VMONOCOL1 400 £330.49 

from only 

£652.49 

from only 

£106.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Carparks 

✓Garages 

Heavy Duty Warehouse Column Protection 

Stronger than the standard Monostrut column protector. The spring steel 

buffers, combined with the enclosed semi-circles offer strong protection 

from fork lift trucks at low speeds. The feet can be turned inwards to 

prevent a trip hazard or damage to tyres. Minimum size is 500mm internal 

diameter with heights of 610 or 1100mm as standard. 

• Highly effective systems protect against vehicle impact damage 


• Available online in 610mm high and 500mm and 750mm diameters. 

Code Height (mm) Diameter (mm) Each 

VWARCOL1 610 500 £652.49 

VWARCOL2 610 750 £740.49 

Crash Protection Posts 

These posts can be used to safeguard building columns, doorways, building 

concerns, pedestrian areas and machinery. 

Code Height (mm) Pack Quantity Diameter (mm) Each 

VPP102 750 2 89 £106.99 

VPP202 915 2 114 £119.99 

VPP302 1100 2 168 £193.49 






PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 


Centres 

✓Stores 

✓Cold Storage 

✓Freezer Rooms 

✓Garages 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

Upright Protectors 

Perfect product for reducing pallet racking damage caused by fork lift 

trucks. The guard is designed to hug the racking making it very difficult to 

detach. Installed in seconds and requires no fixing down. It also fits all types 

of pallet racking. 

• High visibility colour makes the guard detectable 

to fork lift truck operative. 

• Fork lift trucks impact is deflected away from the racking. 

• Soft inner foam diffuses impacts sending the force up 

and down the racking rather than through it. 

from only 

£16.44 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Each 5 10 

VEUA Fits up to 87mm wide upright 600 100 £17.60 £17.12 £16.64 

VEUB Fits up to 100mm wide upright 600 100 £19.80 £19.26 £18.72 

VEUC Fits up to 127mm wide upright 600 100 £24.93 £23.80 £23.35 

Steel Barrier Systems 

Designed to suit all applications and can be tailor made to your specification 

• Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included 

• Standard lengths available on short lead time. 

• Alternative colours and finishes available 

from only 

£186.99 

from only 

£179.99 

Low Level Tubular 

Code Height (mm) Length (mm) Each 

VB3S1 500 1250 £186.99 

VB3L1 500 2500 £219.99 

Low Level Channel 


VB4S1 450 1250 £179.99 

VB4L1 450 2500 £202.99 

from only 

£213.49 

from only 

£226.99 

Twin Channel 


VB0S1 750 1250 £213.49 

VB0L1 750 2500 £253.49 

Heavy Duty Rail 


VB1S1 750 1250 £226.99 

VB1L1 750 2500 £266.99 


45





PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Carparks 

✓Garages 

Rubber Barrier Protection 

• Designed to complement the spring steel systems, and where 

space is at a premium. Easy to fix, each rubber profile is 

designed to suit a particular application, from dock loading to 

simple wall corner protection. Ideal for use in loading docks as 

a positive stop for reversing vehicles.Simple and easy to fix 

• Weather and abrasion resist 

• Fixings included 

Tri-block 100 - Lorry Stops 

Code Length (mm) Each 

VTRIBLOCK 1000 £157.49 

Price is per meter 

from only 

£172.49 

Wall Guard section 3m 

Material: EPDM 

Rubber 

Fixing Method: 

Hammerfix anchors 

(13 no.) c/w washers 

@ 500mm centres 

Double D Section 6m coil 

from only 

£92.75 

Code Height (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) Each 

VD1009 200 30 3000 £172.49 


VD1008 60 30 6000 £92.75 

from only 

£229.49 

from only 

£48.01 

Rubber Barrier D Section 


Rubber 

Fixing Method: 10mm 

dia expanding anchor 

bolts (8 no.) @ 

400mm centres 


VD1007 115 90 3000 £229.49 

Tri-block 100 - Lorry Stops 

Standard length 

1200mm 


Rubber 

Fixing with 8 screws 

Price is per meter 


VD1006-1 100 100 1200 £48.01 






PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Garages 

Quarter Bend Terminal 

4 metre Warehouse 

Rail (160 x 40mm) 

from only 

£238.99 

90° Corner 

Plastic End Cap 

Standard Steel Barriers 

Unique spring steel barrier system available in 2 heights - 235mm & 610mm. 

Designed to absorb shock load. These are best used when defending against 

lighter weight pallet movers at low speeds. Deflects and absorbs the impact 

load and returns to the original position. Available as initial and extension 

sections. Extensions use existing supports to create a continuous run. 

• All buffer supports are supplied with appropriate 

base plates and anchor bolts as standard 

• Standard duty 4 metre Rail Section with 4 x Buffer Supports. 

• All Buffers and metal Barrier Rails are supplied with 

a Galvanised finish - minimal maintenance 


VSDIR423 Initial 4000mm warehouse rail section with 4 x 235mm buffer supports £238.99 

VSDER423 Extension 4000mm warehouse rail section with 3 x 235mm buffer supports £207.49 

VSDIR461 Initial 4000mm warehouse rail section with 4 x 610mm buffer supports £273.49 

VSDER461 Extension 4000mm warehouse rail section with 3 x 610mm buffer supports £233.49 

VB3003 Joint section £11.97 

VB3005 90° bend section £74.66 

VB3006 Quarter Bend Terminal Section £59.98 

VB3004 Plastic End Cap £3.67 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Garages 

from only 

£313.49 

Heavy Duty Steel Barriers 

Designed for heavier frequent impact internally from head-on blow at low speeds. It deflects and 

absorbs the impact load and returns to the original position. Available as initial and extension sections. 

• All buffer supports are supplied with appropriate base plates and anchor bolts as standard 

• Meet the impact requirements of BS6399 

• Extensions use existing supports to create a continuous run. 


VHDIR32 3.2m Heavy Duty Rail Section with 3 Buffer Supports & all fixings £313.49 

VHDER32 3.2m Heavy Duty Rail Section with 2 Buffer Supports & all fixings £254.49 

VB2005 Flexible external corner £91.39 

VB2004 Heavy Duty Fish Tail End £37.13 

VB2006 Heavy Duty Visibility End Cap £10.20 

Plastic End Cap 

Fish End Tail 

Barrier Rail 


47




INDUSTRIAL MATTING 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Industrial 

✓Dry Areas 

from only 

£71.45 

Cushion Trax 

Wear Resistance ••• 

Slip Resistance •••Anti-Fatigue ••• 

For tough, slip resistant work area 

• Top of the range Vinyl sponge matting with 

deck plate top for improved traction 

• Vinyl top surface bonded to dense sponge base: enhances 

ergonomic benefit and worker comfort. 

• Yellow edge option for safety awareness 

Code Width (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) Each 

VDP2436B 610 14.3 910 £50.49 

VDP3660B 910 14.3 1520 £111.99 

VDP310B 910 14.3 3000 £215.49 

VDP320B 910 14.3 6000 £400.99 

Please add colour suffix: Black (B) or Black & Yellow (BY) 


Cushion Ease Solid Top 

Slip Resistance •••Anti-Fatigue ••• 

For comfort and heavy duty usage. Bevels also available to create a neat edge 

finish in black or yellow 

• Mats can be interlocked to form the mat size and shape of your choice 

• Compatible with Cushion Ease Open Top 

• 19mm Deep Black- resilient standard rubber 

Code Type Width (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) Colour Each 

V57150 Mat 910 19 910 Black £71.45 

V57162 Edge Bevel 55 19 910 Black £20.27 

V57192 Edge Bevel 55 19 910 Yellow £20.27 

from only 

£35.06 

from only 

£62.48 

Wear Resistance •• 

Diamond Interlock 

Slip Resistance ••Anti-Fatigue •• 

For tough slip resistance in dry areas. Provides easy relocatable continuous 

lengths, suitable for medium duty use. 

• Available in Black 12.7mm deep sections 

• Trip resistant bevels on all sides 

• Deck plate design and moulded air pockets 

provide traction and ergonomic benefits 

Code Type Width (mm) Depth (mm) Length (mm) Each 

VDT1C Centre Tile 710 12.7 790 £35.06 

VDT1E End Tile 710 12.7 790 £35.06 

Ergo Tred 


Slip Resistance ••Anti-Fatigue ••• 

For anti fatigue comfort, suitable for heavy industrial use in dry areas 

• Manufactured from 15mm deep heavy duty flexible rubber 

with bevelled yellow safety edges and suction cup backing 

• Domed surface texture designed to improve circulation 

and provide comfortable massaging effect 

• Suitable for heavy industrial use in dry areas 


VET3648 900 15 1200 £62.48 

Performance Key: Good • Very Good •• Excellent ••• 



Polyplush 


PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Indoors 

✓Reception 

✓External 

Entrances 


from only 

£19.55 

Slip Resistance ••Anti-Fatigue • 

Durable polypropylene fibres are heat cured into a dense vinyl base to produce this hardwearing mat 

• Dirt hiding tweed pattern is extremely popular and easy to clean 

• 7mm Deep 

• Budget priced all purpose decorative mat 


VPPV2436 610 7 910 £19.55 

VPPV3648 910 7 1220 £39.03 

VPPV3660 910 7 1520 £48.81 

VPPV310 910 7 3000 £85.40 

VPPV4872 1220 7 1830 £73.89 

VPPV4896 1220 7 2440 £91.08 

Please Suffix Colour Code: Red/Black (RB), Charcoal (C), Brown (B), Hunter Green (HG), or Navy Blue (NB) 



PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Industrial 

✓Leisure 

✓Catering 

Interflex Standard 


from only 

£62.15 

Slip Resistance ••Anti-Fatigue •• 

The benchmark for industrial and catering matting. Anti-fatigue Interflex Standard has an etched surface 

for anti-slip protection. 

• Grid welded PVC matting is very hard wearing and allows dirt and 

spillages to drain away, leaving a clean top surface 

• Oil, grease and chemical resistant 

• Available in 12.5mm deep black 


V95050S60C Cut Length 600 12.5 1000 £62.15 

V95050S80C Cut Length 800 12.5 1000 £80.49 

V95050S100C Cut Length 1000 12.5 1000 £94.92 

V95050S60 10m Roll 600 12.5 10m £364.49 

V95050S80 10m Roll 800 12.5 10m £485.99 

V95050S100 10m Roll 1000 12.5 10m £607.49 

Sof Tred 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Dry Areas 

✓Light Industrial 

from only 

£24.59 

Wear Resistance • Slip Resistance •Anti-Fatigue •• 

Fatigue fighting mats with added safety edging. Recommended uses: Dry areas, light duty industrial and 

anti-fatigue. (Closed cell vinyl foam mat with pebble surface for traction). 

• Safety awareness highlighted with bold yellow borders to each side 

• Bevel Edges 

• Available in 9.4mm deep Black &Yellow 


VPS2436 Mats 600 9.4 910 £24.59 

VPS3660 Mats 910 9.4 1520 £55.25 

VPS310 Mats 910 9.4 3000 £96.72 

VPS4872 Mats 1220 9.4 1830 £85.34 

VPS2418 60cm x 18m 600 9.4 18.3m £314.49 

VPS3618 91cm x 18m 910 9.4 18.3m £405.99 

VPS4818 122cm x 18m 1220 9.4 18.3m £564.49 

Performance Key: Good • Very Good •• Excellent ••• 


49




IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING 

from only 

£0.96 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store room 

✓Workshops 

✓office 

Individual Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels 

These self adhesive letters and numbers are available to buy on individual 

sheets of identical characters. 

• Suitable for industrial or office use 

• Easy peel-off self adhesive application 

• Clean and simple to remove 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) 

Characters per 

sheet/card 

Each 

VF1 9.5 6 168 £0.96 

VF2 12.5 8.5 90 £0.96 

VF3 19 14 36 £0.96 

VF4 38 21 12 £0.96 

VF5 56 21 12 £1.34 

VF6 90 38 6 £1.85 

VF7 130 45 5 £2.38 

VF8 230 140 1 £2.38 

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels - Letters (A-Z) 

from only 

£24.89 

Complete packs of self adhesive letters with one card of each letter. Quality 

removable self-adhesive labels available from stock. High visibility black on 

bright yellow identification. 



• Supplied on sheets of identical characters 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity Each 

VF1-A-Z 9.5 6 Set of 26 cards £24.89 

VF2-A-Z 12.5 8.5 Set of 26 Cards £24.89 

VF3-A-Z 12.5 8 Set of 26 cards £24.89 

VF4-A-Z 38 21 Set of 26 cards £24.89 




VF8 -A-Z 230 140 Set of 26 cards £61.81 

Self-Adhesive Vinyl labels - Numbers (0-9) 

from only 

£9.57 

Complete packs of self adhesive numbers with one card of each number. 

Quality removable self-adhesive labels available from stock. 



• Choose individual numbers or letter or complete sets 


VF1-0-9 9.5 6 Set of 10 cards £9.57 

VF2-0-9 12.5 8.5 Set of 10 Cards £9.57 

VF3-0-9 19 14 Set of 10 Cards £9.57 

VF4-0-9 38 21 Set of 10 Cards £9.57 

VF5-0-9 56 21 Set of 10 Cards £13.37 

VF6-0-9 90 38 Set of 10 Cards £18.49 

VF7-0-9 130 45 Set of 10 Cards £23.77 

VF8-0-9 230 140 Set of 10 Cards £23.77 





IDENTIFICATION & LABBELING 

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Ticket Holders 

Our range of magnetic ticket holders offers the flexibility to change locations quickly and is also suitable for use in cold stores. Commonly referred to as 

Magnetic EPOS strips and Magnetic Ticket Strips. 

• Front pulls forward for card to be inserted 

• Quick and easy to update 

• Magnetic or self-adhesive backing 

Self-Adhesive 


VTS210 25 100 100 £40.12 

VTS220 25 200 50 £38.33 

VTS25-10 25 1000 10 £31.50 

VTS25-20 25 2000 10 £46.65 

VTS310 38 100 100 £43.38 

VTS320 38 200 50 £41.01 

VTS38-10 38 1000 10 £36.25 

VTS38-20 38 2000 10 £54.38 

VTS510 54 100 100 £60.03 

VTS520 54 200 50 £54.38 

VTS54-10 54 1000 10 £52.00 

VTS54-20 54 2000 10 £88.25 

VTS80-20 80 2000 10 £104.49 

VTS80-10 80 1000 10 £56.76 

VTS810 80 100 100 £65.37 

VTS820 80 200 50 £60.62 

Magnetic 

VTS210M 25 100 100 £70.43 

VTS220M 25 200 50 £55.87 

VTS310M 38 100 100 £74.29 

VTS320M 38 200 50 £59.73 

VTS510M 54 100 100 £88.25 

VTS520M 54 200 50 £79.64 

VTS810M 80 100 100 £95.39 

VTS820M 80 200 50 £86.77 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store room 

✓Workshops 

from only 

£31.50 

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Label Holders 

Our magnetic and self-adhesive label holders are supplied from stock in pre-cut lengths but special sizes can be supplied on request. Each holder is supplied 

with white card inserts and a cover strip. Pre-printed inserts can also be supplied for each of the holders incorporating barcodes and locations codes. Please 

contact our sales office for further details. Magnetic holders are ideal for applications where regular changes are required, they are easier and quicker to move 

than adhesive backed holders. They are also suitable for use in cold stores. 

• Instant identification for steel racking and shelving 

• Individual cut labels, or cut your own size off the roll or strip 

• Magnetic (brown) or self-adhesive (white), protective transparent PVC strip included 

Self-Adhesive 

Code Type Height (mm) Length (mm) Pack Quantity Each 

VAL18 Self-Adhesive 15 80 100 £38.04 



VAL1-10 Self-Adhesive 15 1m 10 strips £29.72 



Magnetic 

VML18 Magnetic 15 80 100 £31.20 

VML28X Magnetic 20 80 100 £35.36 

VML28 Magnetic 25 80 100 £38.33 

VML38 Magnetic 30 80 100 £42.49 

VML48 Magnetic 40 80 100 £56.16 

VML58 Magnetic 50 80 100 £69.24 

VML150 Magnetic 15 500 100 £40.12 

VML250 Magnetic 25 500 100 £47.84 

VML250X Magnetic 20 500 100 £44.57 

VML350 Magnetic 30 500 100 £52.30 

VML450 Magnetic 40 500 100 £65.67 

VML550 Magnetic 50 500 100 £84.69 

VMLR1 Magnetic 15 50m 1 Roll £135.49 

VMLR2X Magnetic 20 50m 1 Roll £146.99 





PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store room 

✓Workshops 

✓office 

from only 

£29.72 


53 51





PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Workshops 

✓Office 

Frames4Docs 

Frames4docs are a unique range of colour coded frames designed for easy 

and prominent document display. Perfect for use in offices, shops, libraries 

and throughout the workplace to display all types of literature, certificates 

and information. 

• Magnetic or Self-Adhesive fixing in 5 colours 

• To fit: A3, A4 and A5 

• Can be placed vertically or horizontally 

Code Type Pack Quantity Each 

VSFD2/10 A2 Self-Adhesive 10 £134.49 




VMFD2/10 A2 Magnetic 10 £136.49 




Please add colour suffix when ordering: Blue (B), Black (BK), Green (G), Red (R) 

or Yellow (Y) 

Document Pockets 

Industrial pockets with welded edges are ideal for when documentation 

needs to be kept clean, or simply for control of fast moving stock. Available 

in 7 sizes. 

• Magnetic - along top edge 

• Self Adhesive - top and bottom edge (VMP7H/100 Top Only) 

• Horizontal or vertical 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity Each 

VMP1111-10 - 110 110 10 £20.21 

VMP1122-10 - 110 215 10 £24.96 

VMP3H-10 Horizontal A3 316 436 10 £55.27 

VMP3V-10 Vertical A3 436 316 10 £55.27 








VAP1111-10 - 110 110 10 £16.79 

VAP1122-10 - 110 215 10 £23.77 

VAP3H-10 Horizontal A3 316 436 10 £49.92 

VAP3V-10 Vertical A3 436 316 10 £49.92 








from only 

£0.89 

Warehouse Information Labels 

Self adhesive or magnetic maximum uniformly distributed load labels printed 

to order. Highly visible black on yellow or white backgrounds. 

• Printed with the text of your choice, available as magnetic or self adhesive 

• 70/90mm high labels may be printed on 2 lines 

• Printed in black on yellow or white background 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Each 

VBL23 Self-Adhesive 25 200 £0.89 




VBL23M Magnetic 25 200 £1.45 




Please add suffix: White (W) or Yellow (Y). Please note a minimum order value 

of £25 applies to this product range. 






from only 

£18.57 

Magnetic Numbers & Letters 

Sheets of letters or number sheets suitable for adherence to any steel 

surface. 

• Available in White and Yellow 

• Available in either 23 or 43mm high. 

• Letters are A-Z and Numbers are 0-9 

Code Type Height (mm) Colour Each 

M23MIXW/N Numbers 23 White £18.57 

M23MIXY/N Numbers 23 Yellow £18.57 

M23MIXW/L Letters 23 White £18.57 

M23MIXY/L Letters 23 Yellow £18.57 

M43MIXW/N Numbers 43 White £18.57 

M43MIXY/N Numbers 43 Yellow £18.57 

M43MIXW/L Letters 43 White £18.57 

M43MIXY/L Letters 43 Yellow £18.57 

Self-Adhesive Magnetic Strip 

Our Magnetic strip is supplied in three widths, each backed with a strong 

permanent self-adhesive for mounting items onto steel surfaces. This 

magnetic strip is ideal for many jobs in the factory or warehouse, eliminating 

the need for drilling or other methods of fixing. 

• Strong permanent self-adhesive, locates on any steel surface 

• Makes anything magnetic 

• Eliminates the need for drilling 

Code Width (mm) Length (mm) Pack Quantity Each 

VMSSA/13 13 30 30m Roll £64.19 

VMSSA/20 20 10m 10m Roll £34.17 

VMSSA/50 50 10m 10m Roll £53.19 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store room 

✓Workshops 

✓office 

Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking Strip 

Sticks to any steel surface, but removes instantly if need be. Simply cut to 

length. Five colour options:- White, Yellow, Red, Blue or Green. 

• Cost effective 

• Write on - Wipe off 

• Easily cut to size 

Code Width (mm) Length (m) Each 

MSR1 10 10 £12.48 

MSR15 15 10 £17.83 

MSR2 20 10 £21.40 

MSR3 30 10 £28.82 

MSR5 50 10 £44.28 

MSR7 70 10 £51.70 

MSR9 90 10 £59.73 

MSR10 100 10 £64.78 

Magnetic Location Markers 

White magnetic location markers supplied in single sized markers. Use a 

wet-wipe marker pen, write on, update and move when required. These 

pre-cut markers offer a quick and easy high visibility system of identifying 

locations, products or stock quantity’s. 

• Locates on steel surfaces 

• Write on – Wipe off 

• Quick and easy relocation 

Code Width (mm) Length (mm) Pack Quantity Each 

VLM28W 20 80 100 £20.65 

VLM38W 30 80 100 £26.74 

VLM58W 50 80 100 £39.52 

VLM219W 90 210 10 £16.05 

VLM1015 100 150 100 £104.49 

Add colour suffix when ordering: Blue (B), Red (R), Yellow (Y), White (W) or 

Green (G) 


59 53





Angled Aisle Marker 

Our range of robust end of aisle identification markers are available in various sizes and designs for 

instant product and aisle locating. Suitable for use in the factory, warehouse or office environments. 

Custom made markers can also be produced to show company logos, various colours, different sizes 

and markers for external use. 

• Provides clear identification 

• Magnetic marker is suitable for cold-store warehouses 

• Price includes up to three digits 


VAM1F Self-Adhesive Flange c/w up to 3 digits 95 130 £6.90 

VAM1FM Magnetic Flange c/w up to 3 digits 95 130 £7.28 

VAMIT Angled Aisle Marker 95 130 £10.85 

VAMITM Angled Aisle Marker 95 130 £12.48 

from only 

£6.39 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Storeroom 

✓Workshops 

✓Office 

Flat Aisle Markers 

Our range of robust end of aisle identification markers are available in various sizes and designs for 

instant product and aisle locating. 

• Prices include printing of required characters up to the maximum allowed 

• Markers in white or yellow (unless specified), please confirm colour and digits required 

• Supplied pre-drilled unless stated 


VAM1 Aisle Marker c/w up to 3 digits 95 160 £6.39 

VAM2/1 Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit 220 270 £9.10 

VAM2/2 Aisle Marker c/w 2 digits 220 270 £12.48 




VAM3X/1 Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit 300 300 £9.72 

VAM3X2 Aisle Marker c/w 2 digits 300 300 £13.67 

VAM4 Aisle Marker c/w 1 digit 660 343 £18.27 



from only 

£2.38 

Magnetic & Self-Adhesive Bay Markers 

Our high visibility Bay Markers offer clear identification throughout the warehouse. A formed 

aluminium section with either a magnetic or self-adhesive edge, enables the marker to be easily 

mounted onto steel racking without drilling. When locations need to be changed the magnetic marker 

can simply be lifted and relocated. 


VBA1 One digit Self-Adhesive 260 167 £16.05 

VBA2 Two digit Self-Adhesive 260 310 £22.88 

VBM1 One digit Magnetic 260 167 £16.05 

VBM2 Two digit Magnetic 260 310 £22.88 

VF8 Individual Character Self-Adhesive 230 140 £2.38 

Individual Self-adhesive characters are sold separately, please order marker and character, specifying the 

characters required. 






Warehouse Floor Signals 

These hi-visibility graphic floor signs are printed on 

the underside of a clear PVC film, then laminated 

on the back surface with an aggressive permanent 

adhesive, making them not only ideal for the floor but 

also for use on walls or anywhere a tough permanent 

sign is required. 

• Permanent adhesive 

• Graphic printed on underside of clear PVC film 

• Designed to withstand rigours of warehouse traffic 

Width 

Code 

Each 5 10 

(mm) 

VFM01 - 

430 £17.68 £17.05 £16.32 

VFM33 

from only 

£16.32 

Please use relevant VFM code stated under 

the image when ordering 

Pallet Floor Markers 

Tough PVC with aggressive adhesive backing. Mark block stack pallet areas quickly and 

effectively. Designed to withstand rigours of warehouse traffic. Suitable for clean dry flat surfaces. 

• L' to mark corners, Circles for walkways 

• T' between pallets, Directional arrows 

• '+' for centre pallet positions. Available in 6 colours 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity Each 

VFS-+ Cross (+) 300 300 10 £19.61 

VFS-L L 200 200 10 £13.37 

VFS-T T 200 300 10 £13.37 

VFS-A A 90 90 100 £31.05 

VFS-F Foot 300 100 10 £13.37 

VFS-O Circle (O) 90DIA 100 £31.05 

Please Suffix Colour Code when ordering: Blue (BL), Green (GR), Yellow (YE), Black (BK), Red (RD) & White (WH) 

from only 

£20.21 

Racksack 

Waste management problems are easily solved with the racksack. Suitable for most warehouse racking 

systems, the Racksack quickly fixes to the end of your racking frame. 

• Hard-wearing and re-usable 

• Easy collection and segregation of waste with a range of colour coded designs 

• Easy to fix, easy to remove 


VRSB1 1060 940 1 £20.21 

VRSB5 1060 940 5 £93.90 

VRSB10 1060 940 10 £175.99 

Please Suffix Colour Code when ordering: Blue (BL), Green (GR) 

Special print incuding coloured logos available upon request 


55 65




WORKBENCHES 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Contractors 


Sites 

✓Temporary 

platform 

✓ 

Folding Work Platform 

Durable workbench for use as temporary platform. The surface is manufactured from pressed timber and designed to be long lasting, making it easy to attach 

vices, pipe threaders etc. 

• Folding legs so easy to store when not in use 

• Easy to move around site 

• Legs have Velcro strap to hold them in place when folded 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight (kg) Each 5 

BH1080 820 1080 750 30 £223.99 £198.99 

from only 

£62.29 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Post room 

✓Packing area 

✓Hobby room 

✓Garage 

✓Shed 

✓Pick & Pack 

from only 

£91.06 

Light Duty Workbench 

This workbench is ideal for storing your tools/stock while having a large 

surface area to work on. The unit is flat packed and can be assembled in 

minutes. 

• Epoxy coated steel frame with chipboard shelves 

• 2 or 3 shelf options 

• Strong shelves, load 100kg UDL 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelves 

Load 

(kg) 

Each 5 10 

VZHDF2 940 950 450 2 100 £62.29 £48.67 £40.88 

VZHDF3 940 950 450 3 100 £81.59 £63.74 £53.54 

Medium Duty Workbench 

This low cost bench is suitable for packing and light assembly tasks. The unit 

is flat packed and can be assembled in minutes. Ideal for packing or light 

assembly. 

• Strong shelves, load 150kg UDL 

• Cross bracing for additional strength 

• Epoxy coated steel frame with chipboard shelves 

Height Width Depth 

Load 

Code 

Shelves 

Each 5 10 

(mm) (mm) (mm) 

(kg) 

VZMDBU 938 1320 500 2 150 £91.06 £71.14 £59.76 

50 56 





WORKBENCHES 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Mail Rooms 

✓Post Offices 

✓Post Rooms 

Packing Station Accessories 

Code 

Type 

Width 

(mm) 

Each 

BGPAR12AXXXX Above Bench Paper Roll Holder, to fit: 1200mm 1200 £23.90 



BGPAR12BXXXX Below Bench Paper Roll Holder, to fit: 1200mm 1200 £21.13 



BGSPARECONES Spare Cones for Roll Holder n/a £125.49 

BGCUTKNIXXXX Cutting Knife n/a £448.49 

from only 

£204.99 

Packing Stations 

A range of modular workstations designed for packing areas. Standard 

packing stations can be used as individual units or coupled together to form 

complete integrated assembly and packing areas. 

• Height adjustable feet for easy levelling. 

• Full range of worktops available. 

• Delivered in knock-down form. 

SIze 

Worktops 

MDF Worktop MFC Worktop Laminate Worktop Hardwood Worktop 

Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each 

840 1200 750 BP841275MXXX £217.49 BP841275GXXX £225.99 BP841275PXXX £237.49 BP841275HXXX £204.99 






from only 

£285.49 

Height Adjustable Workbenches 

Height adjustable workstation suitable for general use in assembly, light 

engineering and laboratories. No more banged knuckles - desk can even be 

adjusted when positioned flush against a wall. 

• Adjustable in height from 730mm to 950mm. 

• Powder Coated dark grey framework. 

• Removable adjustment handle. 

PERFECT FOR 


DA796060PLXX 730 600 600 £285.49 

DA791260PLXX 730 1200 600 £329.49 

DA791275PLXX 730 1200 750 £344.49 

DA791860PLXX 730 1800 600 £377.99 

DA791875PLXX 730 1800 750 £386.99 

✓ 

✓Industrial 

work areas 


51 57




WORKBENCHES 

Cantilever Framed Workstations 

Medium Duty construction Square Tube or Cantilever leg design, choice of worktops and 

accessories. All frames supplied fully welded. 

• 300kg Capacity 

• Standard height 840mm, option of 750mm and 900mm heights at same price 

• Adjustable feet 

Worktop Finishes: 

MT1 - Laminate with plastic edge bonded 

to 18mm MDF 

MT2 - Laminate Hardwood Edge, 

bonded to 18mm MDF 

MT3 - Vinyl Hardwood Edge - Grey Vinyl bonded 

to 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping 

MT5 - Anti-Static - (Black Fibre Board) MDF with 

wood edge lipping and earth connection 

cable, conductivity 104-106 ohms 

from only 

£252.99 

Square Framed Workbenches 

SIze 

Worktops 

Laminate Square Edged Laminate Hardwood Edge Vinyl Anti-static 


840 1200 600 VA420MT1 £252.99 VA420MT2 £252.99 VA420MT3 £288.49 VA420MT5 £282.99 









PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

Cantilever Framed Workstations 

from only 

£303.49 

SIze 

Worktops 

Laminate Square Edged Laminate Hardwood Edge Vinyl Anti-static 


840 1200 600 VC420MT1 £303.49 VC420MT2 £303.49 VC420MT3 £339.49 VC420MT5 £333.49 












Workbench Accessories 


WORKBENCHES 

Accessory Posts 

1 

2 

Rear support posts come in 2 sizes, short if you only want to add a rear 

panel and long if you want a top shelf and/or light frame. 


VSES Short £43.72 

VTES Long £55.15 

Note: For above bench accessories you must have a short or long post to attach 

panels, lights and shelves to 

1 

3 

6 

Overhead Light 

2 

Top light frames come complete with a fluorescent single tube fitting and 

diffuser. 

Code Width Each 

VTLF4 1200 £89.44 

VTLF5 1500 £98.95 

VTLF6 1800 £102.99 

5 

Note: You must have 2 x long rear support posts to attach the light to 

Upper Shelves 

Upper shelves are 290mm deep and available in 3 widths to suit our 

standard benches 

3 

4 


VTSS4 1200 290 £65.18 

VTSS5 1500 290 £68.16 

VTSS6 1800 290 £72.20 

Note: You must have 2 x long rear support posts to attach the shelf to 

Cupboards and Drawers 

4 

Lockable door and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench 

frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame. This allows them to be fitted 

or changed at any time. 

• Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf 


VRA Single drawer unit 140 410 430 £91.02 

VRE Double drawer unit 280 410 430 £139.49 

VRH Triple drawer unit 420 410 430 £182.49 

VRK 4 drawer unit 560 410 430 £278.49 

VRC Small cupboard 420 410 430 £96.36 

VRD Large cupboard 560 410 430 £98.49 

Please state left or right positioning with order 

from only 

£983.49 

Electrical Consoles 

Electrical consoles include 2 x 13amp twin sockets (not wired) 

Note: Wiring and earth grounding not included 


VRSD4 1200 £70.90 

VRSD5 1500 £76.15 

VRSD6 1800 £81.39 

Louvre Panel 

Tool Panel 

Louvre, Tool and Multi-panels 

Multi Panel 

6 

Panels are 450mm high and come complete with clips to attach to accessory 

posts. 


VLPSS12 Louvre Panels 450 1200 £82.28 



VTPSS12 Tool Panels 450 1200 £82.28 



VMPSS12 Multi Panels 450 1200 £82.28 



Note: You must have 2 x long or short rear support posts to attach the panels to 

5 

Basic Workbench Kit 

We have created this kit to allow you a complete solution to your needs in 

one easy order. This kit includes the entire range of accessories available for 

the bench. 

Code 

Type 

Laminate 

VRTKT16 

Worktop 

Linbins not included 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Load (kg) 

Each 

840 1500 750 300 £983.49 

Complete kit contains: 

1 x Bench 

1 x Laminate worktop with wood edge 

1 x Large accessory post 

1 x Single multi panel 

1 x Upper shelf 

1 x Overhead light 

1 x Consoled trunking with 2 x Power Points 


57 59




MEDIUM DUTY WORKBENCHES 

Medium & Heavy Duty Workbenches - 450/750kg capacity 

Choose the frame size and worktop type from the selection below. Then just add any accessories that you may require. 

• Fully welded construction (no assembly needed) 

• Standard height 840mm, option of 750mm and 900mm heights at same price 

• Durable 

from only 

£498.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

Medium Duty Workbench Kit 

Complete with 2 drawers and 1 cupboard 

• 2mm Steel Worktop 

• Durable electrostatic paint finish 

• Fully welded construction 

(no assembly needed) 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Load (kg) 

Each 

VRTKT8 840 1500 750 450 £498.99 

Medium Duty Workbenches - 450kg capacity 

SIze 

Worktops 

Steel Vinyl Laminate MDF 


840 1200 600 VM420HT1 £218.99 VM420HT2 £250.99 VM420HT3 £214.99 VM420HT4 £192.49 









Workbenches Accessories 

Choose your selection of accessories to create a tailored bench. All accessories for the medium & heavy duty benches are 

factory fitted so must be ordered with workbench (no retro fitting) 

from only 

£23.19 

from only 

£13.67 

Benchtop Steel Upstand 

Protect expensive tools and equipment with these strong steel welded 

upstands - factory fitted to the rear and side of the worktop. 

Code Type Height (mm) Each 

VRS1 Rear 100 £23.19 

VRS3 Rear & Sides 100 £45.06 

Steel Vice Plates 

An essential accessory when fitting vices and equipment to the benchtop. 

Vice plates can be fitted to any bench. 


VVP 5 230 230 £13.67 





HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES 

Heavy Duty Workbench Kit 

Comes with 3 sided upstand, base shelf, large cupboard and single drawer. 

• Available in 2 Widths 

• 750kg Loading 

• 25mm MDF worktop 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Load (kg) Each 

VRTKT10 840 1500 750 750 £286.49 

VRTKT11 840 1800 750 750 £539.99 

from only 

£286.49 


Laminate - bonded 

with 18mm 

infilled core and 

hardwood edge 

Vinyl - Grey vinyl 

bonded to 18mm 

in filled core and 

hardwood edge 

MDF Hardwood 

edge - 25mm MDF 

with varnished finish and hardwood edge 

Steel - 2mm thick steel 

25mm worktops available on request 

Heavy Duty Angle Workbenches - 750kg capacity 

SIze 

Worktops 

Steel Vinyl Laminate MDF 


840 1200 600 750 £238.49 VH420HT2 £257.49 VH420HT3 £228.99 VH420HT4 £204.49 

840 1200 750 750 £249.49 VH426HT2 £271.49 VH426HT3 £240.49 VH426HT4 £213.99 

840 1200 900 750 £259.99 VH430HT2 £280.49 VH430HT3 £253.99 VH430HT4 £221.49 

840 1500 600 750 £250.99 VH520HT2 £274.99 VH520HT3 £242.99 VH520HT4 £214.99 

840 1500 750 750 £266.49 VH526HT2 £290.49 VH526HT3 £272.99 VH526HT4 £226.49 

840 1500 900 750 £278.49 VH530HT2 £300.49 VH530HT3 £303.49 VH530HT4 £237.49 

840 1800 600 750 £263.49 VH620HT2 £287.99 VH620HT3 £272.99 VH620HT4 £228.49 

840 1800 750 750 £279.99 VH626HT2 £301.49 VH626HT3 £304.49 VH626HT4 £239.49 

840 1800 900 750 £293.49 VH630HT2 £310.99 VH630HT3 £326.99 VH630HT4 £249.49 

Cupboards and Drawers 

A full range of cupboards and drawers are 

available to suit either Medium or Heavy duty 

workbenches. 


VM11 Single drawer unit 140 410 430 £91.02 

VM13 Double drawer unit 280 410 430 £139.49 

VM14 Triple drawer unit 420 410 430 £182.49 

VM121 Cupboard left fitting 600 410 430 £99.69 

VM1 Cupboard right fitting 600 410 430 £99.69 

Choose your selection of accessories to create a tailored bench. All accessories 

for the medium & heavy duty benches are factory fitted so must be ordered with 

workbench (no retro fitting) 

Underbench Steel Shelf 

Double your storage area with a factory fitted 

steel underbench shelf. Available in a range of 

depths to suit our standard bench sizes. 


VMLS420S 1200 600 £51.35 

VMLS426S 1200 750 £54.91 

VMLS430S 1200 900 £58.50 

VMLS520S 1500 600 £55.57 

VMLS526S 1500 750 £59.84 

VMLS530S 1500 900 £64.16 

VMLS620S 1800 600 £59.75 

VMLS626S 1800 750 £64.82 

VMLS630S 1800 900 £69.84 

from only 

£70.90 

Electrical Consoles 

Electrical consoles include 2 x 13amp twin sockets (not wired) 

Note: Wiring and earth grounding not included 


VRSD4 1200 £70.90 

VRSD5 1500 £76.15 

VRSD6 1800 £81.39 


57 61




EXTRA HEAVY DUTY WORKBENCHES 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Engineering 

✓Industrial 

Factory 

✓Manufacturing 

✓ 

from only 

£242.99 

Extra Heavy Duty Workbench 

Heavy duty bench suitable for heavy duty applications such as engineering and manufacturing. Fully Welded construction for extra strength with a powder 

coated dark grey framework. 

• 1200kg Load 

• Steel plate, birch hardwood, linoleum and laminate worktop options. 

• Standard bench height of 840mm (760mm or 920mm heights available on request) 

SIze 

Worktops 

Steel Plate Worktop 2mm Thick 20mm Linoleum Worktop 25mm Hardwood Worktop 20mm Laminate Worktop 


840 1200 600 BJ841260SKXX £242.99 BJ8412608KXX £288.99 BJ841260HKXX £290.99 BJ841260PKXX £288.99 









A 

B 

C 


Workbench Retaining Lip 

B 


Workbench Lower Shelves 

C 


Workbench Vice Plate 

Code 

Each 

BXVICEPLXXXX £16.12 

A 


BXRL1206XXXX 1200 600 £35.95 

BXRL1208XXXX 1200 750 £41.08 

BXRL1209XXXX 1200 900 £46.22 

BXRL1506XXXX 1500 600 £41.08 

BXRL1507XXXX 1500 750 £46.22 

BXRL1509XXXX 1500 900 £49.64 

BXRL1806XXXX 1800 600 £46.22 

BXRL1807XXXX 1800 750 £49.64 

BXRL1809XXXX 1800 900 £54.82 


BXLS1206XXXX 1200 600 £61.45 

BXLS1207XXXX 1200 750 £73.54 

BXLS1209XXXX 1200 900 £73.54 

BXLS1506XXXX 1500 600 £71.52 

BXLS1507XXXX 1500 750 £84.62 

BXLS1509XXXX 1500 900 £84.62 

BXLS1806XXXX 1800 600 £81.59 

BXLS1807XXXX 1800 750 £92.67 

BXLS1809XXXX 1800 900 £92.67 

from only 

£127.49 


Workbench Sliding Doors 

Code Width (mm) Each 

BXSL1284XXXX 1200 £502.99 

BXSL1584XXXX 1500 £524.99 

BXSL1884XXXX 1800 £562.99 

Extra Heavy Duty Workbench Drawers 


BXDR04021 Single Drawer 220 420 420 £127.49 

BXDR04043 Double Drawer 435 420 420 £218.99 

BXCU04051 Cupboard Unit 560 420 420 £139.49 

Add colour suffix: Grey (LXX), Green (GXX), Blue (BXX) or Red (RXX) 

60 62 





STAINLESS STEEL WORKBENCHES 

from only 

£453.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Food 

preparation 

✓Hospitals 

✓Environment 

where hygiene 

is essential 

✓ 

✓ 

Stainless Steel Workbenches 

Stainless steel worktables are ideal for 

food preparation, hospitals and any other 

environment where hygiene is essential. 

• A range of accessories is available 

including drawers, cupboards and 

upper and lower shelves. 

• Adjustable levelling feet for uneven surfaces. 

• Made from 1.5mm thick steel. 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Type Each 

BT841260XSXX 840 1200 600 Bench £453.49 

BT841275XSXX 840 1200 750 Bench £488.99 

BT841290XSXX 840 1200 900 Bench £524.49 

BT841590XSXX 840 1500 900 Bench £581.49 

BT841575XSXX 840 1500 750 Bench £569.49 

BT841590XSXX 840 1500 900 Bench £581.49 

BT841890XSXX 840 1800 900 Bench £660.99 

BT841875XSXX 840 1800 750 Bench £616.99 

BT841860XSXX 840 1800 600 Bench £581.49 

BT841260JSXX 840 1200 600 Bench & Shelf £605.99 







Stainless Steel Cupboard 

Stainless Steel Drawer 


BRCUPBRDXXXX 435 420 420 £266.49 


BRDRAWERXXXX 150 420 420 £262.49 

from only 

£814.49 

Stainless Steel Upper Shelves 

Stainless Steel Workbench & Lower Shelf 


BT841875JSXX 840 1800 750 £814.49 

BT841890JSXX 840 1800 900 £858.49 


BRUS123SXXXX 300 1200 300 £152.49 

BRUS153SXXXX 300 1500 300 £177.99 

BRUS1836SXXXX 300 1800 300 £196.49 

BRUS126DXXXX 600 1200 300 £231.99 

BRUS155DXXXX 600 1500 300 £252.49 

BRUS186DXXXX 600 1800 300 £284.49 


61 

63




ANTI-STATIC WORKBENCHES 

from only 

£501.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Electronic 

workshop 

✓Electronics 

Industries 

✓ 

Express Delivery Anti-Static Workbenches 

General workbench with static dissipative properties. Suitable for use as an 

assembly or repair bench in the electrical and electronics industry. 

• A leg in each corner gives firm support 

• Only available in Lamstat worktop 

• Full range of accessories available including drawers, 

cupboards, shelves, louvre panels and service ducts. 


BQ841575LLXX 840 1500 750 £501.99 

BQ841590LLXX 840 1500 900 £521.99 

BQ841875LLXX 840 1800 750 £530.49 

BQ841890LLXX 840 1800 900 £552.49 

Rail Support 

Fluorescent Light 

Upper shelf 

Back Panel 

Service Duct 

Support 

Posts 

from only 

£47.22 

from only 

£107.99 

Express Delivery Anti-Static 



BEUS1200LXXX Upper shelf 300mm for Lamstat for 1200mm bench £106.99 

BEUS1800LXXX Upper shelf 300mm for Lamstat for 1800mm bench £149.49 

BESP760SXXXX 760mm Rear Support Posts £51.08 

BESP1180XXXX 1180mm Rear Support Posts £62.09 

BERS1200XLXX Light/Tool Rail Support for 1200mm bench £53.39 



BELF1200XLXX Fluorescent Light £30.22 

BELO4812ZXXX Louvred back panel with pinboard for 1200mm bench £102.99 



BESDWT122XXX Worktop Service Duct for 1200mm bench £82.60 

BESDWT15XXXX Worktop Service Duct for 1500mm bench £84.62 

BESDWT18XXXX Worktop Service Duct for 1800mm bench £88.65 

BEMONARMFLSC Flat Screen Support arm £47.22 

Express Delivery Anti-Static 

Workbench Drawers & Cupboards 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Colour 

Each 

BEDR04021KXX Single 220 420 420 Dark grey £120.49 

BEDR04021GXX 3 Drawer 220 420 420 Green £120.49 

BEDR04021BXX Cupboard 220 420 420 Dark Blue £120.49 

BEDR04021RXX Single 220 420 420 Red £120.49 

BEDR04043KXX 3 Drawer 435 420 420 Dark Grey £228.99 

BEDR04043GXX Cupboard 435 420 420 Green £228.99 

BEDR04043BXX Single 435 420 420 Dark Blue £228.99 

BEDR04043RXX 3 Drawer 435 420 420 Red £228.99 

BECU04041KXX Cupboard 435 420 420 Dark Grey £107.99 

BECU04041GXX Single 435 420 420 Green £107.99 

BECU04041BXX 3 Drawer 435 420 420 Dark Blue £107.99 

BECU04041RXX Cupboard 435 420 420 Red £107.99 





EXPRESS DELIVERY WORKBENCHES 

Express Delivery Square Tube Workbenches 

Express Delivery Square Tube Workbenches General workshop bench 

suitable for use in assembly, production and light engineering. Complete 

with height adjustable feet, powder coated light grey finish and laminate 

worktops. 

• Full range of accessories available including drawers, cupboards and shelves 

• Delivered in knock-down form 


BQ841590PLXX 840 1500 900 250 £342.49 

BQ841575PLXX 840 1500 750 250 £292.99 

BQ841890PLXX 840 1800 900 250 £351.99 

BQ841875PLXX 840 1800 750 250 £298.99 

from only 

£319.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Schools 

✓Production 

✓Light 

Engineering 

✓Assembly 

✓ 

Express Delivery Cantilever Workbenches 

Cantilever construction allows for maximum leg room. Available with 

a laminate worktop. Suitable for use in assembly, production and light 

engineering. 

• Full range of accessories available including drawers, 

cupboards, shelves, louvre panels and service ducts. 

• Delivered in knock-down form 


BC841590PLXX 840 1500 900 250 £319.99 

BC841575PLXX 840 1500 750 250 £317.49 

BC841890PLXX 840 1800 900 250 £381.99 

BC841875PLXX 840 1800 750 250 £328.99 


63 64




HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE WORKBENCHES 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

Cantilever Workbench 

Stepless height adjustable columns with 

retractable crank handle operating spindles 

and gears for smooth and precise adjustment 

from 770mm to 1260mm working height. 

Manufactured from formed 2mm Sheet steel 

with 50 x 25mm cross members. 


• Finished in light grey and black 

epoxy with choice of worktops. 

• Above and below bench 

accessories are available 

from only 

£589.99 

SIze 

Worktops 

Laminate MDF Stainless Steel Steel Vinyl 

Height 

(mm) 

Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each 

770 - 1260 1200 600 VAHB1-LA £589.99 VAHB1-M £562.49 VAHB1-SS £697.49 VAHB1-S £629.49 VAHB1-V £625.99 









from only 

£320.49 

Bolt Adjustable Height 

Workbench 

Height adjustable 4 leg bench using a simple bolt 

system. Stepless height adjustable pillars formed 

from 2 sheet move from 650 to 950mm high. 

• 300kgs Load 

• Above and below bench 

accessories are available. 

SIze 

Worktops 

Laminate MDF Stainless Steel Steel Vinyl 

Height 

(mm) 

Width (mm) Depth (mm) Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each Code Each 

650 - 950 1200 600 VBHB1-LA £349.99 VBHB1-M £320.49 VBHB1-SS £457.99 VBHB1-S £389.49 VBHB1-V £385.99 










• Laminate - 1.3mm grey laminate on 18mm MDF with wood lipping 

• MDF with wood edge lipping. 

• Vinyl - Grey vinyl bonded to 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping. 

• Stainless Steel - 1.2mm stainless steel on 18mm MDF. 

• Steel - 1.5mm steel on 18mm MDF. 





INFINITE WORKBENCHES 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

Infinite Modular Workbench 

from only 

£320.99 

Framework is constructed from fabricated steel section with welded leg supports and bolt in multi-position cross rails which can be assembled in a variety of 

combinations to suit individual applications. Start off with starter bench, then add extension benches and accessories. Unlimited combinations available. 

• Capacity: 1000kgs UDL 

• Adjustable height from 840 to 940mm in 25mm increments. 

• 25mm thick MDF or laminate worktop options, plain cut 18mm thick lower shelf irrespective of worktop selection. 

Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) 

MDF 

Laminate 

Code Each Code Each 

Starter bench 840 - 940 2000 700 IM1-M £320.99 IM1-LA £406.99 

Starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 2000 700 IM1-MBS £390.49 IM1-LABS £476.99 

Starter bench 840 - 940 2000 1200 IM2-M £365.49 IM2-LA £475.49 

Starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 2000 1200 IM2-MBS £470.49 IM2-LABS £580.49 

MDF starter bench 840 - 940 2000 1400 IM3-M £395.99 IM3-LA £508.49 

MDF starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 2000 1400 IM3-MBS £505.99 IM3-LABS £618.49 





MDF starter bench & shelf 840 - 940 3000 1400 IM6-M £580.99 IM6-LA £789.99 




MDF add bench 840 - 940 2000 1200 IM8-M £259.49 IM8-LA £369.99 

MDF add bench & shelf 840 - 940 2000 1200 IM8-MBS £364.49 IM8-LABS £474.99 

MDF add bench 840 - 940 2000 1400 IM9-M £280.99 IM9-LA £394.49 

MDF add bench & shelf 840 - 940 2000 1400 IM9-MBS £390.99 IM9-LABS £503.99 

Infinite Modular 

Starter Bench 

from only 

£673.99 

Starter Kit complete with MDF worktop, MDF 

base shelf, cabinet, triple drawer and leg socket. 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 

VIM-EOB1 840-940 2000 700 £673.99 

Infinite Modular Easy 

Order Workbench 

from only 

£803.99 

Workbench kit with MDF worktop, MDF base 

shelf, combined cabinet and drawer unit. 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 

VIM-EOB2 840-940 3000 1200 £803.99 

Infinite Modular 


from only 

£13.50 

Combine with easy add accessories 

Code Type Width (mm) Each 

VUS2000 2000mm Upper Shelf 2000 £108.99 

VUS3000 2000mm Upper Shelf 3000 £150.49 

VSRDSO 13amp socket N/A £18.50 


67




SCALES 

from only 

£164.99 

Weighing & Counting Scales 

Advanced higher accuracy counting scale with 

bright LED display. The 30kg / 60lb capacity 

functions either as a counting or coin counter. 

Lightweight and portable ideal for stocktaking. 

• High quality and easy to use 

• Rugged ABS plastic base with 

stainless steel weight platform 

• 12V mains adaptor with 20 hours 

battery life between charges 

Code Type Platform Width (mm) Platform Height (mm) Platform Length (mm) Each 

B140 6kg x 0.2g 292 13 222 £164.99 

B1401 15kg x 0.5g 292 13 222 £164.99 

B1402 30kg x 1g 292 13 222 £164.99 

Calibration certificates if required are chargeable at £30.00 per machine and must be requested at time of order 

Basic Weighing Scales 

A very versatile, quickly changing from one 

application to another, with an easy to read 

LED display. A wipedown plastic cover comes 

standard to protect the display, keyboard and 

housing from dust and food particles. 

• Easy to read LED, Capacity6 kg 

/ 12 lb and 15 kg / 30 lb 

• AC and rechargeable battery for portability, 

20 hours battery life between charges 

• ABS plastic housing, stainless 

steel weight platform 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshops 

✓Warehouse 

✓Catering 

✓Office 

✓Shops 

✓Storeroom 

Code Type Height (mm) Platform Width (mm) Platform Length (mm) Each 

405 6kg X 1g 110 215 245 £98.54 


Visit our website for more options 

Bench & Floor Scale 

A self contained industrial scale with optional 

RS-232 interface for simple weighing 

applications. Check weighing and totalising 

allows the number of weighings and the total 

amount of weight to be stored and recalled. 

• Large backlight LCD display indicator is mains 

or battery powered (rechargeable in built) 

• Internal battery with UK AC adapter included 

• Versatile scale with seven simple to use, large keys 

Code Type Height (mm) Platform Width (mm) Platform Length (mm) Each 

S133 60kg x 10g 850 420 520 £344.99 


Visit our website for more options 





SCALES 

from only 

£570.49 

Floor Scale System 

This ruggedly constructed High Capacity floor 

scale is ideal for many applications including 

shipping, counting, totalizing and check weighing 

functions. 

• Thick safety tread top plate with heavy 

duty welded wide channel supports 

• AC power adapter (included) and 

In built rechargeable battery 

• Indicator Functions include check 

weighing, count, weight, total and print. 


DSB914 1250kgs x 0.2kg 915 102 915 £570.49 

DSB1219 2500kgsx0.5kg 1220 102 1220 £712.49 

DSB1500 2500kgs x 0.5kg 1500 102 1500 £788.99 

DSB12191 5000kg x 1kg 1220 102 1220 £775.49 

DSB15001 5000kg x 1kg 1500 102 1500 £847.49 

Calibration certificates if required are chargeable at £30.00 per machine and must be requested at time of order. 

Ramp options available online 

PERFECT FOR 

Light Capacity Platform Scales 

This stainless steel platform scale is ideal 

for hygienic purposes and general weighing. 

The scales feature auto zero tracking to 

automatically compensate for small fluctuations 

in zero such as a build up of material on the 

platform. Weight displayed via Linked Indicator. 

• Stainless steel platform top and display pod 

• Four full load bridge load cells with selfleveling, 

anti-slip feet to give a solid base in use. 


WS300-55 300kg x 50g 550 60 550 £262.49 

WS300-90 300kg x 50g 900 60 550 £305.99 

WS500 500kg x 100g 915 60 915 £373.49 


✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshops 

✓Warehouse 

✓Storeroom 

✓Office 

✓Garages 

✓Animal 

Weighing 

from only 

£262.49 

from only 

£637.49 

PERFECT FOR 

Heavy Duty Weigh Beams 

This system is comprised of two robust mild 

steel shear beams linked to an indicator, 

Beams fitted with handles to easily carry and 

install. Mains and battery powered for full 

portability. This highly portable scale system is 

designed with simplicity in mind. In just a few 

minutes the entire scale is setup and ready to 

weigh. 

• Easy-to-read LCD with adjustable brightness 

• Fully portable scale system with waterproof 

stainless steel enclosed indicator and 

stainless steel mounting bracket 

• Ideal for weighing pallets, long loads 

and installations underconveyors, 

tanks and hoppers 


WB-521 2500kg x 0.2kg 100 60 1200 £637.49 

WB-521 5000kg x 0.5kg 100 60 1200 £680.99 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshops 

✓Warehouse 

✓Garages 

✓Storeroom 




69



STORAGE CONTAINERS & BINS 

In this section you will find a wide range of plastic containers for use in the home, 

the office, the shop floor, the warehouse and many other locations. This section is 

arranged SMALLEST TO LARGEST to make it easy for youto find what you need. 

What should I consider when making my choice? 

Do your containers have to be stackable? 

Do your containers have to have lids or not? 

Do you want to put your containers in trolleys or cupboards? 

Do you want your containers to have hinged lids? 

Do you need nestable containers? 

Do you want to use recycled material? 

Do you need to have food grade quality? 

Do your bins need to be anti-static? 

Linbins & Louvre Panels, page 82 

Linbins, page 76 

Dividers page 77 

Type 

Tray Storage 

Bin Storage 

Small Parts 


Antistatic Bin Storage 

Mobile Trolleys 

Functional Tray Storage 

Twin Bin Storage 

Small Parts Storage Cupboard 

Louvre Panels for wall mounting bins 


Containers 

Euro Containers 

Attached Lid Containers 

Lidded Containers 

Industrial Folding Boxes 

Pallet Boxes 

Palletised Storage Boxes 

Collapsible Plastic Pallet Box



STORAGE 

CONTAINERS & BINS 

Is there an industry anywhere in the world not using Linbins? We 

don’t know one! Order Linbins and you get a better bin. It’s the 

original and it’s still the best. It comes in a bigger range of sizes; 

it’s stronger and lasts far longer. Linbins allow you to sort items, 

label the bins and keep an accurate inventory count for all small 

items that are essential to the operation of your business. 

The Linbins are made of heavy plastic and as such are able to 

handle large weight loads. By combining size with usage, you can 

place Linbins on shelves or in cupboards so that you won’t need 

to lift heavy bins down from higher shelves. 

Linbins come in various bright colours so you can place items of 

one size in the first colour bin, while similar items in a different size 

could be placed in a bin of a different colour. 

This year we are also proud to 

introduce Black 100% Recycled 

Bins, with the same ruggedness 

and toughness of our other 

Linbins,these are portable, 

stackable and stylish. 

Page 77 

Schools, Personal Products 

Industrial & Warehouse 

Uses 

Specifically for electrical products 

Can be used with trays and bins 

For medical and laboratory 

Easy picking with feeder 

Keep product in lock up location 

Can be moveable, colour coded for picking 

Maximum capacity and strength, often used in catering and 

engineering stores 

Often used for removals or storage 

Stack when full and nest when empty, saving up to 75% 

valuable storage space. 

Space saving, robust when stacked up or closed 

Pallet Boxes are extra large, heavy duty bulk containers with 

pallet footings. Pallet Boxes are forkliftable and come with 

either feet, castors or skids 

Collapsible / foldable pallet boxes are very convenient and 

save on storage space when not in use, they can even be 

stacked upon each other when fully collapsed 


Small Parts Storage 

Clear Storage Cabinets 72-73 

Steel Storage Bin Cabinets 74 

Tilt Storage Bins 75 

Linbins 76-77 

ESD Protected Bins 78 

Linbin Picking Trays 79 

Gratnells Trays & Frame Sets 80-81 

Wall Mounted Louvre Panel 82-83 

& Kits 

Louvre Panel Trolleys & Kits 84 

Freestanding Louvre Panel & Kits 85 

Storage Containers 

Euro Stacking Containers 86-87 

Attached Lid Containers 88-89 

Stack & Nest Containers 90-91 

Dollies 92 

Clear Useful Plastic Containers 93 

Gratnells Smart Case 93 

Pallets & Pallet Boxes 

Plastic Pallets 94 

Box Pallets 95 

Folding Plastic Box Pallets 96 

Hypacages 97 

Retention Units 97




CLEAR STORAGE CABINETS 

290mm High Range 

These versatile cabinets can be used as free standing units, hung on walls or mounted on a space saving 

turntable, stands or trolley. 

• Two heights and seven drawer options 

• Grey frame and galvanized steel shelves; with crystal clear drawers 

• Handles recessed for protection in transport 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Workshop 

✓Commercial 

✓Education 


Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) 

Ext. drawer dimensions: 

L x W x H 

Each 

V296-3 4 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 277 x 59 £29.38 

V297-3 6 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 138 x 81 £29.38 

V292-3 12 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 138 x 37 £29.38 

V294-3 12 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 92 x 59 £29.38 

V290C-3 16 Mixed Drawer 290 310 180 *Mixed Compartment £29.38 

V291-3 24 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 69 x 37 £29.38 

V290-3 30 Drawer 290 310 180 175 x 55 x 37 £29.38 

*Mixed Drawers - (LxWxH) - 12 no. 175 x 69 x 37mm, 3 no. 175 x 92 x 59mm, 1 no. 175 x 277 x 59mm 

from only 

£29.38 


from only 

£52.27 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) 

Ext. drawer dimensions: 

L x W x H 

Each 

V556-3 8 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 275 x 59 £52.27 

V557-3 12 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 138 x 81 £52.27 

V552-3 24 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 138 x 37 £52.27 

V554-3 24 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 92 x 59 £52.27 

V550C-3 32 Mixed Drawer 550 310 180 *Mixed compartment £52.27 

V551-3 48 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 69 x 37 £52.27 

V550-3 60 Drawer 550 310 180 175 x 55 x 37 £52.27 

Mixed Drawers - (LxWxH) - 24 no. 175 x 69 x 37mm, 6 no. 175 x 92 x 59mm, 2 no. 175 x 277 x 59mm 






Turntables for 550mm High Range 

Needing only 0.25 square meters of floorspace, this free-turning assembly 

holds twelve 550mm visible storage cabinets in three layers. Each layer 

contains four cabinets. Stores up to 4320 different items. 


• Ball bearing base 

• Easy assembly. No tools required 


V12-550 1730 500 500 Empty £180.99 

V12-550KIT 1730 500 500 Kit £760.49 

Kit includes 12x cabinets as in picture 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Workshop 

✓Commercial 

✓Education 

from only 

£180.99 

from only 

£225.99 

Cabinet Stands for 550mm High Range 

Stylishly designed space saving storage. Can be used with any combination of our 550mm high cabinets. 

• Space saving storage 

• Single stand holds four cabinets, double holds eight 

• Epoxy powder coated steel frame 


VBS550L Single Stand 1585 760 420 £225.99 

VBS550T Double Stand 1585 760 600 £237.99 

VBT550 Double Trolley 1700 760 600 £281.99 

Cabinets ordered separately 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Workshop 

✓Commercial 

✓Education 


73




STEEL BIN CABINETS 

Storage Cabinets 

From complete turntable kits to bin cabinets that can be wall mounted 

if required, finding and storing small parts has never been so easy. 300 & 

400mm Deep Storage bin cabinets with 8 or 16 bins within a steel frame. 

• Cabinets can be wall hung or free standing 

• Can be vertically stacked 

• Can be turntable mounted for space saving 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Stores 

✓Warehouse 

✓Workshop 

300mm Deep Range 

Code 

Colour 

Height 

(mm) 

from only 

£86.46 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

External Bin 

Size (mm) 

Type 

V0830-1 Clear 395 400 300 H82 x W186 x D300 8 Bins £86.46 

V0830-5 Red 395 400 300 H82 x W186 x D300 8 bins £86.46 

V0830-6 Blue 395 400 300 H82 x W186 x D300 8 Bins £86.46 

V0830-3 Grey 395 400 300 H82 x W186 x D300 8 Bins £86.46 


V1630-5 Red 395 400 300 H82 x W92 x D300 16 Bins £95.30 



Each 

400mm Deep Range 

Code 

Colour 

Height 

(mm) 

from only 

£96.28 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

External Bin 

Size (mm) 

Type 









Each 

from only 

£378.49 

Steel Cabinet Turntable Kits 

Compact storage systems for use in service, workshop, production and storage 

areas. Units hold 16 cabinets of 300 or 400mm depth. 800kg Load 

• Easy assembly. No tools required 

• Ball bearing base and dividers for 4 layers with each layer containing 4 cabinets 

• Turntable Kits: Include 8 x 8 drawer and 8 x 16 drawer cabinets as shown. 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

V16-300 1680 700 700 Empty Turntable for 300mm Cabinets £378.49 

V16-300-KIT 1680 700 700 Turntable with 16 x 300mm Bin Cabinets £1722.49 

V16-400 1680 800 800 Empty Turntable for 400mm Cabinets £414.99 

V16-400-KIT 1680 800 800 Turntable with 16 x 400mm Bin Cabinets £1941.49 

Type 

Each 

from only 

£10.61 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Stores 

✓Warehouse 

✓Workshop 

from only 

£3.81 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Stores 

✓Warehouse 

✓Workshop 

Steel Bin Cabinet Retaining Bars 

Galvanised steel retaining bars for storage bin cabinets 

• Set of 4 

• Allows storage bin cabinet to be used in vehicles 

• Supplied flat packed 

Code 

Each 

V-A400 £10.61 

Steel Bin Cabinet Drawer Dividers 

Cross dividers subdivide and segregate drawers. 300mm Range hold up to 4 

per bin and 400mm Range hold up to 6 per bin. 

• Pack of 10 

• Clear Plastic 

Code Pack Quantity Type Each 

VD-10 10 For 92mm Wide Bin £3.81 

VD-20 10 For 186mm Wide Bin £6.58 





TILT BINS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Hospitals 

✓Vans 

✓Workshops 

from only 

£13.52 

Tilt Bin Containers 

The ultimate visible storage method. Tilt bins allow stock to be seen, easily 

accessed and quickly replenished. Tilt Bins are robust and scratch resistant 

and easily removed for transport and cleaning. Each unit is housed in a 

600mm wide outer casing module. 

• Stackable for use on desks, counters, shelving or workbenches 

• The tilt bins have fixing holes for wall mounting 

• Identification cards for the individual tilt bins are included 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Capacity* 

(L) 

VSTVB9 Size 9 - 9 sections 75 601 51 0.1 £13.52 





VSTVB2 Size 2 - 2 sections 354 601 246 14 £103.99 

*Capacity is for individual bins 

Each 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Medical supplies 

✓Small parts 

storage 

✓Fixings 

✓Van storage 

✓ 

✓ 

from only 

£761.49 

from only 

£2.89 

Retaining Bars for Tilt Bins 

Our retaining bars are manufactured from strong metal rods and keep 

boxes securely closed, especially good for when transporting product. 

• Ideal for vans or mobile trolleys 

• Easily fitted to any casing set 


VRTB326 For Size 3 - 6 Bins £2.89 

VRTB009 For Size 9 Bins £2.89 

Tilt Bin Trolley 

Trolley includes: 

4 x Size 6 Bins 





• Simple to assemble steel trolley 

• Maximum load capacity of each side is 80kgs 


Code 

Type 

Each 


VTVB1 Double Trolley inc 12 Bins 1380 620 600 £761.49 


75




LINBINS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Storeroom 

✓Workplace 

from only 

£17.63 

Coloured Linbins 

Is there an industry anywhere in the world not using Linbins? We don’t know one! Order Linbins and you get a better bin. It's the original and it's still the best. 

It comes in a bigger range of sizes; it's stronger and lasts far longer. There are many advantages to coloured Linbins. They brighten up your business and can 

help with speedy stock location 

• Manufactured from tough polypropylene for long life - the toughest bin available 

• Reinforcing ribs - stack without distortion 

• Full width lip - secure fixing to louvre panel 

Code Linbin Size Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) LBU Pack Quantity Load (kg) Each 5 10 

VPK01 Size 1 50 105 105 1/2 40 2.3 £28.92 £27.50 £26.21 

VPK02 Size 2 75 105 135 1 20 13.5 £17.63 £16.76 £15.98 

VPK03 Size 3 75 105 190 1 20 13.5 £23.47 £22.32 £21.27 

VPK04 Size 4 130 140 210 2 10 27 £24.17 £22.98 £21.90 

VPK05 Size 5 130 140 280 2 10 27 £34.15 £32.47 £30.95 

VPK06 Size 6 180 210 280 4 10 27 £55.67 £52.93 £50.45 

VPK07 Size 7 180 210 375 4 10 36 £57.29 £54.47 £51.92 

VPK08 Size 8 180 420 375 8 5 54 £47.36 £45.03 £42.92 

VPK09 Size 9 230 455 210 5 5 54 £56.59 £53.81 £51.29 

VPK10 Size 10 295 420 455 12 3 68 £49.17 £46.75 £44.56 

Please add suffix when ordering: Red (RD), Blue (BL), Green (GN) or Yellow (YE) 

Note: packs are in quantities stated - one colour per pack 

from only 

£14.54 

Grey Linbins 

Grey Linbins are exactly the same quality as our coloured range of Linbins they are made on the same moulds at the same time. 

• Same top quality, same unique design, same high strength 

• Reinforcing ribs - stack without distortion 

• Linbins can be wall mounted using our louvre panels 


VPK01GR Size 1 50 105 105 1/2 40 2.3 £27.50 £26.21 £25.04 

VPK02GR Size 2 75 105 135 1 20 13.5 £15.97 £15.22 £14.54 

VPK03GR Size 3 75 105 190 1 20 13.5 £21.05 £20.06 £19.16 

VPK04GR Size 4 130 140 210 2 10 27 £21.84 £20.82 £19.88 

VPK05GR Size 5 130 140 280 2 10 27 £31.39 £29.91 £28.57 

VPK06GR Size 6 180 210 280 4 10 27 £45.48 £43.35 £41.41 

VPK07GR Size 7 180 210 375 4 10 36 £52.35 £49.90 £47.66 

VPK08GR Size 8 180 420 375 8 5 54 £44.04 £41.97 £40.09 

VPL09GR Size 9 230 455 210 5 5 54 £53.81 £51.29 £48.99 

VPK10GR Size 10 295 420 455 12 3 68 £45.35 £43.22 £41.29 





LINBINS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Production 

Lines 

✓Warehouse 

✓Hospitals 

✓ 

✓ 

from only 

£13.35 

Recycled Linbins 

Our new ranges of Black Linbins are made from 100% recycled plastic. 

They use the same moulds and so have the same high quality you expect 

from the Linbin brand. The savings are available due to the cost of recycled 

raw material being lower. This means we can pass these savings directly on 

to our customers. 

• Manufactured from recycled tough polypropylene for long life 

• Still the toughest bin available 

• All the same features as the standard Linbins 


VPK01BLK Size 1 105 105 50 1/2 40 2.3 £27.30 £25.81 £24.47 

VPK02BLK Size 2 75 105 135 1 20 13.5 £14.89 £14.08 £13.35 

VPK03BLK Size 3 75 105 190 1 20 13.5 £18.61 £17.60 £16.69 

VPK04BLK Size 4 130 140 210 2 10 27 £19.54 £18.48 £17.52 

VPK05BLK Size 5 130 140 280 2 10 27 £27.92 £26.39 £25.03 

VPK06BLK Size 6 180 210 280 4 10 27 £40.63 £38.42 £36.43 

VPK07BLK Size 7 180 210 375 4 10 36 £45.60 £43.11 £40.88 

VPK08BLK Size 8 180 420 375 8 5 54 £35.98 £34.02 £32.26 

VPK09BLK Size 9 230 455 210 5 5 54 £47.77 £45.16 £42.83 

VPK10BLK Size 10 295 420 455 12 3 68 £38.99 £36.86 £34.96 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ ✓Hospitals 

✓ ✓Laboratories 

✓ ✓Food industry 

from only 

£15.98 

Clear Linbins 

Our clearview linbin range is ideal for environments where hygiene is 

paramount and the requirement for visible stock levels at a glance. This 

includes hospitals, laboratories, research departments and the food industry. 

The dimensions are exactly the same as the successful coloured and grey 

Linbin range, therefore you can implement these clear Linbins into an 

existing environment of small parts storage using standard louvre panels. 

• See stock levels at a glance 

• Durable and lightweight 

• Smooth easy-clean finish 

Code Linbin Size Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) LBU 

Pack 

Quantity 

Load (kg) Each 5 10 

VPK02CL Size 2 75 105 135 1 20 13.5 £17.63 £16.76 £15.98 

VPK04CL Size 4 130 140 210 2 10 27 £24.17 £22.98 £21.90 

VPK06CL Size 6 180 210 280 4 10 27 £55.67 £52.93 £50.45 

VPK08CL Size 8 180 420 375 8 5 54 £47.34 £45.02 £42.91 

Linbin Divider Packs 

Linbin Dividers are ideal to segregate your Linbins to create even more 

picking space for multiple items while still using the same space. 

• Dividers will fit into most Linbins - some will accept two 

Code For Linbin Size Pack Quantity Each 5 10 

VDKP2 Size 2 20 £8.90 £8.46 £8.06 

VDKP3 Size 3 20 £10.57 £10.05 £9.58 

VDKP4 Size 4 20 £15.57 £14.81 £14.11 

VDKP5 Size 5 10 £10.46 £9.94 £9.48 

VDKP6 Size 6 10 £16.71 £15.89 £15.15 

VDKP7 Size 7 5 £9.30 £8.84 £8.43 

VDKP8 Size 8 5 £9.30 £8.84 £8.43 

VDKP10 Size 10 3 £13.43 £12.77 £12.17 

from only 

£8.06 


77




ESD PROTECTED BINS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshop 


from only 

£5.11 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshop 


from only 

£2.36 

ESD Storage Bins 

Safeguard your electronic components and products from harmful ESD 

related problems with these useful small parts containers. 

• Suitable for all standard shelves with a depth of 300-600mm 

• Corrugated base eases the picking of the smallest items 

• Bins stack securely 


V3010-4ESD 82 92 300 £5.11 

V3020-4ESD 82 186 300 £7.07 

V4010-4ESD 82 92 400 £5.89 

V4015-4ESD 100 132 400 £7.96 

V4020-4ESD 82 186 400 £8.06 

V5010-4ESD 82 92 500 £7.56 

V5015-4ESD 100 132 500 £9.73 

V5020-4ESD 82 186 500 £10.41 

V6015-4ESD 100 132 600 £11.59 

V6020-4ESD 82 186 600 £11.89 

ESD Stacking Bins 

Stacking bins can be used on louvre panels and rail systems 

• The open front design gives great access to items 

• Corrugated base eases the picking of the smallest items 


V1015-4ESD 75 105 165 £2.36 

V1520-4ESD 105 149 192 £5.31 

V1525-4ESD 130 149 250 £7.07 

V1930-4ESD 156 186 300 £14.44 

V1940-4ESD 156 186 400 £16.21 

V1950-4ESD 182 186 500 £29.87 

V3050-4ESD 182 310 500 £34.09 

ESD Storage Bin dividers 

Cross dividers to fit all ESD storage bins 

• Made from semi-conductive polystyrene 


VD-10-4ESD For use with V3010-4ESD/V4010-4ESD & V5010-4ESD £5.60 

VD-15-4ESD For use with V4015-4ESD/V5015-4ESD & V6015-4ESD £7.52 

VD-20-4ESD For use with V3020-4ESD/V4020-4ESD/V5020-4ESD & V6020-4ESD £9.82 

These products come in packs of 10 

from only 

£5.60 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshop 


from only 

£65.14 

ESD Cabinets 

These cabinets combine a stylish design with practical accessories to provide 

a flexible and efficient ESD protection for small parts storage. 

• Can be wall hung, mounted on turntables or freestanding on worktops 

• Available in 2 heights and 2 Drawer combinations 


V294-4ESD 12 Drawers 290 310 180 £65.14 

V291-4ESD 24 Drawers 290 310 180 £65.14 

V554-4ESD 24 Drawers 550 310 180 £102.49 

V551-4ESD 48 Drawers 550 310 180 £102.49 





LINBIN TRAYS 

Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 

Linbin Trays 

from only 

£48.64 

Our Linbin trays have all of the star quality of the famous Linbins plus a few of their own, like the ingenious end stop preventing 

travel beyond the shelf edge. These features can save a lot of wasted time, help with quicker access to stock and aid safety. 

• Designed to fit automated carousel machines or close picking shelves 

• Manufactured from tough polypropylene for long life 

• Optional wire end stops to prevent travel beyond shelf edge 

PERFECT FOR 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Pack Quantity Each 5 10 

VT0PK1 80 94 400 20 £53.67 £51.03 £48.64 

VT0PK2 80 188 400 10 £39.96 £38.00 £36.21 

VT0PK3 115 188 400 10 £56.76 £53.97 £51.44 

VT0PK4 80 94 500 20 £61.57 £58.54 £55.80 

VT0PK5 80 188 500 10 £43.74 £41.59 £39.64 

VT0PK6 115 188 500 10 £59.12 £56.21 £53.58 

Each pack supplied with 40 labels 

✓ 

✓Automated 

picking systems 

✓Factory 

✓Storeroom 

✓Workplace 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ ✓Hospitals 

✓ ✓Laboratories 

Linbin Tray Dividers 

from only 

£5.78 

Linbin Tray Dividers - Make better use of space. Linbin trays give more 

storage for a given space. The 400mm deep trays have provision for 6 

dividers giving up to 7 separate storage compartments and the 500mm trays 

can be divided into as many as 9 individual compartments. 

• Designed to fit Linbin trays. Each pack is supplied with 40 labels. 

Code Type Pack Quantity Each 5 10 

VTPART1 Fits VT0PK1/VT0PK4 20 £6.45 £6.10 £5.78 



from only 

£7.49 

Linbin Tray End Stops 

Wire end stops hold the tray at a convenient angle for order picking and 

prevent the tray moving beyond the shelf edge. 


VESW1 VT0PK1, VT0PK4, Fit Trays VT0PK 20 £14.99 

VESW2 Fit Trays VT0PK2, VT0PK3, VT0PK5, VT0PK6 10 £7.49 


79




GRATNELLS TRAYS 

from only 

£18.36 

Gratnells Trays 

Designed for every storage need, and offer practibility, reliability and durability. 

• Trays available in four heights and four colours 

• Designed to cope with heavy use year after year 

• All trays have a five year guarantee 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Pack Quantity Each 

F1 Shallow Tray 75 312 427 6 £18.36 

F2 Deep Tray 150 312 427 3 £16.24 

F25 Extra Deep Tray 225 312 430 3 £18.36 

F3 Jumbo Tray 300 312 430 3 £21.89 

Please specify tray colour when ordering Silver (SL), Blue (BL), Black (BK) or Kiwi Jelly (KJ) 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshop 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Education 

✓NHS 

from only 

£99.99 

1025S 

2025R 

Gratnells Trolley & Tray Sets 

Adjustable trolleys are the flexible answer for moving equipment around any environment. Simply slide 

any four heights of trays into the trolleys and you are ready to go safely and efficiently. 

• Market leading steel framed trolley tray storage units 

• Practical, safe and durable storage 

• Square steel tube frame with slots at 25mm intervals for fully adjustable system 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshop 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Education 

✓NHS 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Columns Each 

1025S 6 Shallow Trays 850 370 420 1 £141.04 

2025R 

10 Shallow Trays 

(Under bench) 

725 710 420 2 £222.49 

Please specify tray colour when ordering: Black (BK), Silver (SL) & Kiwi Jelly (KJ) 





GRATNELLS TRAYS 

from only 

£249.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshop 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Education 

✓NHS 

3325NTM 

Gratnells Under Bench & Tray Sets 

Steel frame sets hold different depths of strong sturdy trays ensuring safe handling of laboratory 

material and equipment. Using our standard runner and tray system a wide range of storage 

combinations can be created. These sets are under bench height. 

• The best choice for organising prep rooms and workshops 

• Market leading steel bench tray storage units 


Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Columns Colour Each 

3325NTMKJ 18 shallow trays 725 1055 420 3 Kiwi Jelly £249.99 

3325NTMBK 18 shallow trays 725 1055 420 3 Black £249.99 

3325NTMSL 18 shallow trays 725 1055 420 3 Silver £249.99 

Kiwi Jelly 

Silver 

from only 

£353.99 

2625F1SET 

Gratnells Frames & Tray Sets 

Steel frame sets hold different depths of strong sturdy trays ensuring safe handling of products and 

equipment. Using our standard runner and tray system a wide range of storage combinations can be 

created. 

• Totally integrated system - ensures optimum storage at all times. 

• Practical, safe and durable storage. 



2625G 18 Shallow and 2 Deep Black Trays 1850 710 420 3 £353.99 

2625F1SET 34 Shallow Black Trays 1850 710 420 3 £388.49 

3625A 18 Shallow and 9 Deep Black Trays 1850 1055 420 3 £533.49 

3625F1SET 51 Shallow Black Trays 1850 1055 420 3 £476.99 

The 2625G also comes with 4 single shelves and 4 shelf clips. 

The 3625A also comes with 6 single shelves and 6 shelf clips. 

3625F1SET 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshop 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Education 

✓NHS 


81




WALL MOUNTED LOUVRE PANELS 

from only 

£14.49 

Wall Mounted Louvre Panels 

Take an empty wall, screw on a louvre panel and youve got a valuable and versatile storage unit. With fixing holes at 100mm pitch so they can be interlinked 

for a continuous run with no wasteful or unsightly gaps making the best use of your space. 

• 2 colour options - blue or grey 

• Strong pressed steel construction 

• Epoxy powder coated for a smart, durable finish 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) LBU Each 

VLP1 450 500 16 £14.49 

VLP2 900 500 32 £20.99 

VLP3 1400 500 52 £25.99 

VLP4 1800 500 68 £41.49 

Wall Mounted Panel Kits 

Save money on these ready-made kits. With three Louvre panel sizes and multiple Linbin combinations we’re sure you’ll find a Linbin Kit to suit your needs. 

Not what you’re looking for - create your own combination from our extensive Linbin and Louvre panel range. 

from only 

£20.82 

from only 

£23.67 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Workshop 

✓Store Room 

Wall Mounted Panel Kit 1 

• H450 x W500mm Louvre Panel 

• Bin Combination: 16 x No. 2 Linbins 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Colour Each 5 10 

VWPKABLK 450 500 Black £25.95 £23.34 £20.82 

VWPKAGR 450 500 Grey £28.31 £25.47 £22.72 

VWPKABL 450 500 Blue £30.20 £27.06 £24.06 

VWPKARD 450 500 Red £30.20 £27.06 £24.06 


• H450 x W500mm Louvre Panel 

• Bin Combination: 16 x No. 3 Linbins 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 


VWPKBBLK 450 500 Black £29.50 £26.54 £23.67 

VWPKBGR 450 500 Grey £33.05 £29.73 £26.52 

VWPKBBL 450 500 Blue £35.25 £31.59 £28.08 

VWPKBCRD 450 500 Red £35.25 £31.59 £28.08 





WALL MOUNTED LOUVRE PANELS 

from only 

£41.12 

from only 

£50.38 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Workshop 

✓Store Room 


• H900 x W500 mm Louvre Panel 





Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 


VWPKCBLK 900 500 Black £51.24 £46.10 £41.12 

VWPKCGR 900 500 Grey £57.75 £51.96 £46.34 

VWPKCBL 900 500 Blue £61.60 £55.20 £49.07 

VWPKCCOL 900 500 Red/Blue £61.60 £55.20 £49.07 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 


VWPKDBLK 900 500 Black £62.78 £56.48 £50.38 

VWPKDGR 900 500 Grey £71.66 £64.47 £57.50 

VWPKDBL 900 500 Blue £76.43 £68.50 £60.88 

VWPKDCOL 900 500 Red/Blue £76.43 £68.50 £60.88 

from only 

£70.70 

from only 

£77.11 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Workshop 

✓Store Room 




Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 


VWPKEBLK 1400 500 Black £88.11 £79.27 £70.70 

VWPKEGR 1400 500 Grey £101.99 £91.51 £81.62 

VWPKEBL 1400 500 Blue £108.49 £97.23 £86.43 




Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 


VWPKFBLK 1400 500 Black £96.09 £86.45 £77.11 

VWPKFGR 1400 500 Grey £110.99 £99.76 £88.98 

VWPKFBL 1400 500 Blue £118.49 £105.99 £94.22 

VWPKFCOL 1400 500 Red/Blue £118.49 £105.99 £94.22 


83




LOUVRE TROLLEYS 

from only 

£319.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Factory 

✓Shop Floor 

✓Workshops 

✓Production lines 

Louvre Panel Trolleys 

Moving stock or just topping up - a trolley is the answer. Just think about the possibilities a trolley offers, it's a mobile store, you can take stock to the 

production line, you can use it to pick stock, make up orders or replenish stock or you can use it as a mobile workbench - complete with tools and spares. 

Alternatively you can simply order one of our ready built popular trolley packs. Either way they'll be a time saving and efficient addition to any business. 

• Heavy duty frame accepts up to 250kg 

• Strong, quiet, free-running rubber castors, 2 braked castors fitted to all trolleys as standard 

• This product does not include Linbins, add your own choice of Linbins (use LBU values) 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) LBU Each 3 5 

VTRP1000 Trolley only 1100 600 1100 136 £382.49 £350.99 £319.49 

VTRP1400 No Linbins, Trolley only 1600 600 1600 344 £456.49 £419.49 £381.49 

from only 

£366.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Workshop 

✓Store Room 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Workshop 

✓Store Room 

Louvre Panel Trolley Kit 1 


• Strong, quiet, free-running rubber castors, 2 braked 

castors fitted to all trolleys as standard 

• Quickly assembled 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 


VTRPKABLK 1100 600 1100 Black £496.49 £455.99 £414.99 

VTRPKAGR 1100 600 1100 Grey £520.49 £477.99 £434.99 

VTRPKABL 1100 600 1100 Blue £520.49 £477.99 £434.99 

VTRPKACOL 1100 600 1100 Red/Blue £520.49 £477.99 £434.99 

16 x no. 2, 16 x no. 3, 36 x no. 4 & 4 no. 8 Linbins 

Louvre Panel Trolley Kit 2 


• Strong, quiet, free-running rubber castors, 2 braked 

castors fitted to all trolleys as standard 

• Quickly assembled 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 


VTRPKBBLK 1100 600 1100 Black £439.49 £403.49 £366.99 

VTRPKBGR 1100 600 1100 Grey £451.49 £414.49 £376.99 

VTRPKBBL 1100 600 1100 Blue £451.49 £414.49 £376.99 

VTRPKBCOL 1100 600 1100 Red/Blue £451.49 £414.49 £376.99 

30 x no. 4 & 16 x no. 2 Linbins 





FREESTANDING LOUVRE PANELS 

from only 

£208.49 

from only 

£174.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Factory 

✓Shop Floor 

✓Workshops 

✓Production lines 

Freestanding Louvre Panels 

Free-standing Louvre Panels are the perfect way to organise your Linbins, with single or double sided louvre panels you can put anywhere. When it comes to 

adding extra panels - there's no waste, we've thought of that too. You simply bolt on the additional 'Add Bay' panel. 

• Assemble in minutes 

• Provide a rock-steady home for a full set of Linbins 

• Strongest freestanding louvre panels on the market - 277kg Load 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) LBU Each 3 5 

VSSR1410I Single-sided louvre panel - Initial unit 1400 1000 135 £208.49 £191.49 £174.49 

VSSR1810I Single-sided louvre panel - Initial unit 1800 1000 153 £222.49 £204.49 £185.99 

VSSR1410A Single-sided louvre panel - Add Bay Panel 1400 1000 135 £158.99 £145.99 £132.49 

VSSR1810A Single-sided louvre panel - Add Bay Panel 1800 1000 153 £172.99 £158.49 £144.49 

VDSR1410I Double-sided louvre panel - Initial unit 1400 1000 270 £270.99 £248.49 £225.99 

VDSR1810I Double-sided louvre panel - Initial unit 1800 1000 306 £291.99 £267.99 £243.99 

VDSR1410A Double-sided louvre panel - Add Bay Panel 1400 1000 270 £206.99 £189.99 £172.99 

VDSR1810A Double-sided louvre panel - Add Bay Panel 1800 1000 306 £227.99 £209.49 £190.49 

from only 

£251.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Workshop 

✓Store Room 

Freestanding Panel Kit 1 

Our best selling free-standing louvre panel kits are the perfect way to organise your Linbins. 

• Strongest freestanding louvre panels on the market - 277kg Load 

• Provide a rock-steady home for a full set of Linbins 

• Adjustable levelling feet for absolute stability 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour Each 3 5 

VSTRPKABLK 1800 1000 540 Black £300.99 £276.49 £251.49 

VSTRPKAGR 1800 1000 540 Grey £320.99 £294.99 £268.49 

VSTRPKABL 1800 1000 540 Blue £320.99 £294.99 £268.49 

VSTRPKACOL 1800 1000 540 Red/Blue £320.99 £294.99 £268.49 

16 x no. 2, 10 x no. 5, 10 x no. 6 & 4 x no. 8 Linbins 


85




EURO CONTAINERS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Automotive 

✓Warehouse 

✓Food 

Distribution 

✓Retail 

✓ 

from only 

£7.40 

Solid Euro Stacking Container 

Modular inter-stacking containers with vertical sides for maximum internal volume. All models inter-stack to form a compact storage unit. 

• Designed specifically for stacking, popular distribution choice due to their tough construction and Euro pallet-compatibility 

• Manufactured from light-grey, food-grade polypropylene 

• Ideal for heavy parts and components in Kan-ban and tracks side situations 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Colour Each 

21005 118 200 300 5L Red or Grey £7.40 

21006 74 300 400 6L Grey £10.58 

21008 50 400 600 8L Grey £10.04 

21013 75 400 600 12L Grey £11.13 

21010 118 300 400 10L Red or Grey £10.59 

21027 175 300 400 15L Red or Grey £12.33 

21020 235 300 400 20L Red or Grey £12.40 

2A021 120 400 600 21L Red or Grey £11.44 

20028 150 400 600 28L Grey £13.70 

21030 319 300 400 30L Grey £15.71 

21033 175 400 600 34L Red or Grey £16.41 

2A045 235 400 600 45L Grey £16.83 

2A049 235 400 600 45L Grey £16.76 

21054 280 400 600 54L Grey £21.93 

21060 319 400 600 60L Red or Grey £21.93 

20085 400 400 600 75L Grey £30.26 

21090 235 600 800 87L Grey £32.81 

21136 319 600 800 125L Grey £37.13 

21162 412 600 800 162L Grey £41.32 

For items available in Grey (G) or Red (R) Please add suffix when ordering. 

from only 

£6.79 

Euro Container Covers 

Solid Drop On Lids for Euro Containers 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Domestic 

from only 

£10.90 

Euro Container Snap Shut Lids 

Complete with 2 x snap locks to clip lid onto container 

Code Colour Additional Code Each 

61020 Red or Grey For 400x300 Container £6.79 

61060 Red or Grey For 600x400 Container £10.78 

61087 Grey For 800x600 Container £17.11 

For items available in Grey (G) or Red (R) Please add suffix when ordering. 

Code Colour Type Each 







EURO CONTAINERS 

from only 

£10.36 

Ventilated Euro Containers 

Modular inter-stacking containers with vertical sides for maximum internal volume. Constructed from food safe and industrial 

grade polypropylene. Compatible with most other standard euro containers extremely durable and built to last. 

• All models inter-stack to form a compact storage unit 

• Ideal for use in fridges & freezers 

• Ventilated models promote air flow, speed cooling & help maintain a consistent temperature 

PERFECT FOR 


21009 118 300 400 10L Red £10.40 

21014 75 400 600 12L Grey £10.36 

21026 235 300 400 20L Grey £12.76 

2A022 120 400 600 21L Grey £10.80 

20029 150 400 600 28L Grey £14.95 

2A044 235 400 600 45L Grey £16.55 

29049 260 366 550 50L Brown-Red £19.96 

21055 280 400 600 52L Grey £21.68 

21064 319 400 600 60L Grey £21.99 

20086 400 400 600 75L Grey £27.02 

21091 235 600 800 87L Grey £32.29 

21164 412 600 800 162L Grey £40.74 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Automotive 

✓Warehouse 

✓Food 

Distribution 

✓Shops 

✓Domestic 

✓ 

✓ 

from only 

£19.23 

Euro Containers with Integral Lid 

Euro stacking containers with integral lids are constructed from food safe and industrial grade polypropylene. Compatible 

with most other standard euro containers these boxes are extremely durable and built to last. 

• Robust integral lid 

• Solid bases and solid sides 

• Interstackable with handles on the two short sides 

PERFECT FOR 


20C10 129 300 400 10L Grey £19.23 

21C27 105 300 400 15L Grey £20.33 

21C20 246 300 400 20L Grey £21.16 

20C28 161 400 600 28L Grey £28.05 

21C30 330 300 400 30L Grey £25.62 

21C33 164 400 600 33L Grey £31.81 

21C45 246 400 600 45L Grey £37.06 

21C54 291 400 600 54L Grey £38.86 

20C85 423 400 600 75L Grey £50.68 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Automotive 

✓Warehouse 

✓Food 

Distribution 

✓Retail 

✓Domestic 

✓ 

✓ 


87




ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS 

from only 

£9.50 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 

✓Transportation 

✓Retail 

✓Garages 


Our attached lidded containers, also known as Toteboxes, are heavy 

duty plastic storage crates with lids that are hinged. Our attached lidded 

containers are made to stack when full and nest when empty to save 

valuable storage space. 

• Reusable, reduce carbon footprint and nest to save return transport costs 

• Protect contents from dirt & moisture 

• Boxes stack with lids closed and nest when lids are open 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Each 

10005 130 200 300 4L £9.50 

10010 200 200 300 6L £10.49 

10020 252 300 400 20L £15.07 

10025 320 300 400 25L £15.69 

10040 250 400 600 40L £18.88 

10A5B 320 400 600 54L £19.54 

10A6B 365 400 600 64L £20.68 

10A83 368 460 710 80L £23.45 

10A82 368 460 710 80L £23.45 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 


✓Retail 

✓Garages 

Ecotote Attached Lid Container 

Recycled Black Ecototes provide a secure distribution solution with a 

robust structure and integral hinged lids. These are a slightly cheaper 

alternative to our standard containers made from virgin material as these 

are manufactured from recycled plastic. 

• Not suitable for food transportation 

• Strong and durable design that is built to last 

• Tamper evident seals secure content 


10A5BREGRIND 320 400 600 54L £14.18 

10A6BREGRIND 365 400 600 64L £15.02 

10A82 REGRIND 368 460 710 80L £19.92 

10A83 REGRIND 368 460 710 80L £20.15 

from only 

£14.18 





ATTACHED LID CONTAINERS 

from only 

£13.16 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 


✓Retail 

✓Garages 

Kaiman Attached Lid Containers 

Manufactured from heavy-duty, food-grade polypropylene for both content 

protection and regular, intensive use. Stack securely for efficient distribution 

and nestable to save return transport costs. Reusable reducing carbon 

footprint. 

• Tamper evident seals secure content 

• 51% height saving when nested 

• Suitable for hygienic areas, clean rooms and 

commercial catering environments 


AT432204 222 300 400 18L £13.16 

AT432604 264 300 400 22L £15.10 

AT433104 306 300 400 25L £15.90 

AT642604 264 400 600 48L £18.62 

AT643104 306 400 600 54L £19.25 

AT643604 365 400 600 65L £20.14 

AT644004 400 400 600 70L £22.29 

AT337104 360 480 1125 135L £53.87 

AT336104 615 575 675 160L £54.82 


With the same benefits as our standard two tone green totes. These unique 

coloured Attached Lid Containers offer the ability to clearly segregate stock 

improving picking efficiency. 

• Reusable, reduce carbon footprint and nest to save return transport costs 

• Protect contents from dirt & moisture 

• Boxes stack with lids closed and nest when lids are open 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

Colour 

Each 

10040GY 250 400 600 40L Grey/Yellow £18.88 

10040GB 250 400 600 40L Grey/Blue £18.88 

10040GR 250 400 600 40L Grey/Red £18.88 

10A5BGY 320 400 600 54L Grey/Yellow £19.54 

10A5BGB 320 400 600 54L Grey/Blue £19.54 

10A5BGR 320 400 600 54L Grey/Red £19.54 

from only 

£18.88 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 


✓Retail 

✓Garages 


89




STACK & NEST CONTAINERS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 


Coloured Attached Lid Containers 

Stacking and nesting containers with integral two piece lid. Carry handles on both short dimensions. 60 litre capacity. Ideal for a host of handling and 

distribution needs. Durable economical alternative to disposable packaging. 

• All plastic construction with 2 piece folding lid. 

• Nestable - up to 75% space saving on return journey costs 

• Sealable with secure tamper evident seals 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity (L) Colour Pack Quantity Each 

PBN604025L 250 600 400 45L Blue 5 £73.10 

PBN604036L4 340 600 400 60L White body, Blue Lid 5 £78.20 

PBN604036L3 340 600 400 60L Green 5 £78.20 

PBN604036L2 340 600 400 60L Orange 5 £78.20 

PBN604036L 340 600 400 60L 

Black body, 

Orange Lid 

5 £78.20 

from only 

£11.98 

Solid Stack & Nest Containers 

Ideal for use in demanding environments, 180 degree stack-nest containers are strong & tough. 

Bi-colour models clearly identify stacking & nesting positions to prevent accidently crushing contents by 

stacking in the wrong orientation 


• Handles incorporated into design of box 

• Strong and durable design that is built to last 


11018GG 117 400 600 18L Grey/Grey £11.98 

11032GR 177 400 600 32L Grey/Grey £19.22 

11032GG 177 400 600 32L Grey/Red £19.22 

11051GG 300 400 600 50L Grey/Grey £21.94 

11051GR 300 400 600 50L Grey/Red £21.94 

11065GG 400 400 600 70L Grey/Grey £26.05 





STACK & NEST CONTAINERS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Manufacturing 

✓Food Processing 


from only 

£11.93 

Ventilated Stack & Nest Containers 

These ventilated containers are ideal for parts washing applications, are easier to clean and allow more accurate temperature control and minimized cooling 

times. Manufactured in a high density polyethylene, are resistant to the damaging effects of oil, most chemicals, solvents, water and steam for an extended 

service life. 


• Approved for direct food contact. 

• Designed for for maximizing space utilization 


11020 117 400 600 18L Grey £11.93 

11034 177 400 600 32L Grey/Grey £18.90 

11052 300 400 600 50L Grey/Grey £25.47 

11066 400 400 600 70L Grey £25.47 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Food Handling 


from only 

£8.28 

Maxinest Containers 

Market leading produce tray for retail, grocery, logistics & point of sale display. Interstack with each other for safe distribution of products. 

• Containers nest when not in use saving up to 76% of their original height for the return journey through the supply chain 

• Dual height containers provide 2 or 3 working heights which allows containers to be only part filled i.e. for delicate produce 

• Compatible with 600x400mm dollies. 


SN431802 108 300 400 15L Blue £8.28 

DH641002 106 400 600 10 -16L Blue £9.89 

DH6410602 167 400 600 21 - 26L Blue £10.58 

SN641902 199 400 600 35L Blue £10.87 

SN642202 225 400 600 38L Blue £16.55 

SN642602 267 400 600 46L Blue £15.07 

SN642402 253 400 600 46L Blue £12.92 


91




DOLLIES 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 


✓Retail 

✓Garages 

from only 

£31.43 

from only 

£89.57 

Universal Dolly 

Carries two stacks of 600x400mm containers from any range 

• Easily transport your containers 

• 4 swivel Nylon braked castors 100mm diameter 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour Weight (kg) Each 

DO795904 171 598 798 Grey 9.7 £89.57 

Universal Dolly Handle 

Handle compatible with universal dolly, allowing 

transportation of your containers quickly and 

efficiently. 

Code 

Each 

HO008604 £31.43 

from only 

£53.84 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 


✓Retail 

✓Garages 

from only 

£81.54 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Food Handling 

Standard Dolly 

Carries 600x400 Euro Stacking, Attached Lid Containers, Maxinest & 180 

Stack nest ranges 

• Easily transport your containers 

• 4 Swivel Nylon castors 100mm diameter 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour Weight (kg) Each 

DOJ90501 173 402 604 Red 4 £53.84 

Confectionary Dolly 

Suitable for use with all RB series containers (available online) & 80 Litre 


Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Colour Each 

RM35DY 180 395 Natural £81.54 





USEFUL PLASTIC CONTAINERS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 


✓Domestic 

from only 

£85.40 

Clear Containers 

Ideal for a host of handling and distribution needs, all plastic construction with hand holes to all four 

sides. 

• Solid sides and base 

• Durable economical alternative to disposable packaging 


Height Width Depth Weight Load Pack 

Code 

Each 16 

(mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) (kg) Quantity 

PSC604032C 320 600 400 3 30 5 £97.54 £85.40 

from only 

£33.20 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Workshop 

✓Garage 

✓Home 

Clear Gratnells Trays with Lids 

These storage trays with lids are very popular and have many uses including in offices, garages and the 

home. Trays available in four heights in packs of 6 including lids. Clear lids and trays allows easy stock 

identification and all trays come with a 5 year guarantee. 

• Storage trays with lids 

• Designed to cope with heavy use year after year 

• Trays can be staked with or without lids attached 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour Pack Quantity Each 

F1KITCL Shallow Tray 75 312 427 Clear 6 £33.20 

F2KITCL Deep Tray 150 312 427 Clear 6 £47.43 

F25KITCL Extra Deep Tray 225 312 430 Clear 6 £51.68 

F3KITCL Jumbo Tray 300 312 430 Clear 6 £58.76 

from only 

£8.77 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshop 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Education 

✓NHS 

SmartCase® from Gratnells 

SmartCase® - Storage on the go! Safe, robust and easy to carry. Fits into the same runners as standard 

gratnell trays. Made from 100% recyclable polypropylene with a 5 year guarantee. 

• Ideal for field work, datalogging and transporting fragile equipment 

• Ideal for high value equipment and tablet storage 

• Foam Inserts protect your equipment from shock 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Colour Each 

SC1SBK 80 312 423 Silver/Black £8.77 

SC1SS 80 312 423 Silver £8.77 

SC1SCY 80 312 423 Silver/Cyan £8.77 

SC1BKCY 80 312 423 Black/Cyan £8.77 

SC1BKBK 80 312 423 Black £8.77 

*Depth is 423mm from handle to end. Depth excluding handle is 373mm 


93




PLASTIC PALLETS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Logistics 


from only 

£39.72 

from only 

£56.70 

Universal Pallet 

Plastic pallets are strong, durable & hygienic. Unlike timber pallets, there 

are no metal shards or splinters to damage contents or injure personnel. 

Standard euro pallet size ideal for euro stacking containers. 

• Load capacities: Static - 1000kg, Mobile - 500kg 

• Double entry for safe, easy use with lifting equipment 

• Blocking pop ups to keep items contained within the deck 


PA262804 165 600 800 7 £39.72 

Packpal Nesting Pallet 

Packpal's light weight pallet is ideal for multiple trip logistics operations, 

making significant fuel savings over heavier pallets 

• Load Capcities: Static load - 1500kg, Mobile - 650kg 

• Ventilated Deck for optimal air and temperature flow 

• Nestable - 17 Pallets nest per metre 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight 

(kg) 

Type 

Each 

3F003 147 1000 1200 7.3 9 feet £56.70 

3F503 172 1000 1200 11.9 Perimeter Runners £107.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Food storage & 

Distribution 

✓Pharmaceuticals 

✓ 

from only 

£80.71 

from only 

£161.99 

Maestro Pallets 

Maestro pallets are strong, tough & extremely hygienic. Ideal for use in 

storage & handling of food, pharmaceuticals or other products where 

cleanliness & hygiene are paramount. 

• Load capacities: Static - 5000kg, Mobile - 1500kg, Racked - 1200kg 

• Smooth surfaces on and under pallet dec/runners promote hygiene 

• Smooth deck with or without 7mm load retaining lip 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight 

(kg) 

Each 

3L300 Smooth 158 800 1200 19 £161.99 

3M300 Smooth 165 1000 1200 23.5 £163.99 

3M302 Retaining Lip 165 1000 1200 23.5 £164.49 

Plastic Pallet Collar 

Transforms a standard 1200x1000 plastic or wood pallet into a robust bulk 

container. Seven folded collars fit into one assembled unit, saving valuable 

transport space on return journey. 

• Load 500kg (up to 4 collars high) 

• Folded dimensions: 352H x 1150W x 130D 

• Manufactured from polypropylene 

Height Width Depth Weight 

Code 

Each 

(mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) 

CO101501 352 1025 1225 6.2 £80.71 





BOX PALLETS 

Geobox 

Geobox bulk boxes are strong, durable & hygienic. Ideal for a host of applications where cleanliness & hygiene are important. Commonly chosen as alternative 

to steel stillages as they can be easily cleaned and won't rust. 

• Containers can be stacked up to 10 high 

• Number 1 choice for food produce storage & handling 

• Available in solid or ventilated versions 

27250 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Food Processing 

✓Pharmaceutical 

27600 2725027601 

from only 

£166.49 

from only 

£244.99 

Solid Geobox 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

27250 Solid 662 600 1000 250L £166.49 

27600* Solid 750 1000 1200 543L £247.99 

27602 Solid 750 1000 1200 543L £244.99 

*27600 has 6 feet not 2 runners 

Each 

Ventilated Geobox 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

Each 

27601 Ventilated 750 1000 1200 543L £244.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 


from only 

£103.49 

Industrial Box Pallets 

Plastic Box Pallets with solid sides and base. Ideal for a host of handling and distribution needs. Capacity 550 litres. 

• High density polyethylene construction 

• Option of silent running rubber tyres 100mm diameter wheels 

• Durable economical alternative to disposable packaging 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity Weight (kg) Load (kg) Each 10 

PB1425B 670 1040 640 285L 13.5 200 £123.49 £122.49 

PB1425BR 805 1040 640 285L 21.5 200 £105.99 £103.49 

PB1425AR 935 1200 800 550L 30 380 £241.49 £242.49 

PB1425A 800 1200 800 550L 22 380 £194.99 £193.99 


95




BULK CONTAINERS 

from only 

£267.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 


from only 

£255.99 

Collapsible Plastic Box Pallet 

Fully collapsible. Half drop gate on one long and one short dimension. Solid 

sides and base. Smooth internal and external walls for easy cleaning with a 

hinged half gate as standard able to folds flat in seconds. 

• 185 units fully collapsed can fit on a standard trailer 

• 840L Capacity 



Code 

Each 8 


PB484039 975 1200 1000 58 £275.49 £267.99 

Economy Folding Bulk Container 

Ideal for bulk distribution, large containers fold flat when empty saving 

valuable space on the return journey. Easy and quick to assemble and fold. 

• 62% height saving when folded 

• Unit load 500kg x 5 high 

• Drop-doors allow easy access - even when stacked 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight (kg) Type Each 

FL097520 975 1000 1200 63.9 Container £302.99 

LI09759D n/a 1010 1210 5 Lid £38.86 

from only 

£255.99 

Maxipac folding bulk containers 

Lightweight, hygienic, foldable bulk containers for efficient storage, 

distribution, JIT trackside delivery or retail-ready point of sale 

display. Smooth surfaces and curved corners promote hygiene and are easy 

to clean. 

• 68% height saving when folded 

• Drop-door access on all four sides 

• Available with or without wheeled castors 


BD702692 1000 600 800 22 £255.99 

BD702792 1080 600 800 25.5 £306.99 





HYPACAGES 

from only 

£56.72 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

Collapsible Steel Hypacages 

Wire formed collapsible hypacage with half drop gate on long dimension. Bright Electro zinc plated finish. Ideal for handling large products. Made from robust 

wire construction with 65 x 120 mm mesh size. Durable economical alternative to disposable packaging. 

• Collapsible - saving on return journey costs 

• Half Hinged Gate access on one long side 

• 600kg load each stacked maximum 4 high 


15.739 670 800 600 18 £59.20 £56.72 

15.HC2 1000 1200 800 46 £121.99 £112.49 

V15HC3 1000 1200 1000 51 £128.99 £117.99 

V15HC6 1000 1500 1000 63 £173.49 £159.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 


PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

from only 

£118.49 

Non Stackable Steel Retention Units 

Wire formed non stackable retention unit with half drop gate on one long 

dimension. Mesh size 150 x 1495 mm. Galvanised finish or bright electro 

zinc plated finish suitable for steam cleaning or pressure washing. 

• Up to 500kg capacity 

• Hinged Half Gate access as standard 

• Convert a flat pallet into a container in seconds 


Code 

Each 12 


16.150 1680 1200 1000 32 £124.99 £118.49 

from only 

£87.24 

Stackable Steel Retention Units 

Wire formed stackable retention unit with hinged half gate access as 

standard on one long dimension 

• Up to 800kg capacity each stacked maximum 2 high 

• 20 unit stack on one pallet for return journey 

• Convert a flat pallet into a stackable container in seconds 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight 

(kg) 

Each 15 

V16106 1000 1200 800 30 £89.76 £87.24 

V116110PT 1000 1200 1000 32.5 £93.67 £90.24 

V116130PT 1200 1200 1000 37.5 £102.99 £97.71 

V116140PT 1450 1200 1000 48.5 £124.49 £116.49 


97



ACCESS & HANDLING 

The Do’s of Ladder use 

The Don’ts of Ladder use 

Tie it at the top Use a ladder that is damaged 

Angle the ladder at 1:4 Make a platform out of ladders 

Check for damage Rest the ladder on the rungs 

Avoid working off a ladder Use a metal ladder where there is an electrical current 

Use the appropriate industrial grade of ladder/steps Stand above the top three rungs on a ladder 

Use correct footwear (non-slip soles) Exceed the maximum load capacity 

Ensure a firm level base 

Check for two serviceable non slip feet 

WAREHOUSE STEPS 

Warehouse Steps are heavy duty with 

castors giving mobility suitable for the 

warehouse environment. They often 

have a hand rail and large treads to 

provide greater stability and safety 

when carrying goods. 

See Page 128 for details 

EXTENSION LADDER 

Extension ladders are excellent for 

working at greater heights. They are 

constructed of two or three 

connected sets of steps, which slide 

past one another to extend the total 

of the vertical height. A double 

extension will usually extend up to 

about 8 metres, whilst a triple 

ladder extension will extend to 

about 11 metres. When extending 

these ladders, ensure there is overlap 

of at least 3 rungs between each 

pair of sections. 


COMBINATION LADDER 

Combination ladders are pairs or triplets 

of ladders that combine the accessibility 

of both platform and extension ladders 

and also permit a stair ladder 

configuration for positioning on stepped 

ground. In addition, these sets usually 

fold down to about the same size as a 

large platform ladder, making them easy 

to store and a highly flexible option. 


PLATFORM STEP LADDER 

Platform step ladders are the most 

common choice for domestic DIT 

purposes because they open up like 

a pair of scissors, they are stable and 

do not require a wall to lean against, 

but they are also compact to store 

and include the top level ‘platform’ 

on which tools and materials can be 

safely placed, leaving your hands free. 

See Page 121-122 for details 

TELESCOPIC LADDER 

Telescopic ladders are a relatively 

recent invention from the USA which 

enables a lightweight but strong 

ladder that extends to well beyond 

3 metres to be stored at a height of 

less than 1 metre, making them 

suitable for transport in the boot of 

a car or storage in small cupboards. 


KICK STEPS 

Kick Steps are very adaptable in the 

work or home space. They have the 

advantages of being lightweight but 

have a fixed weight load. 


STEP STOOLS 

Step Stools are used in the 

office and home. They are 

foldable and take up little space 

See Page 120 for details



ACCESS 

& HANDLING 

Materials Handling 

The correct handling equipment is vital for efficiency, productivity and 

safety in the warehouse, office and at home. 

Consider the following; 

What are you using it for? 

Who will be operating it and will they need training? 

What space do you require to safely operate the equipment? 

What weight and dimensions do you need to transport? 

SACK TRUCK 

Suitable for; 

• Rough terrain as wheels absorb the 

lumps and bumps 

• Transporting heavier loads easily with 

lightweight aluminium sack trucks 

• Suitable for home, warehouse & office 


PALLET TRUCK 

Suitable for; 

• Transporting loads up to 3000kg 

• Easily manoeuvring pallets around 

where the use of a fork lift truck is not 

possible 

• Positioning pallets to be filled or decanted 

• Often used in production process 


ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCK 

Suitable for; 

• Transporting loads in a short amount 

of time 

• Pallet transfer applications without the use of 

high cost equipment 

• Moving large volume of pallets over large 

distance quickly and effectively 


Sack Trucks 

General Sack Trucks 100-101 

Drum Movement 102 

Aluminium Sack Trucks 103 

Pallet Trucks 

& Stackers 

Pallet Trucks 104-105 

Electric Pallet Trucks 106 

Scissor Lift Tables 107 

Pallet stackers 108 

Trucks & Trolleys 

Container Trucks 109 

Tray & Container Trolleys 110-111 

Step Trolleys 112 

Workshop Trolleys 113 

Platform Trucks 114-115 

Turntable Trucks 116 

Boxwells Mobile Storoage 117 

Garment Hanging Trolley 117 

Roll Cages 118-119 

Steps & Ladders 

Step Ladders 120-122 

Combination Ladders 123 

Work platforms 124 

Extension Ladders 125 

Industrial Steps 

Mobile Steps 126-127 

Warehouse Steps 128-129 

See Page 106 for details




SACK TRUCKS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓Warehouse 

✓✓Storeroom 

✓✓Shops 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Couriers 

from only 

£32.25 

from only 

£37.50 

High Back P Handle Sack Truck 

Particularly popular in warehouses and with couriers. It is fitted with 

pneumatic wheels giving a smooth ride over uneven terrain. 


• Pneumatic Wheels 

• Painted red finish 

Code Weight (kg) Toe Size W x D (mm) Each 5 10 

HT1806 9 220 x 350 £35.63 £33.90 £32.25 

2 in 1 Solid Wheel Sack Truck 

Versatile sack truck, capable of being used as an upright truck as well as a 

platform truck. It takes seconds to switch between configurations. 


• Solid Wheels 

• Painted yellow finish 

Code Load (kg) Toe Size W x D (mm) Each 5 10 

HT1009 150 220 x 350 £40.88 £39.15 £37.50 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

from only 

£154.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

from only 

£128.49 

Rough Terrain Sack Trucks 

Made for rough ground and tough work 

• Large diameter wheels cope with rough and uneven ground with ease 


• Smooth running wheels 

Code Load (kg) Toe Size W x D (mm) Each 

VST101P 350 395 x 305 £154.49 

VST102P 350 395 x 450 £157.49 

Conventional Sack Trucks 

Still in constant demand throughout industry, originally designed for use in 

markets but suitable for many other applications 

• Strong traditional design with a choice of 'toe' lengths to suit your products 

• Smooth running wheels 

• Maximum Load 200kg 

Code Load (kg) Toe Size W x D (mm) Each 

VST26 200 355 x 305 £128.49 

VST27 200 355 x 450 £130.49 





SACK TRUCKS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Couriers 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Store Room 

from only 

£37.20 

All Round Sack Truck 

Super strong, dependable truck with a large load capacity, ideal for moving a 

variety of heavy items. Pneumatic wheels make light work of rough terrain. 





HT1006 300 170 x 400 £39.75 £38.25 £37.20 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Storeroom 

✓Shops 

from only 

£27.75 

from only 

£56.05 

Standard Sack Truck 

Universal sack truck designed for general use. A good quality, all-round sack 

truck. 

• Capacity 200kg 

• Height 1200mm 

• Handles fitted with knuckle guards 


V415KI 200 355 x 240 £59.00 £57.23 £56.05 

Budget Sack Truck 

Sturdy sack truck perfect for all job types with solid smooth roll wheels 


• Solid wheels 



HT1001 80 170 x 400 £31.35 £29.25 £27.75 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Storeroom 

✓Shops 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Storeroom 

✓Shops 

from only 

£46.55 

from only 

£60.80 

Universal Sack Truck 

A general purpose, medium duty sack truck with a strong toe plate. 

• Capacity 150 & 200kg 


• Durable red stove enamelled paint finish 


V403KI-150 150 360 x 200 £49.00 £47.53 £46.55 

V403KI-200 200 360 x 200 £56.00 £54.32 £53.20 

Delivery Drivers’ Sack Truck 

Sack truck with a heavy duty design intended for professional use. Ideal for 

deliveries and everyday use. Favourite with delivery drivers. 



• Toe plate 340 x 170mm, extra strong frame 


V404KI 200 340 x 170 £64.00 £62.08 £60.80 


101




DRUM MOVEMENT 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

from only 

£73.85 

from only 

£251.99 

Circular Drum Dolly 

Allows for easy movement of 210 litre barrels around the shop floor or 

factory 


• 75mm nylon wheels with roller bearings 

• Flat steel braces fitted with four swivel castors 

Code Weight (kg) Load (kg) Each 5 

VDDY 9 300 £80.33 £73.85 

Pallet Loading Drum Truck 

Designed for loading steel or plastic 210 litre drums onto pallets or 

platforms. 

• Sliding drum retention clamp 

• 250mm and 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings 


Code Type Weight (kg) Load (kg) Each 

VDT40 Drum Truck 29 300 £251.99 

VDT41P Plastic Drum Clamp 6 n/a £57.23 

from only 

£217.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

from only 

£54.27 

Drum Trucks 

For 210 litre steel drums, 4 wheel design with rear swivel castors helps 

operator manoeuvre loaded truck. 

• Built for heavy industrial use 

• Strong tubular construction 

• Solid or pneumatic tyres, rear castor designs for extra stability 


VDT24 Solid Tyres 21 300 £217.49 

VDT27 Pneumatic Tyres 23 300 £255.99 

Drum Tilt Lever 

For 210 litre steel drums, for tilting and upending only 

• Wide twin tubular handle and cross member with rim hook. 

• Blue Epoxy Finish 

• Weight 6kg 

Code Width (mm) Length (mm) Weight (kg) Each 2 

VL50 400 1300 6 £59.65 £54.27 





ALUMINIUM SACK TRUCKS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Storeroom 

✓Shops 

from only 

£56.05 

from only 

£38.85 

Lightweight Aluminium Folding Sack Truck 

Designed for personal or light commercial use. 



• Telescopic handle 


V430KI 90 350 x 240 £59.00 £57.23 £56.05 

Folding Aluminium Platform Trolley 

This aluminium platform truck is strong but lightweight, with an expandable 

deck making it suitable for larger items. The handle folds flat for ease of 

storage. 


• Telescopic handle 

• Lightweight and strong aluminium construction 

Weight Platform 

Platform 

Code 

Each 5 10 

(kg) Size (mm) Folded (mm) 

PH156 8 710 x 420 560 x 420 £43.65 £41.70 £38.85 

from only 

£94.05 

from only 

£151.49 

Aluminium Sack Truck with Skids 

Light yet strong aluminium alloy truck. Weighs 8kg, yet carries up to 180kg. 

Fitted with low friction skids for ease of movement up and down steps & kerbs. 



• Toe plate 300 x 205mm 


V444KI 180 300 x 205 £99.00 £96.03 £94.05 

Aluminium 2 in 1 Sack Truck 

This model unfolds to enable the unit to be used as a platform trolley. Fitted 

with pneumatic wheels to provide a smooth ride over uneven surfaces. 



• Toe plate 450x190mm 

Code Load (kg) Platform Size (mm) Toe Size W x D (mm) Each 3 5 

V435KI 200 1050 x 310 450x190 £158.99 £154.49 £151.49 


103




PALLET TRUCKS 

from only 

£251.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Storeroom 

✓Shops 

from only 

£284.49 

Mini Pallet Trucks 

• 3 Position control lever, 500kg capacity 

• Weight: 35kg; Lowered fork height: 60mm 

• Polyurethane steering wheels and single nylon load rollers 

Code 

Fork Length 

(mm) 

Width over 

Forks (mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VLLT500 800 380 60-170 £264.99 £257.49 £251.99 

Budget Pallet Trucks 

• 3 Position control lever with 2500kg capacity 

• Tapered Forks 

• Nylon steering wheels and single nylon load rollers 

Code 

Fork Length 

(mm) 

Width over 

Forks (mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VDF5501150 1150 550 85 - 200 £298.99 £290.49 £284.49 

from only 

£312.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

from only 

£22.80 

Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks 

• Available in six standard sizes 

• Easily load up to 2500kg 

• Nylon wheels, single rollers standard, all other wheel combinations available 

Code 

Fork Length 

(mm) 

Width over 

Forks (mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VMA25-10-54 1000 540 85 - 200 £328.99 £319.49 £312.99 

VMA25-11-54 1150 540 85 - 200 £328.99 £319.49 £312.99 

VMA25-12-54 1220 540 85 - 200 £338.99 £328.99 £322.49 

VMA25-10-68 1000 680 85 - 200 £354.99 £344.49 £337.49 

VMA25-11-68 1150 680 85 - 200 £354.99 £344.49 £337.49 

VMA25-12-68 1220 680 85 - 200 £364.99 £354.49 £346.99 

Pallet Truck Accessories 

Code Type Each 3 5 

VTHB Travel and Parking Hand Brake £95.00 £92.15 £90.25 

VPFB Parking Foot Brake £65.00 £63.05 £61.75 

VNTN Nylon Tandem Load Rollers £24.00 £23.28 £22.80 

VRSPU 

Rubber Steer Wheels & Single 

Polyurethane Load Rollers 

£34.00 £32.98 £32.30 

VPUTPU 

Polyurethane Steer Wheels 

& Tandem Load Rollers 

£54.00 £52.38 £51.30 





PALLET TRUCKS 

from only 

£322.49 

from only 

£1139.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Printers 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Storeroom 

Printer's Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks 

• Loads up to 2500kg 

• Compact design - easy to negotiate in tight spaces 

• 3 position control lever 

Code 

Fork Length 

(mm) 

Width over 

Forks (mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VMA25/09/45 900 450 75 - 190 £338.99 £328.99 £322.49 

VMA25/10/45 1000 450 75 - 190 £338.99 £328.99 £322.49 

Weighing Pallet Trucks 

Ideal for instant checking of incoming or outgoing goods 

• 2000kg capacity 

• 0.5kg increments 

• 0.1% accuracy 

Code 

Fork Length 

(mm) 

Width over 

Forks (mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VMAWS-EUR 1150 560 205 £1198.99 £1163.49 £1139.49 

VMAWS-GKN 1150 690 205 £1198.99 £1163.49 £1139.49 

from only 

£365.99 

Narrow width 

from only 

£489.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

Adjustable Pallet Trucks 

• Available in three fork lengths and two width ranges 

• Width over forks is adjustable from 400 to 520mm (ideal for 

the printing industry for example) or from 530 to 680mm 

(for general warehouse and transportation use). 

• Revolutionary design, 2200kg capacity 

Code 

Fork Length 

(mm) 

Width over 

Forks (mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VPTA22MS 910 400-520 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99 

VPTA22M 1060 400-520 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99 

VPTA22ML 1160 400-520 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99 

VPTA22LS 910 530-680 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99 

VPTA22LM 1060 530-680 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99 

VPTA22L 1160 530-680 196 £384.99 £373.49 £365.99 

Extra Long Pallet Trucks 


• 3 position control lever 

• Comfortable rubberised plastic handle 

Code 

Fork Length 

(mm) 

Width over 

Forks (mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VMA20/15/54 1500 540 85 - 200 £514.99 £499.99 £489.49 

VMA20/18/54 1800 540 85 - 200 £594.99 £577.49 £565.49 

VMA20/20/54 2000 540 85 - 200 £644.99 £625.99 £612.99 

VMA20/15/68 1500 680 85 - 200 £554.99 £538.49 £527.49 

VMA20/18/68 1800 680 85 - 200 £644.99 £625.99 £612.99 

VMA20/20/68 2000 680 85 - 200 £759.99 £737.49 £721.99 


105




ELECTRIC PALLET TRUCKS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

from only 

£1562.99 

Semi-Electric Pallet Trucks 

Compact pallet truck with electric drive for easy and economic pallet handling 

• Economical upgrade from a hand pallet truck 

• Manual Lift / Electric Drive 

• Reduces risk of injuries caused by pulling heavy loads 

Code 

Load (kg) 

Fork Length 

(mm) 

Width over 

Forks (mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VLEMP10/10/54 1000 1000 545 85-200 £1644.99 £1595.99 £1562.99 

VLEMP10/11/54 1000 1150 545 85-200 £1644.99 £1595.99 £1562.99 

VLEMP15/11/54 1500 1150 540 85-205 £1894.99 £1838.49 £1800.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

from only 

£2612.49 

Medium Duty Electric Pallet Truck 

Light weight, small yet robust electric pallet truck designed for horizontal 

movement of pallets. Ideal for retail, small stores and warehouses, onboard 

delivery vehicles, factories and more. 


• Electric lift and drive 

• Light enough to be used on mezzanine floors and vehicle tail lifts 

Code 

Load 

(kg) 

Fork Length 

(mm) 

Width over Forks 

(mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VLEPT15/11/54 1500 1150 540 85-195 £2749.99 £2667.49 £2612.49 

VLEPT15/11/68 1500 1150 680 85-195 £2749.99 £2667.49 £2612.49 

VLEPT15/10/54 1500 1000 540 85-195 £2749.99 £2667.49 £2612.49 

VLEPT15/10/68 1500 1000 680 85-195 £2749.99 £2667.49 £2612.49 

Heavy Duty Electric Pallet Truck 

Robust quality pallet truck for every day busy use and frequent pallet handling. 


• Electric lift and drive 

• Battery for 7-8 hours operation 

Code 

Load 

(kg) 

Fork Length 

(mm) 


(mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VLEPT20/11/54 2000 1150 540 85-205 £4649.99 £4510.49 £4417.49 

VLEPT20/10/68 2000 1000 680 85-205 £4649.99 £4510.49 £4417.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

from only 

£4417.49 





SCISSOR LIFT TABLES 

from only 

£512.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Storeroom 

✓Shops 

✓Workshop 

High Lift Pallet Truck 

The high lift pallet truck is designed to eliminate repetitive back strain when 

loading or offloading pallets by hand. The high lift pallet truck has a scissor 

action to lift pallets to a working height of 800mm. Our high lift pallet trucks 

conform to the latest applicable health and safety regulations. 

• Helps prevent back strain and injury 

• Automatically brakes when forks raised over approx 400mm 

Code 

Type 

Load 

(kg) 

Fork Length 

(mm) 


(mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VMHL540M Manual 1000 1160 540 800 £538.99 £522.99 £512.49 

VMHL680M Manual 1000 1160 680 800 £548.99 £532.99 £521.99 

VHBL15560M Manual 1500 1170 560 800 £598.99 £581.49 £569.49 

VHBL15680M Manual 1500 1170 680 800 £628.99 £610.49 £597.99 

VMHL540E Electric 1000 1160 540 800 £1398.99 £1357.49 £1329.49 

VMHL680E Electric 1000 1160 680 800 £1428.99 £1386.49 £1357.99 

VHBL15560E Electric 1500 1170 560 800 £1594.99 £1547.49 £1515.49 

VHBL15680E Electric 1500 1170 680 800 £1644.99 £1595.99 £1562.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Workshops 

from only 

£308.99 

Scissor Lift Tables 

With greater focus on health and safety in today's workplace, manual lifting 

tables provide a convenient and practical solution to today's manual handling 

needs of many industries. 

• Mobile scissor lift tables are CE marked and conform to 

EN1570 (Safety requirements for lifting tables) 

• Manual hydraulic lift operated by foot pump 

with relief valve preventing overload 

• Two fixed and two swivel polyurethane tyred castors with brakes 

Code Type Weight (kg) Load (kg) Platform Size (mm) Lift Height (mm) Each 3 5 

VTXL200 Single Scissor 70 200 500 x 1000 340-1000 £324.99 £315.49 £308.99 



VTXL800 Heavy Duty 115 800 510 x 1000 420-1000 £494.99 £480.49 £470.49 

VTXL1000 Heavy Duty 118 1000 515 x 1015 380-1000 £564.99 £548.49 £536.99 

VTXL1500 Heavy Duty 142 1500 610 x 1220 420-1010 £644.99 £625.99 £612.99 

VTXL350D Double Scissor 103 350 500 x 910 350-1300 £444.99 £431.99 £422.99 




107



PALLET STACKERS 

Pallet Stackers 


Robust, yet lightweight stackers for use with Euro pallets. Ergonomic design with tiller handles at waist height and pushing handles at shoulder height to 

provide extreme maneuverability. Free turning steering swivel castors make these machines easy to use in the tightest spaces. All stackers are fitted with 

safety valves to prevent overloading. 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

from only 

£1135.49 

from only 

£897.99 

Standard Stackers 

• Robust Construction 

• 500, 1000 or 1500kg loads 

• 1200-3000mm lift height 

Straddle Stackers 

• Straddle legs provide excellent balance 

• 1000kg capacity, 1600 or 2500mm lift height 

• Adjustable forks fitted as standard 

Code 

Load 

(kg) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VKI-500-1600A 500 1600 £944.99 £916.99 £897.99 

VKI1000-1200 1000 1200 £944.99 £916.99 897.99 

VKI1000-1600 1000 1600 £994.99 £965.49 £945.49 

VKI1000-2500 1000 2500 £1249.99 £1212.49 £1187.49 

VKI1000-3000 1000 3000 £1294.99 £1256.49 £1230.49 

VKI1500-1600 1500 1600 £1444.99 £1401.99 £1372.99 

Code 

VKI1000- 

1600SA 

VKI1000- 

2500SA 

Load 

(kg) 

1000 

Width over 

Forks (mm) 

240-940 

(adjustable) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

1600 £1194.99 £1159.49 £1135.49 

1000 240-700 2500 £1494.99 £1450.49 £1421.49 

from only 

£1895.49 

from only 

£5695.49 

Electric Lift Stacker 

• Special capacities up to 1800kg 

• Chain linked steering 

• Steer wheel fitted with brake, electric models 

complete with built-in charger 

Code Type Load (kg) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VKIE1000-1600 Standard 1000 1600 £1994.99 £1935.49 £1895.49 

VKIE1000-2500 Standard 1000 2500 £2194.99 £2129.49 £2085.49 

VKIE1000-3000 Standard 1000 3000 £2294.99 £2226.49 £2180.49 

VVE1000-3500 Heavy Duty 1000 3500 £3594.99 £3487.49 £3415.49 

VVE1000-3700 Heavy Duty 1000 3700 £3779.99 £3666.99 £3590.99 

Economy Powered Pallet Stackers 

A range of medium to heavy duty pedestrian pallet stackers with single and 

double masts. 

• Compact design for operation in tight areas 

• Ideal for handling Euro pallets 

• Built-in battery charger 

Code 

Load (kg) 

Width over 

Forks (mm) 

Lift Height 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

VLPS12.25 1200 540 2500 £5994.99 £5815.49 £5695.49 

VLPS12.30 1200 540 3000 £6124.99 £5941.49 £5818.99 

VF12APE3.5 1200 540 3500 £7594.99 £7367.49 £7215.49 

VLPS16.45 1600 540 4500 £8994.99 £8725.49 £8545.49 



Tapered Trucks 



CONTAINER TRUCKS 

These best-selling tapered trucks are ideal for storage and transportation in factories and retail outlets. Available from stock in Blue, Black and Red. 

• Manufactured from 100% medium density food grade polyethylene. The black recycled trucks are not suitable for food grade. 

• Fully nestable making transportation easier and more cost effective. 

• Lids available for all trucks. 

from only 

£52.10 

from only 

£48.19 

Tapered Trucks 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

Each 5 10 

VRB0003 510 460 460 72 £55.91 £53.71 £52.10 

VRB0120 760 460 460 118 £65.70 £63.11 £61.22 

VRB0121 690 530 630 135 £74.09 £71.17 £69.03 

VRB0227 750 480 825 200 £82.47 £79.22 £76.85 

VRB0317 735 685 1010 320 £118.82 £114.13 £110.71 

VRB0412 755 730 1345 455 £156.56 £150.39 £145.88 

Recycled Tapered Trucks 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

Each 5 10 

VRB0003KRC 510 460 460 72 £51.72 £49.68 £48.19 

VRB0120KRC 760 460 460 118 £60.11 £57.74 £56.01 

VRB0121KRC 690 530 630 135 £65.70 £63.11 £61.22 

VRB0227KRC 750 480 825 200 £72.69 £69.82 £67.73 

VRB0317KRC 735 685 1010 320 £102.49 £98.49 £95.49 

VRB0412KRC 755 730 1345 455 £136.99 £131.99 £127.99 

Bottle Skips 

Suitable for bars and hotels, these trucks are ideal for confined spaces and storage of empty bottles and general waste. Manufactured from tough, 100% food 

grade medium density polyethylene. Available from stock in blue or black. The black recycled trucks are not suitable for food grade. 

• Choice of 5 sizes - all available at the same economical price 

• Stackable and nestable 

• Completely smooth interiors for easy cleaning, moulded in bolts make these skips 100% watertight 

Standard Bottle Skips 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

Each 5 10 

VRB0111 650 460 660 135 £62.90 £60.74 £59.22 

VRB0113 615 455 750 150 £62.90 £60.74 £59.22 

VRB0115 820 455 620 165 £62.90 £60.74 £59.22 

VRB0118 970 380 620 165 £62.90 £60.74 £59.22 

VRB0119 670 615 620 185 £62.90 £60.74 £59.22 

Recycled Bottle Skips 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

Each 5 10 

VRB0111KRC 650 460 660 135 £53.12 £51.29 £50.01 

VRB0113KRC 615 455 750 150 £53.12 £51.29 £50.01 

VRB0115KRC 820 455 620 165 £53.12 £51.29 £50.01 

VRB0118KRC 970 380 620 165 £53.12 £51.29 £50.01 

VRB0119KRC 670 615 620 185 £53.12 £51.29 £50.01 

from only 

£59.22 

from only 

£50.01 


109




TRAY RACKS 

from only 

£188.99 

Mobile Tray Racks 

A range of top quality trolleys. These handling trolleys are manufactured 

from high quality steel tube and fitted with free running castors. Supplied 

empty - no trays. 

• Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports 

• Metal strap prevents trays from being pushed through when loading 

• 4 x swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels and roller bearings. 

Code 

Type 

To Suit Tray 

Height (mm) 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight 

(kg) 

VGTR4L 4 tray trolley 235 625 1395 500 37 200 £188.99 

VGTR60 6 tray trolley low 118 1135 625 500 33 200 £215.49 

VGTR6L 6 tray trolley tall 235 1945 625 500 49 200 £223.99 

VGTR80 8 tray trolley 118 1415 625 500 41 200 £243.49 

VGTR25 10 tray trolley low (2x5) 118 955 625 930 50 200 £278.49 

VGTR100 10 tray trolley tall 118 1720 625 930 48 200 £272.49 

Containers not included see page 86-87 for Euro containers suitable for these trolleys 

Load 

(kg) 

Each 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshop 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Education 

✓NHS 

2025RBK 

Gratnells Trolley & Tray Kits 

Our adjustable trolleys are the flexible answer for moving equipment around any environment. Simply slide any four heights of trays into the trolleys and you 

are ready to go safely and efficiently. 

• Market leading steel framed trolley tray storage units 




1025S2 5 Shallow Trays 725 370 420 1 £141.49 

2025R 10 Shallow Trays 725 710 420 2 £222.49 

Please specify tray colour when ordering: Black (BK), Silver (SL) & Kiwi Jelly (KJ) 

Both trolleys are under bench height. 





TRAY RACKS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

from only 

£364.99 

from only 

£257.99 

Small Parts Storage Tray Racks 

Our Small Parts Tray Racks are ideal for quick and simple stock movement. 

Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports. 

The metal strap prevents trays from being pushed through when loading. 

Comes complete with 4 x swivel castors with 100 mm diameter nylon 

wheels and roller bearings. 

• Complete with specified euro container box 

trays 400L x 300W x 120Hmm 

• Finished in blue epoxy powder coating 


Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight 

(kg) 

Load 

(kg) 

Each 2 

VCT216 12 x euro containers 1115 730 440 29 200 £371.49 £364.99 

VCT226 24 x euro containers 1115 1420 440 49 200 £579.49 £562.49 

Stock Trolley 

Ideal for moving small parts around the shop floor, workshop or 

warehouse. Welded tubular and angle frame construction. Capacity 150kgs 

UDL 

• 1 fixed and 2 swivel shelves designed for 3 x 600x400mm euro box trays 

• Swivel shelves can be tilted between 15 - 30 degrees each direction 

• Supplied empty - no trays 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight 

(kg) 

Load (kg) Each 3 

VCT06 1200 915 470 30 150 £260.49 £257.99 

Containers not included see page 86-87 for Euro containers suitable for these 

trolleys 

Adjustable Tray Racks 

Fully adjustable tray levels with 60 possible runner positions make this tray 

rack extremely versatile. Constructed of welded square section steel tube 

base, formed sheet steel uprights and zinc plated tray supports. Supplied 

complete with 10 x pairs of tray runners. 

• 4 x swivel castors with 100mm diameter nylon wheels and roller bearings 

• Available empty or as kits complete with Euro Containers 

• Designed for 600x400mm euro containers - load 200kgs UDL 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight 

(kg) 

Each 2 

VCT270 Empty - No trays 1725 500 650 25 £295.49 £286.99 

VCT271 10 trays (120 High) 1725 500 650 25 £404.99 £398.49 

VCT272 

8 Trays - 3 x 120, 4 

x175 & 1 x 235 high 

1725 500 650 25 £393.49 £386.49 

from only 

£286.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 


111



STEP TROLLEYS 

Picking Trolleys 


Ideal for stock picking and putting away in stores, warehouses, offices and libraries. Spring loaded step unit with ribbed treads, locates firmly on the floor 

when foot placed on first step. Multiple Tray Options available: Baskets, Plywood & Removable Steel Shelves. 

from only 

£483.49 

from only 

£286.49 

3 Step Picking Trolleys 


• 1150H x 495W x 1325Lmm 

• Top tread height 686mm 


VSS58T Plywood Shelves 40 125 £286.49 

VSS57B Removable Baskets 35 125 £328.99 

VSS58W Reversible Steel Trays 37 125 £339.99 

5 Step Picking Trolleys 


• 2075H x 620W x 1730Lmm 

• Top tread height 1145mm 


VSS59T Fixed Plywood 60 175 £483.49 

VSS59M Fixed Steel Shelves 60 175 £490.99 

VSS59B Removable Baskets 65 175 £589.49 

VSS59W Removable Steel Trays 70 175 £562.99 

from only 

£286.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Workshops 

✓Commercial 

✓Education 

Adjustable Shelf Trolleys 

These versatile shelf trolleys have steel frames and all steel shelves, in grey RAL7035. They are supplied 

flat packed and are quick to assemble using just an Allen key. Then you can easily add extra shelves and 

adjust their heights whenever you like. Request optional mesh panels to avoid spillage. 

• Two or four shelf versions. Choice of sizes and configurations 

• Load capacity: 50kg per shelf 

• 125mm swivel castors, two with brakes 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Each 

VTRTA4082 1020 890 530 2 £286.99 

VTRTA4102 1020 1090 530 2 £298.99 

VTRTA5082 1020 890 630 2 £304.99 

VTRTA5102 1020 1090 630 2 £314.49 

VTRTA4104 1515 1090 530 4 £479.49 

VTRTA5104 1515 1090 630 4 £508.99 

Extra Shelves 

Code 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

from only 

£74.67 

Each 

VTRHA408 800 430 £74.67 

VTRHA508 800 530 £82.53 

VTRHA410 1000 430 £81.54 

VTRHA510 1000 530 £89.40 





WORKSHOP TROLLEYS 

from only 

£189.99 

Workshop Trolleys 

Fully welded tube and angle construction with two fixed and two swivel castors as standard. Each 

castor has solid rubber 125mm tyres. 

• Cupboard supplied with 2 keys 

• Fixed plywood shelves with 20mm up stand 

• 150kg load capacity 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 

Shelves Each 3 

VTT160 2 Tier trolley 1045 620 1160 2 £195.49 £189.99 

VTT161 3 Tier trolley 1045 620 1160 3 £240.99 £232.49 

VTT162 Cupboard trolley 1045 620 1160 3 £312.99 £297.49 

Workshop Trolley Accessories 

A range of accessories for our highly popular 

workshop trolleys. 


VB008 Pneumatic Tyre Wheels £90.60 

VB031 All Swivel Castors £6.65 

VB032 Brakes to Swivel Castors £8.79 

Industrial Shelf Trolleys 

Tough, high capacity industrial design. Suited to industrial use in stores, workshops and 

factories. Supplied in a fully welded construction using an angle section main frame in two alternative 

sizes. Two finish options are also available: a single or two shelf version finished in polyurethane coated 

plywood or steel. 

• Two fixed and two swivel castors 

• Fully welded angle construction 

• 500kg load capacity 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Shelves Each 2 

VAT23T Plywood 895 700 1000 1 £210.99 £206.49 

VAT21T Plywood 895 700 1000 2 £243.99 £237.49 

VAT23M Steel 895 700 1000 1 £207.99 £204.49 

VAT21M Steel 895 700 1000 2 £244.99 £237.99 

VAT24T Plywood 895 800 1200 1 £241.49 £233.99 

VAT22T Plywood 895 800 1200 2 £271.99 £257.49 

VAT24M Steel 895 800 1200 1 £240.99 £236.99 

VAT22M Steel 895 800 1200 2 £276.99 £263.99 

Industrial Shelf Trolley 

Accessories 

Any truck can be supplied with a bumper strip 

and every heavy duty industrial trolley can be 

supplied with two braked castors as an option if 

required. 


VBS1 Bumper Strip £32.71 

VTSP200 Braked Castors £12.23 

from only 

£204.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 


113




PLATFORM TRUCKS 

Timber Firm Loading Trucks 

Our firm loading trucks have substantial timber decks with all trucks able to hold a 500kg UDL load. Trucks are available with timber or mesh sides and can be 

single ended, double ended, three sided or 4 sided. 

• Substantial Timber Deck 

• Zinc Plated mesh infill end and side panels 

• All side and end panels removable 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

from only 

£159.49 

Single ended truck 

from only 

£160.49 

Four sided truck 

Timber Firm Loading Trucks 

Mesh Firm Loading Trucks 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Platform 

Width 

(mm) 

Platform 

Length 

(mm) 

Each 

VTC601P Single Ended Truck 985 600 1000 £159.49 



VTC602P Double Ended Truck 985 600 1000 £197.99 



VTC603P Three Sided Truck 985 600 1000 £215.99 



VTC604P Four Sided Truck 985 600 1000 £236.49 

VTC704P Four Sided Truck 985 700 1000 £244.99 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Platform 

Width 

(mm) 

Platform 

Length 

(mm) 

Each 

VTC601M Single Ended Truck 985 600 1000 £170.99 



VTC602M Double Ended Truck 985 600 1000 £217.99 



VTC603M Three Sided Truck 985 600 1000 £245.99 



VTC604M Four Sided Truck 985 600 1000 £270.99 

VTC704M Four Sided Truck 985 700 1000 £279.49 

Three sided truck 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Shops 

✓Office 

Environments 

Zinc Plated Platform Trucks 

Durable steel construction with tough zinc coating. Zinc plated steel load 

floor with zinc plated steel mesh panels. 

• 700kg UDL Load 

• All trucks 985mm high 

• 1, 2, 3 or 4 sided versions available - versions 3 & 4 sides are removable 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 

Each 

VZPT7001 Single Sided 985 700 1000 £222.99 

VZPT8001 Single Sided 985 800 1200 £243.49 

VZPT7002 Double Sided 985 700 1000 £264.99 

VZPT8002 Double Sided 985 800 1200 £289.99 

VZPT7003 Three Sided 985 700 1000 £298.99 

VZPT8003 Three Sided 985 800 1200 £326.49 

VZPT7004 Four Sided 985 700 1000 £332.49 

VZPT8004 Four Sided 985 800 1200 £359.49 





PLATFORM TRUCKS 

Folding Platform Trolleys 

Steel trolleys with folding handles, non slip PVC load surfaces and bumper 

strips along the edges. Trolleys are fitted with non-marking white rubber 

wheels. 

• Capacity: 150kg or 250kg 

• Handle folds down flat over platform for easy storage 

• Two fixed wheels and two swivel castors 

Code 

Load 

(kg) 

Platform Size 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

V501-KI-150 150 635 x 490 £64.00 £62.08 £60.08 

V502-KI-250 250 790 x 620 £89.00 £86.33 £84.55 

from only 

£60.08 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Shops 

✓Office 

Environments 

from only 

£151.49 

from only 

£132.49 

Large Platform Trolley 

A large high capacity trolley with a fixed handle for added strength. The 

trolley can also be supplied with an additional handle for load support or to 

push/pull without having to turn. The steel base has a non slip surface and an 

all round protection buffer. 


• Fixed handles for added strength 

• Two fixed wheels and two swivel castors 

Code 

Type 

Platform Size 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

V505-KI-LUX-1 Single Handle 1020 x 760 £138.99 £134.99 £132.49 

V505-KI-LUX-2 Double Handle 875 x 760 £148.99 £144.99 £141.99 

Heavy Duty Platform Trolley 

Very popular narrow & long platform trolley for general stock room or 

warehouse use. The long platform provides plenty of load area, while the 

narrow width ensures the trolley fits through a standard doorway. 


• Overall Size H935 x W600 x L1230 mm 

• Tough plywood platform 

Load Platform Size 

Code 

Each 3 5 

(kg) (mm) 

V541C 300 600 x 1200 £158.99 £154.49 £151.49 

from only 

£213.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Store Room 

✓Shops 

from only 

£208.49 

Heavy Duty Nesting Cash & Carry Trolley 

Heavy Duty nestable platform trolleys. Ideal for use in a cash & carry, 

warehouses, shops and general storage use. 



• Welded basket as standard with nesting design for easy storage 

Code 

Platform Size 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

V540C 1180 x 590 £224.99 £218.49 £213.99 

Narrow Cash & Carry Trolley 

This trolley has a balance wheel construction. This trolley is ideal for use 

in shops with narrow aisles, stocking shelves in cash & carry outlets or for 

general warehouse or stock room use. 



• Ideal for use in shops with narrow aisles 

Code 

Platform Size 

(mm) 

Each 3 5 

V590C-350 380 x 1525 £218.99 £212.49 £208.49 


115




TURNTABLE TRUCKS 

1. Choose your turntable truck 

Fully welded construction from rectangular and 

round section steel tube. Metalwork finished in 

red epoxy, optional sides finished in a light grey 

epoxy. 

• 3 Deck Sizes 

• Extremely tight turning circle 

• Solid Rubber or Pneumatic tyred wheels 

from only 

£251.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

Plywood Deck Turntable Trucks 

Code 

Type 

Load 

(kg) 

Platform Size 

(mm) 

Each 2 

VTR122 Rubber Wheels 500 1200x600 £257.49 £251.99 



VTR122P Pneumatic Tyres 500 1200x600 £272.99 £266.99 



Steel Deck Turntable Trucks 

Code 

Type 

Load 

(kg) 

Platform Size 

(mm) 

Each 2 







2. Choose your retro fitted panels 

from only 

£78.40 

from only 

£191.49 

Turntable Truck Steel Panels 

These steel panels can be retro fitted. Corner posts fit into steel tubes and 

lock with simple bolt tightening. Formed steel side and end panels slot onto 

steel channels, reduces usable length and width by 50mm. 

• Kit includes 2 end and 2 side panels 

• For use with steel or plywood turntable trucks 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Each 

VRP126 200 600 1200 £78.40 

VRP157 200 750 1500 £91.10 

VRP201 200 1000 2000 £103.99 

Turntable Truck Mesh Panels 

These mesh panels can be retro fitted, corner posts fit into steel tubes and 

lock with simple bolt tightening. Hook on side panels mount to fixed end 

panels, colour: Blue & yellow. 

• Kit includes 2 fixed end and 2 removable side panels 

• For use with steel or plywood turntable trucks 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Each 

VMP126 760 600 1200 £191.49 

VMP157 760 750 1500 £199.99 

VMP201 760 1000 2000 £209.99 

3. Choose your accessories 

from only 

£53.49 

Turntable Truck Braking System 

A clever and simple to operate brake system, effective when the handle is 

in the upright position, finishes off the range of accessories but unlike the 

other options these are factory fitted and need to be specified at the time of 

ordering. 


VPB1 Parking Brake £53.49 





MOBILE STORAGE 

Boxwell Mobile Storage 

Mobile shelving and transportation system for warehouses, workshop storage 

and work in transit. 2 adjustable plywood or steel shelves - 100kg UDL load 

capacity per shelf. 500kg maximum load capacity. 

• Available with or without fitted doors. 

• Fitted with 2 fixed and 2 swivel heavy duty castors. 

• Available in Green, Light Grey, Dark Blue, Yellow, Light Blue and Red. 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

XW139060MB Steel shelves 1355 900 600 £377.35 

XW139060PB Plywood shelves 1355 900 600 £398.20 





XD199060PB Plywood shelves - with doors 1955 900 600 £549.49 

XD169060MB Steel shelves - with doors 1655 900 600 £502.43 





Available in Green (G), Light Grey (L), Dark Blue (B), Yellow (Y), Light Blue (U) & 

Red (R). Please use suffix when ordering. 

Extra shelves available, please call or visit our website. 

Each 

from only 

£377.35 

from only 

£66.08 

Garment Racking Trolley 

Ideal for distribution of hanging garments with adjustable centre rail with 

three positions. They are fully nestable to improve return load efficiency 

• Reinforced robust nestable design with adjustable mid rail 

• 4 swivel 125mm castors 


Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 

Colour 

Weight 

(kg) 

Load 

(kg) 

Each 

19.GR3 1600 450 1830 Yellow 25 350 £66.08 

19.GR4 1600 450 1830 Blue 25 350 £66.08 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 



117




ROLL CAGES 

from only 

£96.05 

Nestable ‘A’ Frame Roll Containers 

Nested containers with hinged side, rod infill panels and "A" frame. Bright electro zinc plated finish allows for steam cleaning or pressure washing. Additional 

shelves available for all models. 


• Each additional unit adds only 200mm to length when nested 

• Mounted on two fixed and two swivel, 125mm diameter castors 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Type Internal Dimensions (mm) Each 

V19A115 1690 735 850 2 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £96.05 

V19A116 1690 735 850 3 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £110.49 

V19A116PB 1680 735 850 3 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £122.99 

V19A116/4 1690 735 850 4 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £124.49 

V19A118PB 1680 735 850 4 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £142.49 

V19A118 1690 735 850 4 sides W685 x D800 x H1425 £131.49 

V19768 n/a 735 850 Integral Shelf n/a £13.84 

V19768LS n/a 735 850 Detachable Shelf n/a £8.74 

Standard roll containers do not come with any shelves as standard. however, optional shelves are available. 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Retail goods 

distribution 

✓Shop Floor 

✓ 

from only 

£143.99 

Security Roll Cages 

In line Nesting A frame roll cage. Folds and nest 4 into 1 within seconds. Fully 

lockable. Four sided nesting container with hinged sides and top in a bright 

electro zinc plated finish allows for steam cleaning or pressure washing. Each 

additional unit adds only 200mm to length when nested. 

• Mesh infill spacing - 50mm x 50mm 

• Mounted on two fixed and two swivel, 125mm diameter nylon castors 

• Supplied with 1 integral shelf. Optional detachable shelves available 

Height Width Depth Internal Dimensions 

Code 

Each 6 


(mm) 

V19A110 1690 735 850 D800 x W685 x H1425 £149.49 £143.99 





ROLL CAGES 

from only 

£127.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Hospital 

✓Shop Floors 

Jumbo Roll Cages 

Ideal for handling larger bulky items yet dismantle to a fraction of their 

assembled size for return packaging or where space is at a premium. 

Finished in a bright electro zinc plated finish allows for steam cleaning or 

pressure washing. Smooth running castors. 500kg capacity. 

• 3 or 4 sided configuration 

• Adjustable shelf (3 positions) 

• Hinged gate access 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Type Internal Dimensions (mm) Each 5 

V173003 1833 2000 800 3 Sides 1950W x 750D x 1650Hmm £135.49 £127.99 

V17200HG 1833 1200 800 4 Sides with 1/2 gate 1150W x 750D x 1650Hmm £161.49 £153.49 

V19A119 1770 1120 765 4 Sides with 4 piece door W1070 x D715 x H1500 £170.49 £168.99 

V17300HG 1833 2000 800 4 Sides with 1/2 gate 1950W x 750D x 1650Hmm £242.99 £232.99 

from only 

£28.82 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshops 

✓Store room 

✓Workshops 

Magnetic Wrap Label Holder 

Designed for mesh cages/ roll pallets and trolleys. Fit around a maximum diameter of 30mm mesh/ handle etc. 

• 3 sizes available 

• Magnetic looped header 

• Special flap provides documents with protection from the elements 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Pack Quantity Colour Finish Each 

VWRP4V-10 297 210 10 Blue PVC £38.93 

VWRP4V-50 297 210 50 Blue PVC £166.49 

VWRP5H-10 148 210 10 Blue PVC £32.09 

VWRP5H-50 148 210 50 Blue PVC £137.49 

VWRP6H-10 105 210 10 Blue PVC £28.82 

VWRP6H-50 105 210 50 Blue PVC £121.99 


119




STEP STOOLS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Home 

✓Garden 

✓Business 

Premises 

from only 

£40.89 

Kick Steps 

Lightweight steel kickstep 

• Safe & Convienient to use 

• Castors retract when steps are in use 

• Various colours available - Black, Blue, Grey & Red 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Top Diameter 

(mm) 

Base Diameter 

(mm) 

Colour 

Each 

22053 425 280 410 Blue £40.89 

22052 425 280 410 Black £40.89 

22051 425 280 410 Grey £40.89 

22050 425 280 410 Red £40.89 

Non Slip Plastic Safety Steps 

Perfect for all industrial settings due to their tough build and strength. 

• Certified to British, German and Dutch safety 

standards to take up to 260kg in weight. 

• Manufactured from 100% Food Grade Medium Density Polyethylene. 

• Grip Tape added to give greater grip 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Each 5 10 

VRW0101 300 310 485 £48.93 £47.24 £46.06 

VRW0102 415 540 475 £69.89 £67.48 £65.80 

VRW0103 620 795 440 £95.05 £91.78 £89.48 

Available in Red (R), Yellow (Y) & Blue (B). Please use suffix when ordering. 

from only 

£46.06 

from only 

£40.77 

from only 

£28.66 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Home 

✓Garden 

✓Business 

Premises 

Sturdy Step Stools 

Our range for steel and aluminium steps offer both 

professional and domestic users the ideal solution 

to access just out of reach heights on an every day 

basis. Convenient and practical, all stepstools fold flat 

for easy storage and provide outstanding flexibility and 

value. 

• Doubles as a step or a stool with large 

rubber matted treads (22042 & 22043) 

• Clean to handle chrome finish (22042 & 22043) 

• Folds flat for easy storage 

Code 

Finish 

No. of 

Treads 

Top Tread 

Height (m) 

Each 

13712 Painted 2 0.45 £28.66 

23123 Painted 2 0.47 £34.01 

23102 Painted 2 0.49 £39.67 

22042 Chrome 2 0.47 £40.77 

22043 Chrome 3 0.70 £51.86 




Workstation Stepladder 


STEP LADDERS 

Extra large standing platform 50% greater than standard stepladders. With strong, deep treads for comfort and twin safety handrails for security. 

• High support rail and handy work tray 

• Platform Support height 0.75cm - 2 to 7 Tread 

• Platform Support height 0.67cm on 8 Tread 

Code No. of Treads Platform Height (m) Each 

70502 2 0.35 £59.68 

70503 3 0.58 £64.42 

70504 4 0.80 £70.32 

70505 5 1.03 £80.93 

70506 6 1.25 £96.85 

70507 7 1.48 £115.49 

70508 8 1.79 £157.99 

from only 

£59.68 

Fibreglass Swingback Steps 

Non-conductive fibreglass stiles, ideal for working around electricity. Perfect for use by electrical contractors on site. Includes a holster top with specially 

designed tool and equipment holders. Non-conductive stiles withstand up to 30,000 volts. 

• Edge moulded brace and foot pad combination provides enhanced bracing strength and protects the base tread from damage 

• Certified to EN131 European Safety Standard 

• New design 'H-spreaders' offer single handed operation and add to the strength and stability of the ladder 

Code 

No. of 

Treads 

Top Tread 

Height (m) 

Average working 

height (mm) 

Each 

71604 4 1.12 2.04 £66.01 

71605 5 1.40 2.31 £74.60 

71606 6 1.67 2.59 £80.87 

71608 8 2.23 3.15 £94.58 

71610 10 2.79 3.70 £122.49 

71612 12 3.34 4.26 £138.99 

from only 

£66.01 


121




STEP LADDERS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Home 

✓Garden 

✓Business 

Premises 

High Handrail Stepladders 

Wide range of heights available,choose from three to eight treads. These 

stepladders are also available with a tool tray - please see our website for 

details. 

• Secure standing platform 

• Secure non-slip treads 

• Platform to support rail height 0.60m 


74003 3 0.58 £37.74 

74004 4 0.80 £42.42 

74005 5 1.03 £47.22 

74006 6 1.25 £52.85 

74007 7 1.48 £60.89 

74008 8 1.75 £77.87 

from only 

£37.74 

from only 

£107.99 

from only 

£70.57 

MasterTrade (TM) Platform Shop Steps 

Our Shop Steps are a solid and reliable aid for professional work. Features 

include top edge caps for a smoother profile, heavy duty external spreaders, 

twin handrails and large slip resistant feet. 

• Non-slip feet 

• Twin side handrails 

• Suitable for professional use. 


70805 5 1.09 £107.99 

70806 6 1.31 £113.99 

70808 8 1.75 £132.99 

70810 10 2.20 £156.49 

70812 12 2.64 £185.49 

MasterTrade (TM) Stepladder 

Ideal for continuous everyday industrial use. Compact footprints enables 

user to get closer to their work and encourages face on use. 

• Heavy gauge plastic edge caps for a smooth profile 

• Heavy duty external spreaders with large non-slip feet 

• Strong deep treads with fully braced bottom section 

Code No. of Treads Top Tread Height (m) Each 

71404 4 0.87 £70.57 

71405 5 1.09 £76.65 

71406 6 1.31 £82.34 

71408 8 1.75 £93.05 

71410 10 2.20 £109.49 

71412 12 2.65 £129.49 

71414 14 3.09 £163.49 





COMBINATION LADDERS 

from only 

£81.56 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Home 

✓Garden 

3 in 1 Combination Ladder With Tool Tray 

Combines a stepladder, extension ladder and a stairwell ladder all in one 

product. Includes strong work tray usable in all modes, for loads up to 12kg. 

• Unique sliding mechanism for easy conversion to all three ways 

• Wide splayed base and heavy duty feet for stability and grip 

• Non-slip rungs for comfort and security 

Height Width Depth Weight Top Tread 

Code 

Each 

(mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) Height* (m) 

75013 1865 476 130 6.9 1.56 £81.56 

* in stepladder mode 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Home 

✓Garden 

from only 

£140.99 

5 in 1 Combination Ladder & Platform 

Combines a stepladder extension ladder, stairwell ladder, level platform and 

a step platform all in one product 

• Quick to set up and easy to use 

• Large non-slip platform 

• Rigid construction with wide base-stabiliser 

Height Width Depth Weight Platform Size Platform 

Code 

Each 

(mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) (m) Height (m) 

75005 1925 476 165 13.3 L1.2 x W0.32 1.2 £140.99 


123




COMMERCIAL PLATFORMS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Indoor 

✓Outdoor 


from only 

£793.49 

Telescopic Safety Platforms 

A safe and strong solution for all your professional and domestic needs 

• Unique , adjustable telescopic multi-height design can 

be used in a stairwell and on uneven ground 

• Stabilisers fold and adjust for convenience and extra safety 

• Wheels allow for easy repositioning 

Code Platform Height (m) No. of Treads Closed Height (m) Each 

60304 1.06 to 1.52 4 to 6 2.5 £793.49 

60307 1.76 to 2.23 7 to 9 3.23 £991.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Indoor 

✓Outdoor 

✓Tradesmen 

from only 

£747.99 Podium Steps 

Podium Step Ladder is designed to offer full protection when working at low 

level heights. Telescopic side frames extend and lock into position with hook 

locking devices on each step, maintaining a guardrail height of 1m above the 

platform at all 4 platform heights. 

• Folds Flat for easy transportation 

• Hook locking devices on each step 

• Easy to operate gate locking hook 

Code Platform Size (m) Platform Height (m) Each 

60301 0.6 x 0.6 1.12 £747.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Tradesmen 

✓Decorating 

✓Maintenance 

from only 

£338.49 

Access Towers 

Lightweight and mobile, our access tower is the safe solution for both 

indoor and outdoor use where a stable and secure platform is required. 

Ideal for decorating and maintenance work and extremely versatile, they are 

easy to transport and erect to help get the job done quickly. 

• Slot together construction - quick and easy to erect 

• Lightweight aluminium construction 

• Integrated trapdoor for safe internal climbing 

Code Platform Size (m) Average working height (m) Each 

50005 1.45 x 0.5 2.43 £338.49 





EXTENSION LADDERS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Builders 

✓Surveyors 

✓Tradesmen 

Telescopic Ladders 

Ideal for surveyors, tradesmen and DIY use. These top of the range 

telescopic ladders are light to carry, compact to store, easy to transport 

and will easily fit into the boot of a car. Aluminium construction makes for 

a durable & rust resistant surface. Now comes complete with anti-pinch 

system which safely protects hands when collapsing the ladder and rounded 

rubber feet to ensure ease of transition from vertical to leaning position. 

• Smooth operation, extends & locks rung by rung 

with anti-pinch finger protectors 

• Light but strong Aluminium construction 

• Certified to EN131 European Safety Standard 

Code 

Weight 

(kg) 

Closed Height 

(mm) 

Open Height 

(m) 

Each 5 10 

30210A 5.5 795 2.05 £65.93 £64.50 £62.70 

30270A 7 875 2.63 £77.93 £76.50 £74.70 

30320A 9 883 3.21 £89.93 £88.50 £86.25 

30380A 14.5 920 3.81 £103.49 £101.99 £90.49 

Double Extension Ladder 

Our comprehensive range of high quality aluminium double extension 

ladders offers you a complete choice for trade use. Triple extension ladders 

are also available - visit our website for more information. 

• Heavy duty extension ladders 

• Box section stiles for strength and rigidity at any height 

• Non-slip shaped rungs and non-slip feet 

Code Closed Height (m) Open Height (m) Each 

72218 1.85 2.95 £77.10 

72224 2.41 4.07 £91.91 

72229 2.97 4.91 £106.99 

72235 3.53 6.03 £135.99 

72241 4.09 7.15 £148.49 

72244 4.37 8.27 £168.49 

72249 4.93 8.83 £197.49 

from only 

£77.10 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Home 

✓Garden 

✓Business 

Premises 

from only 

£45.28 

Work Platforms 

Perfect for all odd jobs. Simple and safe to use with locking hinges for added 

safety. 

• Wide and deep non slip platform 

• Lightweight and easy to transport 

• Compact folded dimensions 

Code Weight (kg) Platform Size (m) Platform Height (m) Each 

78069 4.1 0.3 x 0.69 0.5 £45.28 

78099 4.9 0.3 x 0.9 0.5 £58.05 


125




MOBILE STEPS 

Two Step Range 

A choice of three styles, all with easy-running 50mm castors. When you 

stand on the steps, the castors spring into their housings, and the non-slip 

housing base grips the floor for rock-solid stability. 

• Ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads 

• Durable powder coat finish 

• Single Sided, with or without grab rail 

from only 

£131.76 

Code Type No. of Treads Finish Each 6 

VRST1 with out Grab Rail 2 Rubber tread £131.99 £126.99 

VRST1AS with out Grab Rail 2 Anti-slip tread £131.99 £126.99 

VRST1H Single Grab Rail 2 Rubber tread £144.49 £137.49 

VRST1HAS Single Grab Rail 2 Anti-slip tread £144.49 £137.49 

VRST1HH Double Grab Rail 2 Rubber tread £159.49 £152.49 

VRST1HHAS Double Grab Rail 2 Anti-slip tread £159.49 £152.99 

Please specify at time of ordering using the product code, suffix BL for Blue, GR 

for Grey, RD for Red, Y for Yellow, W for White, GN for Green, OR for Orange. 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Racking 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 

✓Library 

Wheelalong Steps 

Handy steps with built-in wheels for easy movement. 


• Choice of rubber or anti-slip tread finish 

• Available in Blue, Grey or Red 

Code Platform Height (mm) No. of Treads Finish Each 6 

VPAS2 510 2 Rubber tread £101.99 £93.99 

VPAS2AS 510 2 Anti-slip tread £101.99 £93.99 







PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Picking 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 

✓Library 





MOBILE STEPS 

Sturdy 2-5 Step Range 

A choice of four styles, all with easy-running 50mm castors. When you stand 

on the steps, the castors spring into their housings, and the non-slip housing 

base grips the floor for rock-solid stability. 

• Retracting spring mounted castors 

• Choice of blue, red, grey, yellow, white, green and orange 

• When working out the height you need, remember a maximum 

working height from the top of the platform is 1500mm. 

Code 

Platform 

Height (mm) 

No. of 

Treads 

Finish 

VDFS2 508 2 Rubber tread £157.99 

VDFS2AS 508 2 Anti-slip tread £157.99 









Each 

from only 

£157.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Racking 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 

✓Library 

from only 

£166.49 Standard Mobile Steps 

Built to highest engineering standards. Provide an operative with a reliable 

means of access. Mobile steps are designed for use by one person only. 

• Easy to move – firm when in use 

• Easy glide sprung castors with domed floor covers to give firm 

and stable floor contact when weight is applied to step 

• All steps come with 4 x 50mm sprung loaded castors 

Code Platform Height (mm) No. of Treads Finish Each 

VS005 508 2 Rubber tread £166.49 

VS006 508 2 Anti-Slip tread £166.99 









PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Narrow Aisles 

✓Racking 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Library 

from only 

£201.49 

Narrow Aisle Mobile Steps 

Robust, hardworking narrow aisle units with spring loaded castors. 

• All welded construction 

• Spring loaded castors allows the feet to lower 

to the ground under operator's weight 

• Formed sheet steel treads with ribbed rubber surface 

Code Platform Height (mm) No. of Treads Finish Each 

VGFS20 500 2 Rubber tread £201.49 







127





PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Racking 

✓Stores 

from only 

£357.49 

Mobile Warehouse Steps with Inboard Wheels 

Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to 

ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation. All steel 

framework. All models fitted with hand lock anchorage, when locked 

the front feet rest firmly on the floor; fitted with protective plastic floor 

pads. 610mm wide treads with three tread options: Rubber, Anti-slip or 

Punched. 

• Designed to conform to new mobile step 

safety standard - BS EN 131-7:2013 

• Inboard wheels for ease of use, no outboard 

wheels to catch racking, posts, etc. 

• Retracting front castors with positive position locking - Leverlock system 

Code 

No. of 

Treads 

Platform 

Height (mm) 

Platform 

Width (mm) 

Platform 

Depth (mm) 

Average 

working 

height (mm) 

VS052 4 915 610 457 2400 £357.49 

VS053 5 1145 610 457 2700 £413.49 

VS054 6 1370 610 457 2900 £470.49 

VS055 7 1600 610 457 3100 £539.49 

VS056 8 1830 610 457 3400 £596.49 

VS057 9 2060 610 457 3600 £657.99 

VS058 10 2285 610 457 3800 £796.49 

VS059 11 2515 610 457 4000 £869.49 

VS060 12 2745 610 457 4300 £955.49 

Please specify tread type when ordering by adding the following suffix: Rubber (R), 

Anti Slip (AS) or Punched (PT). 

Each 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Racking 

✓Stores 

from only 

£245.64 

Medium Duty Mobile Safety Steps 

Three, four and five step versions are made from tubular steel. Including 

castors for easy moving under load, castors retract so rubber feet contact 

floor. 

• Built for years of heavy work 

• Under load, castors retract so rubber feet contact floor 

• Maximum working height from top of platform is 1500mm 

Code 

Platform 

Height 

(mm) 

Platform 

Width 

(mm) 

Platform 

Depth 

(mm) 

No. of 

Treads 

Average 

working 

height (mm) 

VS3660R 685 560 340 3 2210 £245.64 

VS4660R 915 560 340 4 2440 £284.13 

VS5660R 1145 560 340 5 2650 £320.66 

Please specify tread type when ordering by adding the following suffix: Rubber 

(R), Anti Slip (AS) or Punched (PT). Please call for our aluminium tread prices. 

Each 

Aluminium / Punched 

Rubber / Anti-slip 






Top Gate 

Aluminium / Punched 

Locking Lever to retract 

the front castors 

from only 

£437.10 

Rubber 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Racking 

✓Stores 

Heavy Duty Mobile Safety Steps 

Built for years of heavy work. Large outboard rear wheels with 200mm diameter rubber tyres. Retracting front castors with positive position lockingleverlock 

system. Choose from five to fourteen steps in four tread options- rubber, anti-slip, punched or aluminium. Manufactured to order. 

• Designed to conform to new mobile step safety standard - BS EN 131-7:2013 

• Top Gate Available on all models. Secured by spring mounted bolt allows access from platform to mezzanine floors/vehicles etc. Additional cost, call for details. 

Code Platform Height (mm) Platform Width (mm) Platform Depth (mm) No. of Treads Average working height (mm) Each 

VLL556 1250 560 400 5 2750 £437.10 

VLL656 1500 560 400 6 3000 £490.34 

VLL756 1750 560 400 7 3250 £554.04 

VLL856 2000 560 400 8 3500 £611.78 

VLL956 2250 560 400 9 3750 £675.21 

VLL1056 2500 560 400 10 4000 £786.15 

VLL1156 2750 560 400 11 4250 £861.97 

VLL1256 3000 560 400 12 4500 £957.91 

VLL1356 3250 560 400 13 4750 £1060.45 

VLL1456 3500 560 400 14 5000 £1153.93 

Please specify tread type when ordering by adding the following suffix: Rubber (R), Anti Slip (AS) or Punched (PT). Please call for our aluminium tread prices. 


129



CABINETS & LOCKERS SECTION 

What locker should I order? 

There are many types, styles, prices and 

designs of lockers to choose from. 

To select the right locker for your needs there 

are some basic things to consider, such as: 

How the locker is going to be used? 

What size locker will you need? 

Are you storing small items or will you need to store larger 

things like large garments or tools? 

Will the locker need to be used hourly, daily or less 

frequently? 

Where is the locker going to be used? 

Is this a dry or wet place? 

Will people be storing dry or wet items? 

What kind of security will you need? 

What kind of lock will you require? 

1-6 Tier option lockers - See Page 132 

WHAT DOES COSHH MEAN? 

COSHH stands for Control of Substances Hazardous to Health. It is a health 

and safety initiative designed to limit the risk posed by hazardous chemicals. COSHH 

guidelines, which are published by the government’s Health and Safety Executive, 

apply to substances that have been identified as corrosive, poisonous, irritant, 

harmful or toxic. These guidelines recommend using a COSHH cabinet to store 

hazardous substances. 

What is a COSHH Cabinet? 

A COSH cabinet is designed for the safe storage of hazardous substances. It is a 3 

point locking reinforced cabinet that prevents unauthorised persons from accessing 

the dangerous chemicals stored within. COSHH cabinets are designed to be leakproof 

to prevent spilled substances from leaking out of the cabinet or contamination 

of the products within. 

Storing Substances in a COSHH Cabinet 

Substances should be stored in the COSHH cabinet according to their storage 

instructions clearly marked to indicate their contents and degree of flammability. 

Hazardous substances should be stored in appropriate spill-proof containers and not 

allowed to come into contact with each other if there is a risk of a dangerous chemical 

reaction occurring between them. Substances that are no longer needed or that have 

expired should be disposed of according to governmental regulations concerning 

the disposal of hazardous waste. There are regulations governing the amounts of 

certain substances that can be stored in a single location. Workplace managers 

should refer to the national HSG51 and DSEAR 2002 health and safety guidelines 

to find out more about the storage of hazardous substances. 

Choosing a COSHH Cabinet 

COSHH cabinets come in a range of shapes and sizes. It is important to choose a 

cabinet that is large enough to store all of the substances used in the workplace, 

with enough space left over to allow easy access and allow later additions to be 

made if necessary. Some COSHH cabinets can be fixed to the wall or floor to 

prevent anyone from stealing or knocking over the cabinet, whereas others are 

mounted on wheels to allow them to be moved. 

Flammable Liquids Storage, page 147 

FlamBank Hazardous Storage Box, page 149 

Chem Cube, page 166



CABINETS 

& LOCKERS 


Lockers 

Express Delivery Lockers 132 

Standard Lockers 132 

Premium Lockers 133 

Cube Lockers 133 

Hazardous Storage - Page 146-149 Stainless Steel Cabinets - Page 139 

Perforated Door Lockers 134 

Laptop Lockers 135 

Personal Effects Lockers 135 

Space Saving Lockers 136 

Plastic Lockers 137 

Linbin Cabinets - Page 140-141 

General Locker for multiple 

storage applications 

Leisure & Fitness 

Locations (suitable for damp 

areas such as 

swimming pools) 

School Environment 

Specifically for clothing 

in mind 

Difficult places where space 

is at a premium 

Personal Effects 

& Security 

Laptop Lockers - Page 135 

Choice of door (6 choices) 

Standard Quality 

Heavy Duty Lockers 

Choice of widths 

Pre-coated galvanized steel 

Plastic lockers 

Plastic Lockers 

Heavy Duty with more durable lock 

Laptop Lockers 

Personal Effects & Phones 

Cube Lockers (for space restriction) 

Uniform Lockers 

Duo Lockers 

Twin Lockers 

Clean & Dirty Lockers 

Cube Lockers 

Laptop storage (up to 15 laptops) 

Laptop storage with secure charging 

Phone Storage (up to 40 units) 

Perforated Lockers 

Cabinets 

Industrial Cabinets 138 

Workplace Cabinets 139 

Stainless Steel Cabinets 139 

Linbin Steel Cabinets 140-141 

Steel Bin Cabinets 142-143 

Drawer Cabinets 144 

Heavy Duty Enginerer’s Cabinets 145 

Hazardous Storage Cabinets 146-147 

PPE Cabinets 148 

Flammable Storage 149 

Tool Storage 

Workshop Storage 150-151 

Tool Drawer Cabinets 152 

Secure Tool Storage 153 

Secure Storage 

Key Safes 154 

Key Cabinets 155 

Security Cabinets 156 

Safes 157



CABINETS & LOCKERS 

LOCKERS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Offices 

✓Warehouse 

✓Schools 

✓Libraries 

✓Shops 

✓Staff Rooms 

from only 

£72.09 

Express Delivery Lockers 

Quality compartment lockers suitable for a multitude of storage applications. 

Express lockers provide the flexibility of two sizes with four door options. 

The Express Locker is supplied with a light grey carcase and either light grey 

or a dark blue door. 

• Choice of 300mm and 450mm depths. 

• 1, 2, 4 and 6 door lockers fitted with galvanised security shelf to 

prevent any unauthorised access to the compartment below. 

• Fitted with standard, mastered cam locks with 2,000 different combinations. 


LQ1830301 1 Door 1800 300 300 £72.09 

LQ1830302 2 Doors 1800 300 300 £88.64 

LQ1830304 4 Doors 1800 300 300 £103.13 

LQ1830306 6 Doors 1800 300 300 £126.37 

LQ1830451 1 Door 1800 300 450 £83.97 

LQ1830452 2 Doors 1800 300 450 £99.79 

LQ1830454 4 Doors 1800 300 450 £119.78 

LQ1830456 6 Doors 1800 300 450 £137.21 

Available in Light Grey (L), Dark Blue (B) Please use suffix when ordering. 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

from only 

£65.60 

✓Offices 

✓Warehouse 

✓Schools 

✓Libraries 

✓Shops 


Standard Lockers 

Quality compartment lockers suitable for a multitude of storage applications. 

Standard lockers provide the flexibility of five sizes with five door options. 

The Standard Locker design offers a wide range of options to suit individual 

requirements. 

• Choice of 300mm, 380mm and 450mm widths and depths 

• Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers 


LS1830301 1 Door 1800 300 300 £65.60 

LS1830302 2 Doors 1800 300 300 £80.66 

LS1830303 3 Doors 1800 300 300 £90.32 

LS1830304 4 Doors 1800 300 300 £93.84 

LS1830306 6 Doors 1800 300 300 £114.99 

LS1830451 1 Door 1800 300 450 £76.42 

LS1830452 2 Doors 1800 300 450 £89.96 

LS1830453 3 Doors 1800 300 450 £99.79 

LS1830454 4 Doors 1800 300 450 £108.99 

LS1830456 6 Doors 1800 300 450 £124.99 

LS1838381 1 Door 1800 380 380 £78.94 

LS1838382 2 Doors 1800 380 380 £87.46 

LS1838383 3 Doors 1800 380 380 £95.30 

LS1838384 4 Doors 1800 380 380 £107.99 

LS1838386 6 Doors 1800 380 380 £125.99 

LS1845301 1 Door 1800 450 300 £76.42 

LS1845302 2 Doors 1800 450 300 £89.96 

LS1845303 3 Doors 1800 450 300 £99.79 

LS1845304 4 Doors 1800 450 300 £108.99 

LS1845306 6 Doors 1800 450 300 £124.99 

LS1845451 1 Door 1800 450 450 £86.36 

LS1845452 2 Doors 1800 450 450 £98.11 

LS1845453 3 Doors 1800 450 450 £112.99 

LS1845454 4 Doors 1800 450 450 £124.99 

LS1845456 6 Doors 1800 450 450 £130.49 

Available in Green (G), Light Grey (L), Dark Blue (B), Yellow (Y), Light Blue (U) 

& Red (R). Please use suffix when ordering. 





LOCKERS 

from only 

£69.83 

Premium Lockers 

Durable steel lockers in a range of sizes and options to suit all requirements. 

Available in two widths and depths. 

• Robust all steel construction with durable powder coat finish 

• With doors in red, yellow, smoke white, green, blue, black 

& silver and carcases in smoke white, silver and black 

• Cam locks as standard with two keys and card holder 


V3030 1780 305 305 1 Door £69.83 

V30302 1780 305 305 2 Door £91.35 

V30303 1780 305 305 3 Door £99.10 

V30304 1780 305 305 4 Door £105.97 

V30305 1780 305 305 5 Door £113.46 

V30306 1780 305 305 6 Door £130.65 

V3046 1780 305 460 1 Door £83.47 

V30462 1780 305 460 2 Door £101.94 

V30463 1780 305 460 3 Door £111.49 

V30464 1780 305 460 4 Door £119.04 

V30465 1780 305 460 5 Door £124.48 

V30466 1780 305 460 6 Door £142.30 

V4646 1780 460 460 1 Door £99.09 

V46462 1780 460 460 2 Door £119.91 

V46463 1780 460 460 3 Door £127.40 

V46464 1780 460 460 4 Door £119.04 

Available in Green (GN), White (WH), Blue (BL), Yellow (YE), Silver (SL), Black 

(BK) & Red (RD). Please use suffix when ordering. 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Cloakroom/ 

Locker Room 

✓School 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

Cube Lockers 

Cube Steel Lockers can be bolted together in blocks. Lockers have 

pre-drilled holes in the back, top and base, and both sides. So they can link 

to other lockers by acting as linking bridges. 

• Lockers have pre-drilled holes in the back, top and base, and both sides 

• Choose from 4 door colours with a silver 

grey body: blue, green, red, silver 

• Key Locking (2 keys supplied per lock) 


VC3030 305 305 305 £37.57 

VC3838 380 380 380 £44.13 

VC4646 460 460 460 £48.94 


(BK) & Red (RD). Please use suffix when ordering. 

from only 

£37.57 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Cloakroom/ 

Locker Room 

✓School 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 


133




LOCKERS 

from only 

£72.42 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Airports 

✓Schools 

✓High Security 

Locations 

✓Offices 

✓Call Centres 


✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

Perforated Door Lockers 

Our perforated door lockers are designed 

for situations where efficient ventilation and 

maximum visibility combined with security are 

essential. 

• 2, 3, 4 and 6 door lockers fitted with 

security shelf to prevent unauthorised 

access to the compartment below. 

• Fitted with standard mastered 

cam locks with 2,000 differs. 

• Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf 

and coat hook. Two tier lockers fitted 

with coat hook in each compartment. 


LS1830301P 1 Door 1800 300 300 £72.42 

LS1830302P 2 Door 1800 300 300 £87.58 

LS1830303P 3 Door 1800 300 300 £91.97 

LS1830304P 4 Door 1800 300 300 £106.49 

LS1830306P 6 Door 1800 300 300 £116.99 

LS1830451P 1 Door 1800 300 450 £84.54 

LS1830452P 2 Door 1800 300 450 £89.97 

LS1830453P 3 Door 1800 300 450 £98.95 

LS1830454P 4 Door 1800 300 450 £120.49 

LS1830456P 6 Door 1800 300 450 £132.99 

LS1838381P 1 Door 1800 380 380 £84.38 

LS1838382P 2 Door 1800 380 380 £87.36 

LS1838383P 3 Door 1800 380 380 £97.29 

LS1838384P 4 Door 1800 380 380 £105.49 

LS1838386P 6 Door 1800 380 380 £122.49 

LS1845451P 1 Door 1800 450 450 £98.63 

LS1845452P 2 Door 1800 450 450 £110.99 

LS1845453P 3 Door 1800 450 450 £114.99 

LS1845454P 4 Door 1800 450 450 £122.99 

LS1845456P 6 Door 1800 450 450 £132.49 


& Red (R). Please use suffix when ordering 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Offices 


✓Schools 

✓Libraries 


✓Warehouse 

Z Door Lockers 

An attractive yet extremely robust locker ideal 

for when space is at a premium and great for 

schools. The doors are available in steel or 

high pressure laminate and come in a range of 

colours, the frame is powder coated light grey. 

Steel 


LZD183045 Steel 1800 300 450 £190.49 

LZD184545 Steel 1800 450 450 £208.99 

LZU183045 Laminate 1800 300 450 £269.49 

LZU184545 Laminate 1800 450 450 £292.49 

Steel Doors available in Green (G), Light Grey (L), Dark Blue (B), Yellow (Y), 

Light Blue (U) & Red (R). Laminate Doors available in Red (D), Yellow (N), 

Oak (O) Beech (B), Blue (W), Aquamarine (Q), Speckled Blue (S) & Black (C). 

Please use suffix when ordering. 

Laminate 

from only 

£190.49 





LOCKERS 

from only 

£232.20 

Laptop Lockers 

With the number of laptops used by both businesses and education 

increasing, this range of laptop storage products provides cost effective 

lockable storage for laptops and laptop accessories. 

• High quality, cost effective storage 

• Choose from a single door cupboard and 10 or 15 

compartment lockers to store up to 15 laptops 

• Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology paint 


L71050508 8 Tiers, 8 Doors 1000 500 500 £232.49 

L71050501 8 Tiers, 1 Door 1000 500 500 £185.76 

L7145050W 12 Tiers, 12 Doors 1460 500 500 £264.81 

L71450501 12 Tiers, 1 Door 1460 500 500 £211.84 

L7184545N 10 Tiers, 10 Doors 1800 450 450 £257.80 

L7183845Q 15 Tiers, 15 Doors 1800 380 450 £289.88 

L71838451 15 Tiers, 1 Door 1800 380 450 £232.49 

Available in Green (G), Light Grey (L), Dark Blue (B), Yellow (Y), 

Light Blue (U) & Red (R). Please use suffix when ordering. 

Personal Effects Lockers 

An ideal way of providing secure storage for smaller items offering increased 

security in the workplace. 

• Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs 

• Through frame shelf for extra security 

• Compartment entry aperture: H.150mm x W.163mm x D.360mm 


LR909038Y 20 Doors 940 900 380 £231.69 

LR129038H 28 Doors 1285 900 380 £329.99 

LR184538Y 20 Doors 1800 450 380 £231.69 

LR189038F 40 Doors 1800 900 380 £446.74 



PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Offices 


✓Schools 

✓Libraries 


✓Warehouse 

from only 

£231.69 


135




SPACE SAVING LOCKERS 

from only 

£141.49 

from only 

£148.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓Cloakroom/ ✓ 

Locker Room 

✓School ✓ 

✓Warehouse ✓ 

✓Office ✓ 

PERFECT FOR 


Locker Room 

✓School ✓ 


✓Office ✓ 

Twin Locker 

Each compartment complete with internal top shelf and a double coat hook. 


VTW4646SL 1780mm 460mm 460mm £141.49 


(BK) & Red (RD). Please use suffix when ordering 

Two Person Lockers 

Provides two sections per user with common key to fit both. One small full 

width compartment at the top of locker and a vertical compartment, fitted 

with a double coat hook. 


V2P4646 1780 460 460 £148.49 



from only 

£118.99 

from only 

£137.49 

PERFECT FOR 


Locker Room 

✓School ✓ 


✓Office ✓ 

PERFECT FOR 


Locker Room 

✓School ✓ 


✓Office ✓ 

Clean & Dirty Lockers 

Complete with full width internal top shelf 305mm high, vertical centre 

partition and two double coat hooks. 


VCD4646 1780 460 460 £118.99 



Uniform Lockers 

Complete with full width internal top shelf 305mm high, vertical centre 

partition, one double coat hook and a further three, half width shelves. 


VUN4646 1780 460 460 £137.49 







PLASTIC LOCKERS 

from only 

£304.49 

from only 

£306.99 

from only 

£299.99 

from only 

£185.84 

from only 

£88.89 

Plastic Lockers 

Plastic Lockers are hardwearing and can take far more punishment than a conventional locker. These robust 

plastic lockers are manufactured from polyethylene and will not rust while their construction makes them 

highly vandal resistant compared to conventional lockers. In addition, they can be washed down, making 

them ideal for many locations from wet area changing rooms to outdoor storage. 

• Strong, rust proof polyethylene probe plastic lockers with an anti-bacterial additive 

• Choose from full height ultrabox lockers with 4, 3 or 2 doors, or a low height locker with 1 door 

• Will not corrode or rust 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓Cloakroom/ 

Locker Room 

✓✓School 

✓✓Outside Space 

✓✓Swimming Pools 


SH-PL-MINI 1 Door Mini box 450 325 450 £88.89 

SH-PL-MINI X2 2 Door Mini box 900 325 450 £185.84 

SH-PL/180/325/450/2 2 Door 1800 325 450 £299.99 

SH-PL/180/325/450/3 3 Door 1800 325 450 £306.99 

SH-PL/180/325/450/4 4 Door 1800 325 450 £304.49 


137




INDUSTRIAL CABINETS 

from only 

£249.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Workshop 

✓Store Room 

✓Office 

from only 

£190.99 

Standard Cupboard 

Supplied with 3 adjustable full width shelves. 

• Supplied ready assembled 

• 85kg Shelf load 

• Extra shelves available on request. 


Code 

Shelves Each 


VSTD703618IND 1780 915 460 3 £249.99 

Low Cupboard 

Versatile storage cupboard suitable for many workplace environments 


• 85kg Shelf loadComplete with 1 adjustable shelf 


Code 

Shelves Each 


VLC403618IND 1015 915 460 1 £190.99 

from only 

£238.49 

from only 

£308.49 

Wardrobe Cupboard 

Complete with full width shelf and hanging rail. 




Code 

Shelves Each 


VWAR703618IND 1780 915 460 1 £238.49 

8 Compartment Cupboard 




• Incorporates a central partition with 6 adjustable shelves 


Code 

Shelves Each 


V8COM703618IND 1780 915 460 6 £308.49 

from only 

£280.49 

from only 

£218.49 

Combi Cupboard 

A useful combination of shelves and garment storage is created by a central 

partition. 


• Half width hanging rail 



Code 

Shelves Each 


VCW703618 1780 915 460 1 £280.49 

Open Cupboard 




• Complete with 4 adjustable shelves 


Code 

Shelves Each 


VOP703618IND 1780 915 460 4 £218.49 





WORKPLACE CABINETS 

Workplace Cupboards 

These general workplace cupboards and cabinets bring a combination 

of storage, mobility and security to the workplace. A weld and rivet 

construction provides all-round robustness. 

•"No Snag" handles with 2-point locking 

• Strengthened doors 

• Adjustable powder coated shelves. 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelves 

CG909046Z 900 900 460 2 £183.36 

CG186046Z 1800 600 460 3 £224.79 

CG129046Z 1200 900 460 2 £226.78 

CG909061Z 900 900 610 2 £227.76 

CG189046Z 1800 900 460 3 £248.31 

CG181246Z 1800 1200 460 3 £328.85 

CG189061Z 1800 900 600 3 £331.74 

CG181261Z 1800 1200 600 3 £396.11 



Each 

from only 

£227.76 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workplace 

✓Industrial 

Mobile Workplace Cupboards 

• Mounted on 4 castors 

• Available in 2 sizes 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelves 

CG109046M 1040 900 460 2 £265.39 

CG109061M 1040 900 610 2 £372.34 

Available in Light Blue (LB), Red (RD), Green (GN), Yellow (YE) & Light Grey 

(LGR) Please use suffix when ordering. 

Each 

Wall Cupboards 

• Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting 

(please note fixings not supplied) 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelves 

CG855725Z 570 850 255 1 £138.99 

Available in Light Blue (LB), Red (RD), Green (GN), Yellow (YE) & Light Grey 

(LGR) Please use suffix when ordering. 

Each 

Stainless Steel Cupboards 

These Stainless Steel cupboards are designed and manufactured for clean 

environment use. Excellent in food, pharmaceutical and medical operations. 

Especially effective where damp and corrosion is a factor. 

•“No snag” handles with 2-point locking 

• Adjustable stainless Steel shelves 

• Strengthened doors 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelves 

Each 

CL904646ZSXX 900 460 460 1 £446.99 

CL909046ZSXX 900 900 460 1 £563.99 

CL129046ZSXX 1200 900 460 2 £682.99 

CL181246ZSXX 1800 900 460 3 £1126.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Food operations 

✓Pharmaceutical 

operations 

✓Medical 

operations 

✓ 

from only 

£446.99 

Stainless Steel Cupboard Extra Shelves 


CLES9046ZSXX 900 460 £72.90 

CLES1246ZSXX 1200 460 £82.66 

Stainless Steel Floor Chests 

Floor chests have a riveted structure with angled lid to discourage article 

placement and a hasp and staple lock - padlock not supplied 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 

CV516134ZSXX £591.99 £591.99 £591.99 £591.99 

CV611146ZSXX £790.49 £790.49 £790.49 £790.49 

from only 

£591.99 


139




SMALL PARTS BIN CUPBOARDS 

Linbin Cabinet Kits 

If you need a dirt free environment, or you need security then choose our 

Linbin cabinets with doors. Smart enough for the office, tough enough for 

the shop floor. Save money on these ready made kits. 

• Ready assembled cupboards 

• 70kg load shelves adjustable at 50mm pitch 

• Extra shelves for cabinets can be ordered separately 

from only 

£190.99 

from only 

£357.99 

Empty Cupboards - Low 


• Complete with 1 adjustable shelf 



Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Colour 

No. of 

Shelves 

VE403618BL 1000 915 460 Blue 1 £190.99 

VE403618GR 1000 915 460 Grey 1 £190.99 

Each 

Linbin Cabinet Kit 4 

• 1000H x 915W x 460D Blue Cabinet 


Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

No. of 

Shelves 

Code Type 

Each 3 5 

VECPKDBLK 

16 Black 

Linbins 

1000 915 460 3 £327.49 £302.99 £295.99 

VECPKDGR 

16 Grey 

Linbins 

1000 915 460 3 £341.49 £315.99 £308.49 

VECPKDBL 

16 Blue 

Linbins 

1000 915 460 3 £341.49 £315.99 £308.49 

16 Black/ 

VECPKDCOL Blue 1000 915 460 3 £365.49 £337.49 £324.99 

Linbins 

from only 

£350.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Workshop 

✓Store Room 

from only 

£352.49 




Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

No. of 

Shelves 

Each 3 5 

VECPKEBLK Black 1000 915 460 3 £320.99 £296.99 £289.99 

VECPKEGR Grey 1000 915 460 3 £334.49 £309.49 £302.49 

VECPKEBL Blue 1000 915 460 3 £334.49 £309.49 £302.49 

VECPKEBLKYE 

Black/ 

Yellow 

1000 915 460 3 £327.99 £302.99 £295.99 

VECPKEBLYE 

Blue/ 

Yellow 

1000 915 460 3 £334.49 £309.49 £302.49 



• Tray Combination: 20 Blue VTOPK3 

Code 

VECPK7BL 

Type 

20 Blue 

VTO 

Trays 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

No. of 

Shelves 

Each 3 5 

1000 915 460 3 £352.49 £325.49 £312.99 





SMALL PARTS BIN CUPBOARDS 

from only 

£249.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Office 

✓Workshop 

✓Store Room 

from only 

£488.49 

Empty Cupboards - High 

Supplied with 3 adjustable full width shelves 

• Extra shelves available on request 



Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Colour 

No. of 

Shelves 

VE723618BL 1830 915 460 Blue 3 £249.99 

VE723618GR 1830 915 460 Grey 3 £249.99 

Each 


• 1830H x 915W x 460D Grey Cabinet 


Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

No. of 

Shelves 

Each 3 5 

VECPKABLK Black 1830 915 460 6 £446.99 £422.49 £403.99 

VECPKAGR Grey 1830 915 460 6 £467.49 £432.49 £422.49 

VECPKABL Blue 1830 915 460 6 £467.49 £432.49 £422.49 

from only 

£481.49 

from only 

£467.49 



• Bin Combination: 20 x no. 7 & 4 x No. 8 Linbins 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

No. of 

Shelves 

Each 3 5 

VECPKBBLK Black 1830 915 460 6 £440.49 £407.49 £397.99 

VECPKBGR Grey 1830 915 460 6 £460.99 £426.49 £416.49 

VECPKBBL Blue 1830 915 460 6 £460.99 £426.49 £416.49 

VECPKBBLKBL 

Black/ 

Blue 

1830 915 460 6 £460.99 £426.49 £416.49 

VECPKBBLYE 

Blue/ 

Yellow 

1830 915 460 6 £460.99 £426.49 £416.49 




Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

No. of 

Shelves 

Code Type 

Each 3 5 

VECPKCBLK 

14 Black 

Linbins 

1830 915 460 6 £427.49 £395.49 £386.49 

VECPKCGR 

14 Grey 

Linbins 

1830 915 460 6 £447.49 £413.99 £404.49 

VECPKCBL 

14 Blue 

Linbins 

1830 915 460 6 £447.49 £413.99 £404.49 

14 Yellow/ 

VECPKCCOL Blue/Black 1830 915 460 6 £481.99 £444.99 £427.99 

Linbins 


141




Steel Bin Cabinets 


Pigeon hole storage. Manufactured from heavy 1mm and 1.2mm steel, suitable for many applications. 

• Clear identification of stored components 

• Available in grey (standard), red, blue & green 

• Cabinets are 1820mm high, 377, 427, 532mm deep, 942mm wide 

from only 

£256.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓ 

Factory 

✓✓ 

Warehouse 

✓✓ 

Stores 

8 Bin Cabinets - Bin Size 445 x 440mm 16 Bin Cabinet - Bin Size 445 x 220mm 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Internal 

Depth (mm) 

Each 3 

VRBF122 1820 942 305 £274.49 £256.49 

VRBF123 1820 942 355 £288.99 £280.49 

VRBF124 1820 942 460 £316.99 £308.99 


Internal 

Depth (mm) 

Each 3 

VRBF140 1820 942 305 £302.99 £285.49 

VRBF141 1820 942 355 £326.49 £312.49 

VRBF142 1820 942 460 £356.49 £342.49 






18 Bin Cabinets - Bin Size 296 x 293mm 


Internal 

Depth (mm) 

Each 3 

VRBF146 1820 942 305 £320.49 £303.49 

VRBF147 1820 942 355 £345.99 £331.99 

VRBF148 1820 942 460 £380.49 £366.49 

24 Bin Cabinets - Bin Size 296 x 220mm 


Internal 

Depth (mm) 

Each 3 

VRBF104 1820 942 305 £333.49 £316.99 

VRBF105 1820 942 355 £359.99 £352.99 

VRBF106 1820 942 460 £395.49 £388.99 

32 Bin Cabinet - Bin Size 222 x 220mm 


Internal 

Depth (mm) 

Each 3 

VRBF107 1820 942 409 £365.49 £348.99 

VRBF108 1820 942 460 £391.49 £384.99 

VRBF109 1820 942 532 £442.99 £437.49 

36 Bin Cabinet - Bin Size 296 x 148mm 


Internal 

Depth (mm) 

Each 3 

VRBF143 1820 942 305 £405.49 £389.49 

VRBF144 1820 942 355 £428.99 £414.99 

VRBF145 1820 942 460 £474.49 £460.49 

48 Bin Cabinet - Bin Size 222 x 148mm 72 Bin Steel Cabinet - Bin Size 148 x 148mm 


Internal 

Depth (mm) 

Each 3 

VRBF110 1820 942 305 £428.49 £413.49 

VRBF111 1820 942 355 £462.99 £457.49 

VRBF112 1820 942 460 £510.49 £505.99 


Internal 

Depth (mm) 

Each 3 

VRBF113 1820 942 305 £475.49 £460.99 

VRBF114 1820 942 355 £519.49 £514.99 

VRBF115 1820 942 460 £569.49 £565.49 


143




DRAWER CABINETS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓Factory 


✓✓Stores 

from only 

£608.49 

from only 

£449.49 

Ref: VDCD34D 

from only 

£484.99 

Ref: VDCD34 

High Density Drawer Cabinets 

High Density parts storage system, available with or without lockable doors. 

Drawers come in a standard size of W135 x H75mm, W280 x H75mm & 

W205 x H180mm. Cabinets are blue with grey drawers as standard, other 

colours are available on request - please call for details. 

• All cabinets are 895mm wide and available as 305mm & 460mm deep 

• Drawer dividers available for further stock separation 

(not available for 205mm x 180mm size drawers). 

• Steel drawers have a rear retaining lip to hold drawer 

in unit while contents are viewed/accessed. 

Ref: VDCD21 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) No. of Drawers Each 2 

VDCD21 without doors 1070 895 305 30 £496.49 £484.99 


VDCD21D with doors 1070 895 305 30 £610.49 £599.99 






















ENGINEER’S CABINETS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓Factory 


✓✓Stores 

from only 

£785.49 

Engineer’s Cabinets 

Made for the heaviest uses, drawers on 

precision-glide runners, with integral full width 

handle, 25kg capacity, 95mm front height. 

Shelves are adjustable to 25mm centres and hold 

50kg UDL 

• Welded 18-20 swg steel construction 

• Reinforced base 

• Two point lever locking system 

supplied with 2 keys 

2 Shelves, 4 x 95mm 

Deep Drawers 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 2 

VRTCAB8 1800 1000 500 £792.49 £785.49 

Tools not included 

from only 

£399.49 

from only 

£470.49 

from only 

£470.49 

4 Shelves 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 2 

VRTCAB1 1800 1000 500 £412.49 £399.49 

2 Shelves & 1/2 

Rear Tool Panel 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 2 

VRTCAB2 1800 1000 500 £482.49 £470.49 

2 Shelves, 

1/4 Rear Louvre Panel, 

1/4 Rear Tool Panel 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 2 

VRTCAB4 1800 1000 500 £482.49 £470.49 

from only 

£474.99 

from only 

£752.49 

from only 

£1054.99 

Full Rear Louvre Panel 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 2 

VRTCAB6 1800 1000 500 £486.99 £474.99 

3 Shelves, 4 x 95mm 

Deep Drawers 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 2 

VRTCAB7 1800 1000 500 £760.49 £752.49 

8 x 95mm Deep Drawers, 

1/2 Rear Tool Panel 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 2 

VRTCAB10 1800 1000 500 £1058.49 £1054.99 


145




HAZARDOUS STORAGE 

from only 

£112.99 

Hazardous Floor Cabinets 

It is vital that employers and employees comply with 

the control of hazardous substances in all working 

environments. This range of cupboards and cabinets 

enables the separate storage and transportation of 

hazardous substances as demanded by the COSHH 

regulations. 

• No snag handles with 2-point locking. 

• Adjustable spill-retaining galvanized shelves 

for superior spill management*. 

• Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct 

handling of spills through the use of absorbents*. 


CZ703530ZYXX 700 350 300 1 £112.99 

CZ709046ZYXX 700 900 460 1 £156.49 

CZ904646ZYXX 900 460 460 1 £133.49 

CZ909046ZYXX 900 900 460 1 £170.99 

CZ129046ZYXX 1200 900 460 2 £215.99 

CZ189046ZYXX 1800 900 460 3 £254.49 

CZ181246ZYXX 1800 1200 460 3 £299.99 

*Except wall mounted cupboards 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Chemical Plants 

✓Farms 

✓Business 

Premises 

✓Hospitals 

✓Offices 

✓ 

✓ 

from only 

£60.83 

from only 

£148.49 

Hazardous Wall Cabinets 

Pre-drilled for mounting (fixings not included). 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelves 

Each 

CZ855725ZYXX 570 850 255 1 £148.49 

Hazardous Cabinet Stands 

Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an 

adjustable foot for storage on uneven surfaces 

Code 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 

CZST3530ZYXX 350 300 £60.83 

CZST4646ZYXX 460 460 £60.83 

CZST9046ZYXX 900 460 £67.93 

Hazardous Mobile Cabinets 

from only 

£249.49 


CZ849046MYXX 840 900 460 1 £249.49 

CZ109046MYXX 1040 900 460 1 £271.99 






from only 

£129.99 

VFB30 

VFB29 

VFB26 

VFB15 

VFB15 

VFB5 

VFB10 

VFB20 

VFB4 

VFB2 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓ 

Factory 

✓✓ 

Warehouse 

✓✓ 

Stores 

✓✓ 

Office 

Flammable Liquids Storage 

All Cabinets meet the requirements of the 

Highly Flammable and Liquefied Petroleum 

Gases Regulations 1972 (Section 5 Part D). 

The Health and Safety Executive Guide 

HS(G)51 1990 and the Factory Inspectorate 

Certificate of Approval No 1 Parts 3 and 

4. The maximum volume of any flammable 

liquid with a flashpoint below 32degc that 

may be stored in a flame resistant cabinet 

within a workroom is 50 litre (regardless of 

the total capacity of the storage cabinet). 

Hazardous Storage Cabinets 

• Strong welded 20 swg steel construction 

• Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking with top and bottom, 2 keys 

• Pesticide/ chemical cabinets have door vents to prevent fume build up. 


VFB2 457 457 457 £129.99 

VFB4 610 457 457 £131.99 

VFB5 712 355 305 £151.49 

VFB10 915 457 457 £162.49 

VFB15 712 915 457 £229.99 

VFB20 915 915 457 £245.99 

VFB22 900 1200 500 £367.49 

VFB25 1220 915 457 £293.99 

VFB26 1525 915 457 £318.49 

VFB29 1830 457 457 £276.99 

VFB30 1830 915 457 £343.99 

VFB40 1800 1200 500 £436.99 

Please specify type of cabinet when ordering - Flammable yellow (Y), Flammable Grey (G), COSHH 

Grey (C), Acid White (A), Chemical Red (R), Pesticide Green (GN) 


147





PPE Cabinets 

Designed and manufactured to meet the requirements of The Personal 

Protective Equipment at Work Regulations 1994 

• Storage Cabinets for Personal Protective Equipment 

• Strong Welded 20swg steel construction 

• Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelves Each 4 

VPPE10 915 457 457 1 £155.49 £148.99 

VPPE60 915 915 457 2 £253.49 £244.49 

VPPE65 1220 915 457 2 £258.99 £250.49 

VPPE70 1830 915 457 3 £334.99 £320.49 

VPPE71 1830 915 457 3 £411.49 £398.49 

PPE Cabinet Extra Shelves 

Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch 

• Powder coated finish 


VES1 457 457 50 £17.56 

VES2 915 457 50 £24.40 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓Factory 


✓✓Stores 

✓✓Office 

from only 

£155.49 

from only 

£372.99 

Sloping Top Bins 

Sloping top bin designed to segregate your flammable waste. 

• Strong 14swg steel construction. 

• Hinged with restraining arm, hasp and staple. 

• Welded seams. 


VSTB04 900/500 900 750 £372.99 

VSTB05 900/500 1200 750 £434.25 

Available in Dark Grey (DGR), Red (RD) & Yellow (RD) 

from only 

£213.99 

Flat Top Bins 

Flat top bin designed to segregate your flammable waste. 





VFTB01 500 600 350 £213.99 

VFTB02 600 600 600 £259.99 

VFTB03 600 1200 600 £350.49 

Available in Dark Grey (DGR), Red (RD) & Yellow (RD) 





FLAMMABLE STORAGE 

Oily Rag Bins 

Oily rag bin designed to keep your workspace clean and segregate at risk 

items. 


• Hinged lid with tubular lift handle. 

• Available with or without removable steel liner. 

from only 

£140.49 

Code 

Liner 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 4 

VORB01 No 680 410 410 £144.49 £140.49 

VORB02 No 830 600 450 £171.49 £168.49 

VORB03 Yes 680 410 410 £177.99 £173.99 

VORB04 Yes 830 600 450 £215.99 £213.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

✓Office 

from only 

£272.99 

FlamBank Hazardous Storage 

Fully complies with all regulations for the safe storage of chemicals and 

flammables, ideal for external use. 

• Fully welded and tested sump base to prevent leakage 

• Ventilation to prevent the build-up of fumes 

• Built to the spec of 30 minute fire resistance 


FB1 Van Box 475 985 540 £272.99 

FB21 Site Box 665 760 675 £377.49 

FB2 Site Box 665 1275 675 £447.49 

FBC2 Flambank 1275 760 675 £663.99 

FBC4 Flambank 1275 1275 675 £768.99 

FBC5 Flambank 1275 1585 675 £992.49 

FBC8 Flambank 1220 2380 1000 £2306.49 

from only 

£300.99 

FlamStor Hazardous Storage Cabinet 

• Heavy-duty construction to withstand harsh treatment 

• Complies with all regulations for storing of harmful 

chemicals and flammables, ideal for external use 

• Built to a 30 minute fire resistant, ventilated 

to prevent the build up of fumes 


FSC1 950 500 530 £300.99 

FSC2 1250 800 580 £566.49 

FSC3 1550 1200 580 £922.99 


149




WORKSHOP STORAGE 

from only 

£2033.49 

Complete Workshop Kit 

Our modular range of cupboards, wall panels, drawers and accessories interlink to let you build a 

workshop storage system that meets your exact needs. Grey tough powder coat finished frame with 

blue fittings as standard. Other colours are available - please call for details 

• Strong welded steel construction 

• Robust handles, locks and hinges 

• Rigid drawers glide on telescopic runners 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓Factory 


✓✓Stores 


VECO Complete Workshop £2033.49 

from only 

£264.99 

from only 

£219.49 

Workshop Cupboard & Double Drawer - 1 Shelf 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 4 8 

VHDEC10 900 500 500 £287.49 £271.99 £264.99 

Workshop Cupboard & Drawer Unit 


Code 

Each 4 8 


VHDEC9 900 500 500 £242.49 £226.49 £219.49 






from only 

£373.99 

from only 

£181.49 

Workshop Drawer Unit - 8 Drawers 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 4 8 

VHDEC8 900 500 500 £394.49 £380.49 £373.99 

Workshop Tool Cupboard - 2 Shelves 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 4 8 

VHDEC7 900 500 500 £204.99 £188.49 £181.49 

from only 

£243.49 

from only 

£208.49 

Workshop Cupboard Unit - 2 Shelves 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 2 4 

VHDEC5 900 1000 500 £265.99 £257.49 £243.49 

Workshop Wall Cupboard - 2 

Shelves & 2 Drawers 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Each 5 

VWC6 600 800 300 £227.99 £208.49 

Workshop Wall Cupboard - 1 Shelf 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

from only 

£128.99 

Each 5 

VWC1 600 400 300 £131.99 £128.99 

Workshop Wide Wall Cupboard - 1 Shelf 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

from only 

£165.99 

Each 5 

VWC5 600 800 300 £185.49 £165.99 

Workshop Wall Cupboard - 2 

Shelves & 1 Drawer 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

from only 

£132.49 

Each 5 

VWC2 600 400 300 £135.49 £132.49 

Workshop Cupboard & Drawer 

Unit - 2 Drawers 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

from only 

£345.99 

Each 2 4 

VHDEC6 900 1000 500 £366.99 £359.99 £345.99 


151




TOOL STORAGE 

Drawer Cabinets 

Euroslide cabinets offer a versatile method of storage. They are ideal for many individual applications, such as schools, universities 

and museums. Specially designed cabinets with high load bearing drawers. Suitable for storing heavy tools and equipment safely and 

securely in industrial and workshop environments. Laminate worktop options available. 

• Heavy gauge all steel construction 

• Full width, full extension precision ball race slides with safety anti-tilt feature 

• Central locking 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Schools 

✓Universities 

✓Museums 

✓Workshops 

✓Industry 

✓Factories 

from only 

£337.50 

from only 

£409.68 

Drawer Cabinet - 2 Drawers & Cupboard 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Drawer 

Load (kg) 

Each 

ES78461612 840 615 610 70KG £337.50 

ES78491612 840 915 610 70KG £400.00 

ES48461612 840 615 610 140KG £359.05 

ES48491612 840 915 610 140KG £425.53 

Drawer Cabinet - 4 Drawers 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Drawer 

Load (kg) 

Each 

ES7846161A 840 615 610 70KG £409.68 

ES7849161A 840 915 610 70KG £518.74 

ES4846161A 840 615 610 140KG £435.83 

ES4849161A 840 915 610 140KG £551.85 


Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

from only 

£473.20 

Drawer 

Load (kg) 

Each 

ES7846161C 840 615 610 70KG £473.20 

ES7849161C 840 915 610 70KG £587.57 

ES4846161C 840 615 610 140KG £503.41 

ES4849161C 840 915 610 140KG £625.07 

Low Drawer Cabinet - 6 Drawers 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

from only 

£543.10 

Drawer 

Load kg 

Each 

ES7846161E 840 615 610 70KG £543.10 

ES7849161E 840 915 610 70KG £658.26 

ES4846161E 840 615 610 140KG £577.76 

ES4849161E 840 915 610 140KG £700.27 

High Drawer Cabinet - 6 Drawers 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

from only 

£564.32 

Drawer 

Load (kg) 

Each 

ES7126161U 1200 615 610 70KG £564.32 

ES7129161U 1200 915 610 70KG £679.68 

ES4126161U 1200 615 610 140KG £600.34 

ES4129161U 1200 915 610 140KG £723.06 


Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

from only 

£651.65 

Drawer 

Load (kg) 

Each 

ES7126161V 1200 615 610 70KG £651.65 

ES7129161V 1200 915 610 70KG £792.05 

ES4126161V 1200 615 610 140KG £693.24 

ES4129161V 1200 915 610 140KG £842.61 


Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

from only 

£694.10 

Drawer 

Load (kg) 

Each 

ES7126161X 1200 615 610 70KG £694.10 

ES7129161X 1200 915 610 70KG £863.35 

ES4126161X 1200 615 610 140KG £738.41 

ES4129161X 1200 915 610 140KG £918.46 


Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

from only 

£762.62 

Drawer 

Load (kg) 

Each 

ES7126161Y 1200 615 610 70KG £762.62 

ES7129161Y 1200 915 610 70KG £864.80 

ES4126161Y 1200 615 610 140KG £811.30 

ES4129161Y 1200 915 610 140KG £920.00 





TOOL STORAGE 

Tuffbank 

• Heavy duty construction with 3mm lid 

• Ultra robust 5 lever deadlocks with anti-drill plates on both sides 

and anti-cut rollers in deadbolt, strong Chubb style keys supplied 

• Continuous heavy duty fully welded hinge with gas struts 

on all sizes to assist with lid opening and closing 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight 

(kg) 

Each 

TB1 Van Box 475 985 540 45 £174.99 

TB12 Truck Box 455 1275 510 50 £244.99 

TB2 Site Box 665 1275 675 80 £349.49 

TB3 Site Box 970 1275 675 100 £482.49 

TBC4 Site Chest 1275 1275 675 170 £684.99 

TBC5 Site Chest 1275 1585 675 200 £845.99 

TB6 Truck Box 665 1970 675 115 £601.49 

TB21 Site Box 665 760 675 50 £293.99 

from only 

£174.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Schools 


✓Workshops 

✓Industry 

✓Factories 

from only 

£174.99 

from only 

£174.99 

from only 

£174.99 

Tuffstor Cabinet 

Cabinet style security boxes with adjustable shelving. Designed to keep 

tools, equipment and fixings more organised and accessible. Also ideal for 

inside a vehicle where they occupy less floor space than traditional security 

boxes. 

• Heavy duty door with 5 lever deadlocks 

• Fully adjustable shelves and fork lift skids on all sizes 

• Finished in low-visibility charcoal grey 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight 

(kg) 

Each 

TSC1 950 500 530 50 £258.99 

TSC2 1250 800 580 85 £468.49 

TSC3 1550 1200 580 150 £817.99 

from only 

£258.99 


153




KEY SAFES 

from only 

£23.22 

from only 

£33.60 

Master Lock Mini Key Safe 

Ideal for use in domestic and commercial applications, by children after 

school, district nurses, maintenance teams, cleaning service employees and 

construction workers. 

• Aluminium cast body to resist against hammering or 

sawing. Rust free - suitable for outdoor use. 

• 4-digit offering 10,000 possible codes. Prevents being locked out. 

• Easily mounts to most surfaces (Fixings provided). 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight Each 3 

V5401D 119 85 35 0.5 £24.92 £23.22 

Master Lock Heavy Duty Key Safe 

Suitable for a wide variety of applications including: holiday homes, caravan 

parks, care homes, domestic home care worker access, domestic use spare 

key, after school access, neighbour access, caretaker and supervisor access 

in schools, hospitals and colleges, car park attendants and building sites. 

• Solid Zinc body to resist against hammering or sawing 

• Weather resistant and suitable for outdoor use 

• 4-digit programmable combination offering 10,000 possible codes 


Code 

Weight Each 3 


V5415D 130 95 50 1.5 £36.06 £33.60 

from only 

£30.14 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓Local 

Authorities 

✓✓Office 

✓✓Construction 


✓✓Schools 

✓✓Domestic 

from only 

£34.62 

Master Lock Large Key Safe 

• Aluminium cast body to resist against hammering or sawing. 

• Rust free - suitable for outdoor use 

• 4-digit programmable combination offering 10,000 possible codes 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight Each 3 

V5403D 146 105 50 0.8 £32.34 £30.14 

Master Lock Push Button Mini Key Safe 

Ideal for use in domestic and commercial applications, by children after 

school, district nurses, maintenance teams, cleaning service employees and 

construction workers. 

• Large enough for bunches of key, credit cards etc. 

• Solid Zinc waterproof cover body to resist against hammering or sawing 

• With 4000 possible codes it can also be used as a mini 

safe, for a small amount of cash and valuables 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Weight Each 3 

V5412D 140 102 75 1.75 £37.13 £34.62 





KEY CABINETS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓Office 


✓✓Schools 

✓✓Construction 

✓✓Local 

Authorities 

from only 

£26.91 

Budget Key Cabinets 

This quality range of key cabinets offers a simple 

and affordable solution to your key storage 

requirements. 

• Sturdy 1.5mm steel cabinets with tough 

powder coated light grey finish. 

• Fixed coloured and numbered hook 

bars with matching key tabs. 

• Removable key control index included 

within the three larger models. 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Capacity Each 3 

VK020 255 180 80 20 keys £28.88 £26.91 

VK030 300 210 80 30 keys £36.30 £33.83 

VK042 320 245 80 42 keys £49.50 £46.13 

VK048 350 300 80 48 keys £81.68 £76.11 

VK064 450 300 80 64 keys £104.99 £97.99 

VK100 550 380 80 100 keys £133.99 £124.99 

from only 

£89.56 

from only 

£383.99 

Security Key Cabinets 

Designed to meet the requirements of insurance companies in the control, 

tracking and security of keys associated with risk to valuables or property 

• Robust 2.5mm body & door, layout can be customised 

• Colour coded and numbered key tabs 

• Euro cylinder deadlock & 5-pin cylinder c/w 2 keys 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Capacity Each 3 

VKV030 305 230 70 30 keys £90.75 £84.56 

VKV048 355 300 80 48 keys £149.49 £139.49 

VKV100 550 380 80 100 keys £262.49 £244.49 

VKV200 550 380 140 200 keys £431.49 £42.99 

VKV400 730 550 140 400 keys £718.99 £669.99 

VKV600 730 550 205 600 keys £879.49 £819.49 

Combi Key Cabinets 

A range of sturdy steel cabinets, combining key control and storage for 

personal property and valuables. Available in 4 models with different key 

capacities/compartments, designed to suit most applications. 

• Choice of key capacities 50, 100 or 200 keys 

• Electronic locking on main door 

• Colour coded adjustable hook bars 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Compartments Capacity Each 3 

VKCC050 550 380 205 2 50 keys £411.99 £383.99 

VKCC100 550 730 205 4 100 keys £647.99 £630.49 

VKCC200 550 730 205 4 200 keys £730.49 £680.99 

VKCC004 550 380 205 4 n/a £411.99 £383.99 


155




SECURE STORAGE 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓Office 


✓✓Schools 

✓✓Local 

Authorities 

from only 

£967.49 

Fire Resistant Security Cabinets 

A range of secure fire and burglary resistant storage 

cabinets are an affordable solution for the safekeeping 

of both valuables and documents 

• Independently tested and certified to 

EN 14450 S1 by VdS test house 

• Insurance approved £2,000 cash (£20,000 valuables) 

• Double wall construction with fire 

resistant infill to DIN4102 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelves Weight Each 3 

VFCFS1023S1K 860 600 520 1 95 £1001.99 £967.49 

VFCFS1022S1K 1220 600 520 2 120 £1139.99 £1099.49 

VFCFS1021S1K 1580 600 520 3 145 £1238.99 £1193.99 

VFCFS1020S1K 1950 930 520 4 215 £1716.49 £1650.99 

VFCFS1024S1K 1950 1200 520 4 245 £1966.99 £1890.99 

Price includes delivery, carry in and bolt down to a UK 

Mainland ground floor location. Deliveries above or 

below ground floor will incur additional cost, which is 

priced on application. 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 

✓Schools 

✓Local 

Authorities 

✓Garages 

✓ 

from only 

£600.99 

High Security Cabinets 

A highly secure range of cabinets used in the safekeeping of large items 

such as laptops, mobile phones and bags of change. Consequently, they are 

suitable for a wide variety of applications such as schools, retail stores and 

Government offices. 

• Independently tested and approved to withstand 

a half hour burglary attempt (FG Test) 

• Insurance approved £3,000 cash (£30,000 valuables) 

• 4mm solid steel construction with 3-way locking, anti-drill protection 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelves 

(mm) 

Weight Each 3 

VSFSC060 600 540 400 1 67 £618.49 £600.99 

VSFSC100 1000 600 450 2 154 £924.49 £893.99 

VSFSC160 1600 600 450 3 192 £1104.99 £1065.99 

VSFSC160D 1600 600 700 4 235 £1358.49 £1308.49 

VSFSC180D 1800 850 700 4 302 £1489.49 £1433.99 

Price includes delivery, carry in and bolt down to a UK Mainland ground floor 

location. Deliveries above or below ground floor will incur additional cost, which 

is priced on application. 





SECURE STORAGE 

from only 

£392.15 

PERFECT FOR 

✓✓Offices 

✓✓Confidential 

information 

✓✓Law firms 

✓✓Hospitals 

✓✓Government Offices 

✓✓Builders 

Security Cabinets 

This range of Security Cupboards provide an extra level of security for the 

storage of high value equipment and materials. They are constructed from 

welded heavy gauge steel for strength combined with a superior anti-pick 

locking mechanism. 

• Welded all steel structure for extra strength. 

• Seven lever safe lock for high security. 

• Full length heavy duty hinges with concealed 

fixings to prevent forced entry. 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Shelves 

CS904646Z 900 460 460 1 £392.15 

CS129046Z 1200 900 460 2 £546.63 

CS121246Z 1200 1200 460 2 £834.80 

CS189046Z 1800 900 460 3 £840.75 

CS181246Z 1800 1200 460 3 £1027.91 


& Red (R). Please use suffix when ordering. 

Each 

Security Cabinet Extra Shelves 

• Extra shelves for our best selling security cabinets 

• Available in 3 sizes 


CSES4646ZLXX 460 460 £23.77 

CSES9046ZLXX 900 460 £36.64 

CSES1246ZLXX 1200 460 £51.50 

hesfrom only 

£162.99 

Cash & Valuable Safe 

An incredibly robust security solution for 

safekeeping cash and valuables and ideal for a 

wide range of applications, including domestic 

properties, hotel rooms and offices. 

• £3,000 overnight cash cover 

(£30,000 valuables)** 

• 4mm solid steel electrically welded body, 8mm 

thick door fitted with key or electronic locking 

• Fully lined interior and thick foam 

base pad to protect valuables 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

PERFECT FOR 

Weight Each 3 

VSFMV0K-S Key 250 374 274 22 £162.99 £152.49 

VSFMV1K-S Key 294 374 325 29 £182.99 £170.99 

VSFMV2K-S Key 532 374 425 52 £283.49 £265.49 

VSFMV0ZE-S Electronic 250 374 274 22 £215.99 £202.49 



✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office 

✓Warehouse 

✓Shops 

✓Schools 

✓Local 

Authorities 

✓Domestic 

✓ 


157



WORKPLACE EQUIPMENT 

Improve your Workspace 

FULL MARKS FOR GOOD POSTURE IN THE WORKPLACE 

We all know that bad backs are responsible for a great deal 

of absences from work. It is important that we take time to 

ensure that we stay healthy in the office. 

Make sure your spine remains in its natural “S” position so 

that it is not under strain. Sit up straight, with your head in 

line with your shoulders and stop any slouching. 

You should also try taking regular breaks away from your 

desk to stretch your muscles. This will relieve the pressure 

on your spine 

KEEP YOUR 

SHOULDERS IN LINE 

Make sure that all your desk 

accessories are within easy reach 

and that you do not have to extend 

your arms too much. Your mouse 

should be in a position where your 

elbow is comfortably bent. A wireless 

mouse is good for this as you are not 

restricted by the length of wire. 

KEEP YOUR MONITOR AT 

EYE LEVEL 

Your computer screen should be straight in 

front of you, and when working on a 

document the top line of text should be just 

below eye-level. If your monitor is sitting too 

low, try a monitor riser 

GET A 

SUPPORTIVE 

CHAIR 

It is a legal requirement that any 

office chair used at a computer 

must be adjustable in both height 

and tilt, and must support your 

natural back shape. If extra 

support is needed, back supports 

are a great item. 

KEEP YOUR 

DOCUMENTS IN 

EASY REACH 

Document holders should be used 

to help avoid straining your neck by 

looking at documents placed flat on 

a desk. The ideal place for 

documents is between your screen 

and your keyboard. 

SUPPORT YOUR HANDS 

AND FEET 

The key to keeping your hands and feet healthy 

is allowing natural movement. Palm supports 

and footrests ensure that hands and feet are in 

a natural position and are not being put under 

unnecessary stress. Foot supports will also 

ensure that thighs are parallel with the floor, 

and feet are positioned at a 90 degree angle, 

which improves circulation. 

REDUCE PRESSURE ON 

YOUR SPINE 

Avoid crossing legs, or leaning to one side, 

which will unevenly distribute weight, and put 

more pressure on your spine. 

See page 180-183 for our 

range of office furniture



WORKPLACE 

EQUIPMENT 

Eliminating Waste 

1. When purchasing office supplies, make sure you choose 

recycled products. 

2. Try to reuse any stationery that can be reused, i.e. 

re-sealable envelopes, bubble wrap, refill pens, tape dispensers, folders, 

and rechargeable batteries. 

3. Donate unwanted materials, furniture and 

equipment for local community re-use. Contact your local 

council for more details. 


Health & Safety 

First Aid 160-161 

First Aid Provisions 162 

Hazardous Storage 163 

Safety Signage 164-165 

Flammable Storage 166-167 

Gas Cages 168 

Drum Sump Pallets 169 

Drum & IBC Stores 170-171 

Emergency Spill Kits 172-173 

4. If possible, don’t use fax cover sheets. 

5. Keep your mailing list updated to avoid 

unnecessary correspondence. 

Consider switching to virtual communication means. 

6. Advise your staff to read documents on their PC 

screens rather than printing them. This will save paper and reduce 

the clutter on your employees’ desks! 

7. If it is suitable for your business needs, implement digital 

filing systems, as electronic copies of documents save space and 

reduce paper and toner usage. 

8. Save toner and paper by tracking the numbers of 

copies you make, encourage your employees to use photocopiers and 

printers only when essential. Before sending files to printer, ensure you 

preview the document using the ‘Print Preview’ function. 

9. Unplug mobile phone chargers when not in use. 

Switch off the monitors. When not in use and turn off the computers 

completely before leaving for the night or weekend. 

10. Turn the lights off when and where 

they are not needed. If you prefer to keep lights on 

in the office over the weekend or at night for 

security reasons, use a timer. 

11. Use a range of recycling methods 

to segregate waste. 

See page 177-178 for our 

range of recycling bins 

Winter Maintenance 

Grit Bins 174 

Grit Bin & Salt Kits 174 

Winter Essentials 175 

Waste Management 

Wheeled Bins 176 

Recycling Bins 177-178 

External Litter Bins 179 

Furniture 

Operator Chairs 180 

Tables & Chairs 181 

Desking 182 183 

Canteen Furniture 184-185 

Outside Space 

Cycle Shelters 186 

Smoking Shelters 187 

Office & Workplace 

Furniture 

Office & Workplace Furniture 188 

Partitioning & Suspended Ceilings 189




FIRST AID KITS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workplace 

✓Office 

✓Manufacturers 

✓Schools 

from only 

£27.21 

from only 

£21.16 

Work Medic First Aid Kit 

• Wall Mountable HSE Compliant Kit (Wall Bracket included) 

• Handy First Aid Kit made from high impact, strong ABS. 

• Design protects contents from water and dust 


VC646 Small 10 £27.21 

VC647 Medium 10 £35.40 

VC648 Large 5 £48.38 

Work Medic First Aid Kit Refill 


VC681 Small Refill £21.16 

VC682 Medium Refill £31.24 

VC683 Large Refill £39.31 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Food areas 

✓Hotels 

✓Restaurants 

from only 

£29.22 

from only 

£23.17 

Work Medic Catering Kit 


• Handy First Aid Kit made from high impact, strong ABS. 

• Design protects contents from water and dust 


VC657 Small 10 £29.22 

VC658 Medium 10 £38.30 

VC659 Large 5 £49.39 

Work Medic Catering Kit Refill 


VC685 Small Refill £23.17 

VC686 Medium Refill £33.26 

VC687 Large Refill £41.32 





FIRST AID KITS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workplace 

✓Office 

✓Manufacturers 

✓Schools 

from only 

£158.49 

Workplace Compliant Kit 

This essential first aid package has been created 

to meet all of stringent HSE guidelines. When 

purchasing this kit you have the peace of mind 

that you and your company will meet the first 

aid equipment provision stipulated in the above 

legislation. 

• New Essential 460 piece set 

• Comply with BS8599-1 standards 

Each HSE Essential First Aid Package contains: 

1 x HSE Work Medic First Aid Kit 10 person, 

1 x HSE Work Medic Burns Kit, 1 x HSE Plus 

Vehicle First Aid Kit, 1 x HSE Plus Double 

Eyewash Station, 1 x Survival Blanket, 1 x 

Resuscitation Hard Face Pocket Mask, 100 x 

Alcohol Free Moist Cleansing Wipes, 1 x Body 

Fluid Disposal 2 Application Kit, 1 x HSE First 

Aid Kit Wallet, 1 x Microporous Tape 2.5cm 

x 10m, 1 x Washproof Dressing Strip 4cm x 

1m, 100 x Washproof Assorted Plasters 


VC688 460 piece set £158.49 

VC690 Refill £115.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Food areas 

✓Hotels 

✓Restaurants 

from only 

£94.94 

Catering Essentials Kit 

This essential first aid package has been created 

to meet all of stringent HSE guidelines. When 

purchasing this kit you have the peace of mind 

that you and your company will meet the first 

aid equipment provision stipulated in the above 

legislation. 

• New Essential 345 piece set 

• Comply with BS8599-1 standards 

Each HSE Essential First Aid Package contains: 

1 x HSE Work Medic First Aid Kit 10 person, 

1 x HSE Work Medic Burns Kit, 1 x HSE Plus 

Vehicle First Aid Kit, 1 x HSE Plus Double 

Eyewash Station, 1 x Survival Blanket, 1 x 

Resuscitation Hard Face Pocket Mask, 100 x 

Alcohol Free Moist Cleansing Wipes, 1 x Body 

Fluid Disposal 2 Application Kit, 1 x HSE First 

Aid Kit Wallet, 1 x Microporous Tape 2.5cm 

x 10m, 1 x Washproof Dressing Strip 4cm x 

1m, 100 x Washproof Assorted Plasters 


VC692 345 piece set £94.94 

VC694 Refill £65.15 


161




FIRST AID PROVISIONS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Schools 

✓Leisure Centres 

✓Sports Teams 

from only 

£29.10 

Core Large Instant Ice Pack 

Large enough to wrap around most injuries. Easy to use, disposable. For 

treatment of strains, bruising and muscular injuries in first aid. 

• Shake and twist ice pack 

• Urea and water solution 

• No freezer or cold box required 

Code Pack Quantity Each 

VC302 20 £19.43 

Burns First Aid Mobile Kit Bag 

• 24 piece content 

• Easy to carry 


VC612 10 £29.10 

from only 

£29.15 

Burns Treatment 

• 20 piece content 



VC620 10 £29.15 

Defribrillator 

Only AED made in the UK, Used by Shell UK, Coca-Cola & The British 

Lions. 

• Easy to use 

• Small, light and rugged 

• 7 year warranty 


VC830 Smaritan PAD300P Defibrillator with case £1683.99 






from only 

£148.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

✓Office 

PPE Cabinets 

Designed and manufactured to meet the 

requirements of The Personal Protective 

Equipment at Work Regulations 1994 

• Storage Cabinets for Personal 

Protective Equipment 

• Strong Welded 20swg steel construction 

• Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Shelves Each 4 

VPPE10 915 457 457 1 £155.49 £148.99 

VPPE60 915 915 457 2 £253.49 £244.49 

VPPE65 1220 915 457 2 £258.99 £250.49 

VPPE70 1830 915 457 3 £334.99 £320.49 

VPPE71 1830 915 457 3 £411.49 £398.49 

** VPPE71 Complete with centre divider, 3 shelves and hanging rail 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Chemical Plants 

✓Farms 

✓Business 

Premises 

✓Hospitals 

✓Offices 

✓ 

✓ 

Hazardous Floor Cabinets 

It is vital that employers and employees comply with the control of hazardous substances in all working 

environments. This range of cupboards and cabinets enables the separate storage and transportation of 

hazardous substances as demanded by the CoSHH regulations. 

•”No snag” handles with 2-point locking. 

• Adjustable spill-retaining galvanized shelves for superior spill management. 

• Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of absorbents. 

Code Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Number of Shelves Each 

CZ703530ZYXX 700 350 300 1 £112.99 

CZ709046ZYXX 700 900 460 1 £156.49 

CZ904646ZYXX 900 460 460 1 £133.49 

CZ909046ZYXX 900 900 460 1 £170.99 

CZ129046ZYXX 1200 900 460 2 £215.99 

CZ189046ZYXX 1800 900 460 3 £254.49 

CZ181246ZYXX 1800 1200 460 3 £299.99 

from only 

£112.99 


163




SAFETY SIGNAGE 

Safety Signage 

Health and safety is an issue that’s impossible to ignore and while it seems you can hardly go anywhere without seeing a sign of 

some sort. They do have a vital role to play in communicating workplace information. They can minimise the risk of an accident 

occurring in your workplace and are an easy and universally understood way to get your message across. 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Warehouse 

✓Shop 

✓Garage 

✓Office 

To make your office, school, warehouse or any place of work safer, we offer many site safety signs. Some relate to specific 

machinery, such as forklifts, while others offer general security or safety advice. 

from only 

£11.71 

from only 

£3.62 

Fire exit keep clear 


11606F 200 200 6 £11.71 

Fire door keep shut 


11610B 80 80 20 £3.62 

Fire exit - left 


12003L 150 450 5 £14.38 

Fire exit - right 


12004L 150 450 5 £14.38 

Fire exit - straight on 


12007L 150 450 5 £14.38 

Fire exit - down 


12008L 150 450 5 £14.38 





SAFETY SIGNAGE 

No admittance to 

unauthorised personnel 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Pack 

Quantity 

Each 

13201K 400 300 5 £21.16 

Caution forklift 

trucks operating 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Pack 

Quantity 

Each 

14215K 400 300 5 £21.16 

Caution very hot water 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Pack 

Quantity 

Each 

24236A 100 75 20 £1.99 

Protective footwear 

must be worn 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Pack 

Quantity 

Each 

15201G 100 300 10 £5.59 

High visibility jackets 

must be worn 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Pack 

Quantity 

Each 

15452G 100 300 10 £5.59 

Use ear protectors 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Pack 

Quantity 

Each 

15012G 100 300 10 £5.59 

Pedestrians must 

use this route 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Pack 

Quantity 

Each 

15428G 100 300 10 £5.59 

Sound horn drive slowly 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Pack 

Quantity 

Each 

15413G 100 300 10 £5.59 

Eye protection must be worn 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Pack 

Quantity 

Each 

15003G 100 300 10 £5.59 


165





from only 

£831.99 

Chem Cube Plastic Chemical Cabinet 

Durable plastic chemical storage unit. Includes two removable heavy-duty 

plastic mesh shelves with a load capacity of 250kg per shelf. 

• Lockable double doors prevent unauthorised access into the unit 

• 125 litre sump capacity allows for any accidental spillages 


CCC3 1310 1220 520 £831.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Factory 

✓Warehouse 

✓Stores 

✓Office 

from only 

£372.99 

Oily Rag Bins 

Oily rag bin designed to keep your workspace clean and segregate at risk 

items. 


• Hinged lid with tubular lift handle. 

• Available with or without removable steel liner. 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Type Each 4 

VORB01 680 410 410 no liner £144.49 £140.49 

VORB02 830 600 450 no liner £171.49 £168.49 

VORB03 680 410 410 Liner £177.99 £173.99 

VORB04 830 600 450 Liner £215.99 £213.49 

Sloping Top Bins 

Sloping top bin designed to segregate your flammable waste. 





VSTB04Y 900/500 900 750 £372.99 

VSTB05Y 900/500 1200 750 £434.49 

Please add colour suffix: Yellow (Y), Red (R) or Grey (GY) 

from only 

£213.99 

Flat Top Bins 

Flat top bin designed to segregate your flammable waste. 





VFTB01 500 600 350 £213.99 

VFTB02 600 600 600 £259.99 

VFTB03 600 1200 600 £350.49 

Please add colour suffix: Yellow (Y), Red (R) or Grey (GY) 





FLAMMABLE STORAGE 

from only 

£272.99 

from only 

£300.99 

FlamBank Hazardous Storage 

Fully complies with all regulations for the safe storage of chemicals and 

flammables, ideal for external use. 

• Fully welded and tested sump base to prevent leakage 

• Ventilation to prevent the build-up of fumes 

• Built to the specification of 30 minute fire resistance 


FB1 Van Box 475 985 540 £272.99 

FB21 Site Box 665 760 675 £377.49 

FB2 Site Box 665 1275 675 £447.49 

FBC2 Flambank 1275 760 675 £663.99 

FBC4 Flambank 1275 1275 675 £768.99 

FBC5 Flambank 1275 1585 675 £992.49 

FBC8 Flambank 1220 2380 1000 £2306.49 

FlamStor Hazardous Storage Cabinet 

• Heavy-duty construction to withstand harsh treatment 

• Complies with all regulations for storing of harmful 

chemicals and flammables, ideal for external use 

• Built to a 30 minute fire resistant, ventilated 

to prevent the build up of fumes 


FSC1 950 500 530 £300.99 

FSC2 1250 800 580 £566.49 

FSC3 1550 1200 580 £922.99 

from only 

£2139.99 

FlamStor Storage Units 

Manufactured to the highest specification for the safety and security of larger 

quantities of chemicals and flammables. Fully complies with all relevant 

regulations for storing flammables or chemicals 

• Walk-in hazardous stores designed for fixed installation 

• Welded and tested sump to prevent leakage - 

raised and removable open-steel floor 

• 30 minute fire protection with high and low level ventilation 


FS1.2 2100 1200 1200 £2139.99 

FS1.8 2100 1200 1800 £2628.99 

FS2.0 2100 2000 2000 £3594.49 

FS3.0 2100 2000 3000 £4696.99 

FS4.0 2100 2000 4000 £5968.99 

Collapsible Hazardous Store 

Medium duty secure ‘walk-in’ hazardous storage units for fixed installation. 

Comes with a fully welded and tested sump to prevent leakage, a raised and 

removable open-steel floor and heavy duty lockable door. 

• High and low level ventilation 

• 30 minute fire resistance 

• Available in 3 standard sizes 


FS2.0M 2200 2160 2305 £3098.99 

FS3.0M 2200 2160 3080 £3587.99 

FS4.0M 2200 2160 4080 £4240.49 


167




GAS CAGES 

from only 

£684.49 

Collapsible Gas Cage 

A robust versatile security cage designed 

for safely storing gas cylinders or expensive 

equipment. Flat-pack - one-piece unit that is 

easily erected in minutes. Folds down to 180mm 

high when not in use with no removable parts. 

• Galvanised to sustain all weather conditions 

• 2 padlock points for increased security 

• Easily stacked when folded down 


TC1.2 1800 1200 1200 120 £698.99 £684.49 

Gorilla Modular Gas Cages 

Designed for the safe storage of gas cylinders. 

Our unique modular bolt-together gas cage 

allows the cage to be erected quickly and it 

can be made to any required size. Heavy-duty 

construction using 30mm box section and 3mm 

wire mesh maximises the strength and durability 

of the product. It comes with a hinged door 

and padlock facility for security, complete with 

all fixings and relevant signage to comply with 

regulations on storing gas cylinders. 

• Great for a fixed installation requirement 

providing extra security and stability 

• Has the facility for bolting the 

cages down to the ground 

• Can be easily dismantled when not in use 

and stored away tidily as individual panels. 

from only 

£328.49 


GGC1 900 1000 500 £328.49 

GGC3 1800 900 500 £433.49 

GGC4 1200 1200 1200 £482.49 

GGC5 1800 900 900 £468.49 

GGC6 1800 1200 1200 £559.49 

GGC7 1800 1800 900 £650.49 

GGC8 1800 1800 1200 £733.99 

GGC9 1800 1800 1800 £775.99 





DRUM SUMP PALLETS 

4 drum hardcover 

2 drum hardcover 

from only 

£145.99 

2 spillpallet drum ramp 

Drum Sump Pallets 

2 drum polyethylene 

Secondary containment of 205 litre drums of oils 

or chemicals outside or inside. Compliant with 

Control of Pollution (Oil Storage) Regulations. 

Oil and Chemical compatibility. 

• Robust and corrosion free 

• Removable plastic grids and forklift pockets 

• Fully guaranteed 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Weight kg Each 5 

FL-205-104 2 drum polyethylene 330 1220 820 34 £150.99 £145.99 

FL-205-108 2 drum hardcover 2070 1470 1420 95 £975.49 £962.99 

GN-205-01 2 spillpallet drum ramp 450 800 600 36 £344.49 £308.99 


FL-205-106 4 drum in line polyethylene 150 2610 895 48 £381.99 £328.99 

FL-205-109 4 drum poly frame and cover 275 1280 1280 54 £841.49 £830.99 

GN-205-02 4 drum spillpallet ramp 275 1000 1740 33 £313.49 £286.99 

FL-205-109 4 drum hardcover 750 2040 1850 115 £841.49 £830.99 


from only 

£80.64 

Spill Trays 

For catching spills from small drums and cans in 

the work area 


FL-205-507 2 drum 110 715 460 5.5 £84.13 £80.64 

FL-205-508 4 drum 175 920 720 15 £134.49 £131.49 


169




DRUM & IBC STORES 

from only 

£624.99 

IBC Spillpallets 

Secondary containment for oils and chemicals in 1000 litre intermediate 

bulk containers. Oil and Chemical Compatibility. Compliant with Control of 

Pollution (Oil Storage) Regulations. 

• Forklift Pockets 

• Robust and corrosion free 

• Fully guaranteed 


FL-205-201 Single Polyethylene 580 1890 1385 70 £633.49 £624.99 

FL-205-203 Free Standing Double Polyethylene 510 2340 1360 85 £749.99 £726.99 

FL-205-204 Double Polyethylene 500 2560 1350 115 £843.49 £801.99 

FL-205-205 Twin Polyethylene 500 2820 1410 65 £796.49 £700.99 

FL-205-206 Single Poly frame and cover 2410 1760 1350 119 £1164.49 £1150.99 

FL-205-207 Double poly Frame and Cover 2210 2560 1350 156 £1252.49 £1237.49 

from only 

£204.99 

Bunded Workfloors 

Extremely tough and durable. Minimises the health and safety risks that can 

occur from heavy lifting. 

• Manufactured from non-corroding polyethylene 

• Suitable for use of 2 and 4 Drum Work Floors 

• Sump volume: 145 Litres 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Each 5 

FL-205-301 2 Drum poly workfloor 150 1260 860 £210.49 £204.99 

FL-205-303 4 Druminline workfloor 150 2610 890 £388.49 £343.49 

FL-205-304 Workfloor ramp 150 1220 650 £102.99 £98.88 

FL-205-305 Low incline workfloor ramp 190 1740 1000 £214.49 £205.99 

Drum Bank 

Protects against the weather and theft. Fully 

complies to all regulations for safe storage of 205 

litre drums. Built to a 30 minute fire resistance 

with a raised and removable open floor. 

• Very robust build quality 

• Fully lockable using internal 5 

lever heavy-duty deadlocks, serial 

numbered for replacement keys 

• Gas struts on lid to help opening and closing 


DB2 2 Drum 1350 1350 900 £1286.49 

DB4 4 Drum 1350 1350 1250 £1698.49 





STEEL DRUM CABINETS 

from only 

£4523.49 

Drum and IBC Stores 

Secure, bunded steel units for storage of drums and IBC’s of oils and 

chemicals which comply with the relevant safety and environmental 

legislation. 

• Sump holds 25% of total liquid stored 

• Double sliding or roller shutter doors 

• High and low level vents 


FL-49-002 8 Drum 3100 1500 1500 £4523.49 

FL-49-004 16 Drum 3350 3000 1650 £6028.49 

FL-49-005 32 Drum 3100 5900 1650 £7803.99 

FL-49-006 48 Drum 3100 8900 1650 £11603.99 

FL-49-003 4 IBC 3350 3000 1650 £5895.49 

FL-49-007 8 IBC 3350 5900 1650 £8023.99 

FL-49-008 12 IBC 3350 8900 1650 £11326.49 

from only 

£1165.49 

Bunded Fuel & Oil Tanks 

Fuel, oil and waste oil tanks are designed to meet oil storage legislation and 

comply with OFTEC certification. Lockable windproof cabinet. Guaranteed 

for 5 years. 

• 3mm steel and 110% bunded 

• Secure and lockable 

• Locatable on uneven ground without a concrete base 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Capacity (L) Each 

FL-25-101 - 500 Fuel 1100 1000 1000 500 £1165.49 

FL-25-101 - 1000 Fuel 1250 1000 1250 1000 £1565.99 

FL-25-101 - 2000 Fuel 1100 1000 2250 2000 £1809.49 

FL-25-101 - 3000 Fuel 1350 1250 2250 3000 £2305.49 

FL-25-101 - 5000 Fuel 1700 1500 2500 5000 £3392.49 

FL-25-101-10000 Fuel 2200 2000 3100 10000 £5488.49 

FL-26-101-1000 Oil 1250 1000 1250 1000 £1339.99 

FL-26-101-2000 Oil 1100 1000 2250 2000 £1670.49 

FL-26-101-2500 Oil 1350 1000 2250 2500 £1782.99 

FL-26-101-5000 Oil 1700 1500 2500 5000 £3392.49 

FL-28-101-500 Waste Oil 1100 1000 625 500 £1165.49 

FL-28-101-1000 Waste Oil 1100 1000 1250 1000 £1339.99 

FL-28-101-2500 Waste Oil 1350 1000 2250 2500 £1782.99 

FL-28-101-5000 Waste Oil 1700 1500 2500 5000 £3392.49 


171




EMERGENCY SPILL KITS 

Wheeled Bin Spill Kits 

Spill kits contain a range of products to deal effectively and quickly with 

spills. Maintenance (M): For indoor use to contain and absorb non aggressive 

liquids and chemicals whether oil or water based. Oil Selective (O): For 

all external uses where oil needs to be absorbed without saturating the 

absorbent with water. Highly absorbent for oils and fuels and repellent of 

water. Universal chemical (U): For use with aggressive chemicals. Please 

call if you would like to place an order for refills for these products. 

• Large capacity easily mobile spill kits 

• Audit covers and tamperproof tape prevent illicit 

use without being clearly evident 

Code Type Capacity (L) Each 

SK-142-102 Maintenance 120 £103.49 



SK-142-202 Oil 120 £119.99 

SK-142-203 Oil 240 £172.99 

SK-142-204 Oil 360 £178.49 

SK-142-303 Chemical 240 £223.99 

SK-142-302 Chemical 120 £137.99 

SK-142-304 Chemical 360 £309.49 

from only 

£103.49 

from only 

£537.99 

from only 

£22.70 

Wheeled Lockers 

Large capacity easily mobile spill kits for spills of oil and water based 

liquids. Full range of absorbents supplied in a mobile wheeled locker. 

• Allows you to respond efficiently and effectivily to large spills 

• Audit covers and tamperproof tape prevent illicit 

use without being clearly evident 

• Complies fully with BS 7959 and ISO 9001:2008 standards 

Handy Bag Spill Kit 



SK-100-201 Oil 15 £22.70 

SK-100-301 Chemical 15 £27.40 



SK-141-204 Oil & Fuel 600 £579.49 

SK-141-304 Chemical 600 £618.49 

from only 

£47.74 

from only 

£39.91 

Shoulder Bag Spill Kit 



SK-100-304 Chemical 50 £61.04 

SK-100-204 Oil & Fuel Kit 50 £53.59 

Carry Bag Spill Kit 



SK-100-203 Oil 35 £53.22 

SK-100-303 Chemical 35 £61.04 





EMERGENCY SPILL KITS 

Spill Mate 

Compact, Cost Effective Spill Control Product Dispensing Station. Easy accessibility for dispensing spill absorbent, spill products can be varied according to 

nature of liquids used. 

• Cost effective 

• Versatile - Wall or Bench mounted 

• Durable metal construction 


FL-41-101 Wall Mounted £88.57 

FL-41-102 Bench Mounted £72.13 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Workshop 

✓Production area 

from only 

£88.57 

Spill Mate Accessories 

A range of accessories for our best selling Spill Mate dispensing station 

from only 

£34.43 

Code Type Width (mm) Length (mm) Colour Pack Quantity Each 

SK-08-103 Perforated Roll 300 4300 Grey 1 £34.43 

FL-41-203 Maintenance Pads 400 300 Grey 100 £41.47 

FL-41-204 Oil Selective Pads 400 300 White 100 £41.47 

SK-11-001 Industrial Wipe Roll n/a n/a n/a 1 £52.43 

FL-67-005 Gloves n/a n/a n/a 1000 £73.73 


173




GRIT BINS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Car Parks 

✓Campusus 

✓Roadside 


✓Company 

Premises 

✓ 

from only 

£77.46 

from only 

£106.49 

Heavy Duty Grit Bin 

Best Selling Heavy Duty Grit Bin. Manufactured from tough, medium 

density UV stabilised polyethylene. 

• Hinged lid - protects grit / salt from the elements. 

200 litre bin has 1 x hasp and staple; 400 litre has 2 

• Will not discolour or deteriorate. Available in yellow from stock 

• 200 litre bin is able to hold 250kg of salt; the 400 litre bin can hold 500kg 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 

Capacity Each 5 10 

VRW0001Y 710 750 720 200L £111.99 £108.99 £106.49 

VRW0002Y 710 750 1260 400L £156.99 £151.99 £148.99 

200/350 Litre Stackable Grit Bins 

Manufactured from tough, medium density UV stabilised polyethylene. 

• Up to14 bins per pallet for space saving storage and ease of transportation. 

(14 x 200 litre on a pallet or 9 x 350 litre) 

• 200 litre able to hold up to 250kg of salt - 10 bags 

and the 350 litre is able to hold up to 400kg 

• Hasp and staple lock an optional extra 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 


VRW0005Y 720 520 1020 200L £86.67 £81.53 £77.46 

VRW0006Y 750 725 1200 350L £114.99 £107.99 £102.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Yards 

✓Driveways 

✓Carparks 

from only 

£72.46 

from only 

£44.71 

100 Litre Grit Bin 

Manufactured from tough, medium density UV stabilised 

polyethylene. Nestable, therefore ideal for space saving storage and ease of 

transportation. 

• Able to hold up to 125kg of salt - 5 bags 

• Hinged lid - protects grit / salt from the elements. 

Fitted with barrel lock and key. 

• Will not discolour or deteriorate. 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 


VRW0004Y 605 560 705 100L £81.08 £76.27 £72.46 

30 Litre Mini Grit Bin 

Ideal for commercial, and in particular domestic use. 

• Available in recycled black material as standard 

• 25kg of white rock salt and a small injection 

moulded scoop supplied loose in each bin 

• Supplied with a hasp & staple and a combination lock 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 


VRW0007 475 383 305 30L £54.52 £49.13 £44.71 

60 Litre Grit Bins 

Manufactured from tough, medium density polyethylene. Available in 3 stock colours: Yellow, Forest Green and Light Mottled Grey. Capable of holding up to 

60 litres of Salt. 

from only 

£48.15 

from only 

£53.88 

60 Litre Grit Bin 

• Nestable, will fit up to 32 per pallet 

• Hasp and staple lock an optional extra 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 


VRW0020Y 475 470 500 60L £58.71 £52.91 £48.15 

60 Litre Grit Bin Kit 

• Supplied with 25kg of salt and a small scoop 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 


VRW0020Y-SS 475 470 500 60L £65.70 £59.21 £53.88 





WINTER MAINTENANCE 

Salt/Grit 

We offer 2 types of Salt. High quality, granulated 

white salt which is ideal for de-icing areas with 

foot traffic and brown rock salt which is a cost 

effective alternative that provides greater natural 

traction and grip. 

from only 

£86.53 

from only 

£38.66 


VROCKSALT2 40 bags (25kg per bag) of Brown Rock Salt £145.49 

VROCKSALT1 10 bags (25kg per bag) of Brown Rock Salt £86.53 

VWSALT3 1 tonne bulk bag of White Salt £234.99 

VWSALT2 40 bags (25kg per bag) of Pure White De-Icing Salt £246.49 

VWSALT1 10 bags (25kg per bag) of Pure White De-Icing Salt £137.99 

Magic Ice Melt 

• 7.5kg tub 

• Ideal for treating icy steps and uneven surfaces 

Code Weight (kg) Each 

VMIM5 7.5 £38.66 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Commercial 

✓Domestic 

from only 

£491.49 

from only 

£175.99 

Salt Spreader 

Our heavy duty spreader is specifically designed for use with rock salt/grit. 

Unlike other spreaders , our high output model has a high flow rate so the 

hopper won’t clog up. 

• 29kg capacity hopper with a fully adjustable flow rate 

• 2.5-3.5 spread area - ideal for large areas 

• 20cm pneumatic tyres ideal for grip on snow/ice 

Code Load (kg) Each 

VHD2040 29 £175.99 

Forklift Snow Plough 

Heavy duty snow plough and yard scraper. Attachment fits most forklift 

trucks. 

• Choice of 1200 or 1500mm blade widths 

• Overall depth 1350mm 

Code Width (mm) Each 

VFSP-1 1200 £491.49 

VFSP-2 1500 £570.99 

from only 

£75.54 

Snow Shovels 

Our wide range of snow shovels means you will find a shovel to suit your 

need. 


VSV1 100mm blade handy Ice scraper £2.20 

VSV2 Large hand scoop £6.10 

VSV5 Large blade heavy duty shovel £28.66 

VSV6 Snow scoop with pole £20.87 

VSV7 Snow pusher with pole £20.87 

VRW0013 Hand shovel £20.97 

VRW0015 Two piece shovel £30.75 

VHSP-1 

Push Along Snow Plough 

VHSP-3 

Our ploughs, snow blades and movers takes the back pain and time out of 

snow clearing. 

•‘V' blade design allows snow to easily slide of either side of the blade. 

• Minimises work by pushing instead of lifting and throwing. 

• Manufactured from mild steel with high quality epoxy coated 

finish, making this a high quality hard wearing product. 

Code Type Width (mm) Weight Each 

VHSP-1 Wide Plough 955 8 £75.54 

VHSP-3 V' blade 900 8 £96.91 


175



WHEELED BINS 

Wheeled Bins 


Wheeled Bins for industrial and domestic uses are available in 5 sizes and a choice of colours. They are all manufactured to meet British manufacturing 

standards constructed from high density polyethylene, resistant to extreme temperatures and tough external conditions. 

from only 

£32.41 

from only 

£195.49 

2 Wheeled Bins 

• Fitted with sturdy rubber wheels 

• Lightweight yet robust construction 

• Resistant to weather conditions and UV rays 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

Each 5 10 

FL-143-120 940 550 470 120 £40.93 £33.78 £32.41 

FL-143-140 940 550 470 140 £47.65 £40.79 £39.48 

FL-143-240 1000 600 730 240 £49.30 £46.28 £41.20 

Please use colour suffix: Yellow (YE), Red (RD), Green (GN), Grey (GR) or Blue (BL) 

4 Wheeled Bins 

• Reinforced hinges and ergonomic side handles 

• 200mm rubber tyres on swivel castors for full 

mobility with two central wheel locks 

• Compatible with standard lifting mechanisms 

Code 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Length 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

Each 5 10 

FL-143-660YE 1213 780 1373 660 £229.49 £200.49 £195.49 

FL-143-770YE 1365 776 1373 770 £240.49 £212.49 £206.99 

FL-143-1100YE 1075 1450 1380 1100 £273.49 £246.99 £241.49 

Please use colour suffix: Yellow (YE), Red (RD), Green (GN), Grey (GR) or Blue (BL) 

Wheeled Bin Accessories 

We provide a wide range of accessories for our 4 wheeled bins to suit all 

your waste needs. 

Code Type Each 5 10 

FL-143-103 Paper Slot Lid £4.94 £4.67 £4.39 

FL-143-107 Brush Bottle Lid £21.84 £19.91 £19.23 

FL-143-105 

Rubber 

Bottle Lid 

£14.83 £14.42 £13.73 

FL-143-101 Drop Front £68.67 £65.92 £63.17 

Brush Bottle Lid 

from only 

£4.39 

Drop Front 

Paper Slot Lid 

Wheeled Bin Liners 

Our bin liners have been manufactured to keep bins and containers clean. 

Saving cleaning costs and offering a hygenic and practical solution 

• Our bin bags have gauge measurements which the thickness of the bag 

• All our bags meet european standards 

• Three types to suit your individual needs 

from only 

£15.75 

Code Colour Pack Quantity Guage Capacity (L) Each 4 8 

BP160D Black 200 160 Gauge 80 £35.25 £31.50 £29.25 

BP4 Black 52 120 Gauge 120/140 £20.25 £17.25 £15.75 

BP2D Black 52 120 Gauge 240 £23.25 £19.80 £18.75 

BP360 Black 100 120 Gauge 360 £46.50 £44.25 £42.75 

BP1100 Black 50 160 Gauge 1100 £71.70 £4.50 £60.75 

BP5C Clear 100 140 Gauge 80 £30.75 £25.20 £23.25 

BP4C Clear 100 120 Gauge 120/140 £57.00 £49.50 £47.25 

BP2C Clear 100 120 Gauge 240 £40.50 £36.25 £33.00 

BioBP80 Translucent Green 100 80 Gauge 80 £63.00 £57.75 £54.00 

BioBP4 Translucent Green 100 80 Gauge 120/140 £72.00 £64.50 £60.00 

BioBP2 Translucent Green 50 80 Gauge 240 £60.00 £52.50 £48.00 




from only 

£15.17 


RECYCLING BINS 

Open Top Recycling Bins 

These 30 & 50 litre open top recycling bins are suitable for all waste and 

come with colour coded lids and a range of stickers to identify a variety of 

recycling options. 

• Easy to clean and are made from commercial grade plastic 

• Suitable for both business and home environments 


RECY30 415 410 320 30 £15.17 

RECY50 620 410 320 50 £17.17 

Please use colour suffix: Yellow (YE), Brown (BR), Red (RD), Light Green (LG), 

Black (BLK), Dark Green (DG) or Blue (BL) 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Office locations 

✓Central office or 

individual desk space 

✓Cafetetria and 

eating locations 

✓Corridor areas 

✓Packing and 

loading areas 

✓Vending machine 

locations 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

The bins on this page come with the above range of stickers 

from only 

£12.94 

Lift Top Recycling Bins 

Lift top recycling bins in two sizes, 25 and 50 litre with four coloured lids, 

with a range of stickers to identify the different recycling types. 

• Four lid colours to satisfy recycling options 

• Two sizes to fit all waste options 

• Lid secures bag in place 


WM25 510 190 400 25 £12.94 

WM50 510 400 400 50 £18.74 

Please use colour suffix: Yellow (YEL), Red (RED), Green (GRN), or Blue (BLU) 

from only 

£17.01 

Touch Top Lift Recycling Bins 

Lift top recycling bins in two sizes to fit all waste options - 25 and 45 litre. 

Five coloured lids available with a range of stickers to identify the different 

recycling options. 

• Commercial grade plastic for easy wipe down 

• Lid secures bag in place 

• Easy lift lid secures contents 


MECO25 510 215 360 25 £17.01 

MECO45 510 365 360 45 £20.75 

Please use colour suffix: Yellow (YEL), Red (RED), Green (GRN), Grey (GY) or Blue 

(BLU) 


177




RECYCLING BINS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Offices 

✓Hospitals 

✓Corporate 

Venues 

✓Schools 


& Higher 

Education 

✓ 

✓ 

from only 

£107.99 

from only 

£127.49 

EcoAce Recycling Bin 

The EcoAce recycling range is ideal for small offices wanting to introduce a 

recycling scheme or step up recycling rates. Available in two sizes (52 or 62 

litre capacity). 

• Black base made from 100% reclaimed plastic 

• WRAP colour coded lids and recycling labels 

• Suitable for internal use 


81900/11 560 417 417 52 £75.28 

81900/1 650 417 417 62 £77.72 

Base and lids available in black or ivory as standard. Bespoke colours are 

available at additional cost. 

Please add recycling type suffix when ordering: Paper (P), Cans (C), Bottles (B), 

Mixed Recycling (R) or General Waste (W) 

82Ltr Midi Envirobin 

The Midi Envirobin from Leafield Environmental is an 82ltr capacity 

recycling bin ideally suited for internal office recycling. Wrap compliant 

colour coded apertures and graphics as standard. 

• Slimline, compact and space saving design, use 

individually at desk side or in a group. 

• Ergonomic design perfectly suited to modern 

contemporary office environments. 

• Sack retaining feature for discreet fitting of refuse sack. 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

817201 Paper 866 302 541 82 £127.49 

817202 

Confidential 

Paper 

866 302 541 82 £143.99 

8172011B Bottles 866 302 541 82 £127.49 

8172011C Cans 866 302 541 82 £127.49 

8172051 

Mixed 

Recycling 

866 302 541 82 £127.49 

Base and lids available in black or ivory as standard. Bespoke colours are 

available at additional cost. 

Each 

from only 

£144.49 

from only 

£299.49 

100Ltr Envirobin 

Space saving office recycling bin. The Envirobin 100 is the 'pioneering' 

recycling bin and is a popular classic used by countless customers 

worldwide. Wrap compliant colour coded aperture and graphics. 

• 100ltr Capacity is ideal for recycling in numerous internal locations. 

• Ideal for a wide range of internal waste recycling situations. 

• Sack retaining feature for discreet fitting of refuse bag. 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

811551 Flip Top 899 445 445 100 £144.49 

811551000 Paper 803 445 445 100 £144.49 

811551021 Cans 803 445 445 100 £144.49 

811551041 Bottles 803 445 445 100 £144.49 

811551060 

Mixed 

Recycling 

803 445 445 100 £144.49 

Each 

140Ltr Maxi Envirobin 

The 140 litre Maxi Envirobin follows the same styling as the Envirobin 

family in a large capacity unit suitable for both internal and external 

situations. Wrap compliant colour coded apertures and graphics as standard. 

• Excellent strength and stability is provided by the double 

skin construction and integral ballast compartment. 

• Ideal for 'heavy-footfall' areas. 

• Slam shut door with 4 strong latch points. 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

8169241 Paper 1220 550 615 140 £299.49 

8169242 

Confidential 

Paper 

1220 550 615 140 £313.99 

8169221 Bottles 1220 550 615 140 £299.49 

8169221 Bottles 1220 550 615 140 £299.49 

8169261 

Mixed 

Recycling 

1220 550 615 140 £299.49 

Each 





LITTER BINS 

from only 

£70.38 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Schools 

✓Nurseries 

✓Theme Parks 

✓Creches 

✓Kids Play Areas 

Smiley Face Bin 

Novelty Recycling bins designed to appeal to the younger environmentalist. 

Wrap colour compliant with interchangeable lids. 

• Smaller size and funny faces encourage children to 

feed the recycling bins with recyclable waste 

• Robust yet easy to handle with a wipe clean surface 

• WRAP compliant colour coded lids and recycling labels as standard 


818803 507 425 425 41 £70.38 

818802 608 425 425 52 £72.08 

818801 710 425 425 62 £73.78 



Hungry Hippo Litter Bin 

A unique fun product which encourages an early 

appreciation of litter awareness. 

• Choice of Henry or Henrietta model 

• Key locking with galvanised steel liner 

• Anchor plate included for ground fixing 

Code Height (mm) Capacity (L) Each 

V86050 1100 65 £308.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Schools 

✓Nurseries 

✓Creches 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Schools 

✓Nurseries 

✓Creches 

from only 

£136.49 

AquaBuddy Recycling Bin 

The AquaBuddy Recycling range joins the popular EnviroBuddies novelty 

collection. Designed to educate and encourage children to recycle. 

• Durable products made from 100% recyclable polyethylene 

• WRAP compliant recycling labels included as standard 

• For internal or external use 

Code 

Type 

Height 

(mm) 

Width 

(mm) 

Depth 

(mm) 

Capacity 

(L) 

81886/211/G2 Penguin 805 440 440 55 £176.49 

81886/230/G2 Dolphin 825 440 440 55 £176.49 

81886/242/G2 Frog 850 440 440 75 £183.99 



Each 

SpaceBuddy Recycling Bin 

The SpaceBuddy is a brightly coloured bin designed to encourage kids to 

recycle and tidy up. 

• 84 litre capacity as standard, plastic liner optional extra 

• WRAP compliant coloured lid, recycling label and eyes included as standard 

• For internal & external use 


81886 810 440 440 84 £136.49 



PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Park 

✓Outdoor Spaces 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Schools 

✓Factories 

✓Warehouse 

✓Sports Venue 

from only 

£139.49 

from only 

£120.49 

Heritage Lite Round Hooded Litter Bin 

Classic heavy duty litter bin with double apertures providing easy ‘walk by’ 

access in external environments. 

• 100 litre capacity 

• Includes plastic liner 

• Ground fixing optional extra 


81440/102/G2,R2 1168 570 570 100 £139.49 

Lock and gold bands as an optional extra. Available in Black (BL), Navy (NV), 

Dark Green (DG) & Burgundy 

Economy Monarch Litter Bin 

The Monarch is a simple, value for money open-top litter bin, suitable for a 

range of internal and external situations. 

• Includes a sack retention belt to hold a plastic sack (sack not included). 

• Ideal for school playground or outdoors areas. 

• Easy clean surface finish. 


808367G2N25 810 500 500 144 £120.49 

Please add colour suffix: Yellow (YE), Blue (BL), Black (BK), Green (GN) or Red (RD) 


179




OPERATOR CHAIRS 

from only 

£89.20 

from only 

£103.99 

Look Operator Chairs 

Look provides anatomically designed seating at a competitive price point. 

Two contoured back sizes are available offering excellent postural support, 

while a generous posture seat with an enhanced 'waterfall' front ensures 

comfort over long periods of use. Simple fingertip controls offer smooth 

adjustment of the back angle and seat height, while curved armrests offer 

the user superb additional style and comfort. 

• Seat W: 470 x D440 x H400-535mm 

Code Type Arm Type Each 5 10 

LO1 Mid Back None £99.86 £95.86 £89.20 

LO1LA Mid Back Loop £121.49 £114.99 £108.49 

LO1AA Mid Back 

Height 

Adjustable 

£134.49 £127.49 £120.99 

LO1DR Mid Back None £125.49 £118.99 £111.99 

LO2 High Back None £109.49 £102.99 £96.13 

LO2LA High Back Loop £128.49 £121.99 £115.49 

LO2AA High Back 

Height 

Adjustable 

£140.99 £134.49 £127.99 

Please add colour suffix to your order: Red (RD), Blue 

(BL), Grey (GR), Green (GN) or Black (BK) 

Pop Operator Seating 

Pop is a range of robust task chairs with clean modern styling. The range 

includes the choice of medium or high backs and loop or adjustable height 

arm types. 

• Seat W: 470 x D435 x H425-550mm, back height 460mm 


POP1 Mid Back None £117.49 £110.49 £103.99 

POP1LA Mid Back Loop £135.99 £129.49 £122.99 

POP1AA Mid Back Adjustable £148.99 £141.99 £135.49 

POP2 High Back None £123.99 £117.49 £110.99 

POP2LA High Back Loop £142.99 £136.49 £129.99 

POP2AA High Back Adjustable £155.49 £148.99 £142.49 

Please add colour suffix to your order: Red (RD), Blue (BL), Grey (GR), Green 

(GN) or Black (BK) 

from only 

£109.49 

from only 

£160.49 

Carlo Operator Seating 

The Carlo task chair utilises modern materials to create a chair that is 

both practical and innovative. With a stylish, robust yet flexible nylon back 

the Carlo chair manages to deliver superb comfort characteristics, with a 

modern aesthetic and a realistic price point. 

• Seat W: 495 x D470 x H440 - 570mm, back height 500mm 


CAR1 Mid Back None £122.99 £116.99 £109.49 

CAR1LA Mid Back Loop £141.99 £134.99 £128.49 

CAR1AA Mid Back Adjustable £154.49 £147.99 £140.99 


(GN) or Black (BK) and Back colour: White (W), Black (BK) or Grey (GR) 

Mesh Operator Seating 

Conceived with comfort in mind, mesh offers generous upholstery 

combined with sophisticated engineering to provide the ultimate in operator 

seatingat a realistic price point. 

• Seat W: 480 x D470 x H430 - 570mm, back height 590mm 

ode Type Arm Type Each 5 10 

MSH1 No Headrest None £173.99 £167.99 £160.49 

MSH1FX No Headrest Loop £189.49 £182.99 £176.49 

MSH1AA No Headrest Adjustable £211.99 £204.99 £198.49 

MSH2 Headrest None £200.99 £194.49 £187.49 

MSH2FX Headrest Loop £216.99 £209.99 £203.49 

MSH2AA Headrest Adjustable £238.99 £231.99 £225.49 


(GN) or Black (BK). Back mesh comes in black as standard. 





TABLES & CHAIRS 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Schools 

✓Hospitals 

✓Outside Areas 

Olney leisure seating 

A plastic four legged seating range ideal for outside use 

• Available in 4 colours 

Code 

Seat 

Width 

(mm) 

Seat 

Depth 

(mm) 

Seat 

Height 

(mm) 

Back 

Height 

(mm) 

Each 5 10 

OLN1 420 425 450 375 £101.49 £97.94 £87.94 

Please add colour suffix to your order: Chocolate(CH), 

Olive Green (G), Red (R), or Sand (S) 

Stacking Chairs 

A robust chrome frame and a technically advanced 2K sandwich 

polypropylene shell are at the heart of this vibrant and exciting multipurpose 

seating range. 

• A high gloss finish to the outer back and a textured, non-slip finish 

to the inside provides the very best aesthetic and practicality. 

• Available in 9 colours, including silver, this selection can 

provide the accent highlight in any environment 

Code 

Seat 

Width 

(mm) 

Seat 

Depth 

(mm) 

Seat 

Height 

(mm) 

Back 

Height 

(mm) 

Each 5 10 

V49 440 460 490 360 £113.49 £106.99 £99.91 


(GN), Black (BK), Yellow (YE), White (WH), Silver (SL) or Orange (OR) 

from only 

£214.99 

Folding Tables 

The ultimate in space saving is provided by these 

elegant folding leg framed tables. The easily 

foldable chrome leg frame folds flat when not in 

use for efficient storage, whilst providing a stable 

yet aesthetically pleasing table support. 

• Choice of 2 standard hard wearing MFC 

finishes, together with stylish chrome frames 

• Provide the ideal solution, whatever your 

conference, training or meeting requirements 

H x W x D 

Code 

Each 5 10 

(mm) 

720 x 1600 

VFIF1608R 

£234.99 £224.99 £214.99 

x 800 

Please add finish suffix to your order: 

Ice White (I) or Maple (M) 

Multi-Functional Tables 

Our meeting tables are fresh, clean and 

aesthetic. They are based around an elegantly 

slim angled leg frame which offers a new model 

of simplicity and balance in contemporary design 

and provides the ideal partner for meeting the 

ever changing needs of the multi-functional 

workspace. 

• Tops are available in a stocked finishes 

of Maple and Ice White (other finishes 

are available,please call for details) 

• Silver or Gloss white legs and 

detailing throughout the range 

Code 

H x W x D 

(mm) 

Each 5 10 

VAT1408 720 x 1400 x 800 £253.49 £243.49 £233.49 

VAT1608 720 x 1600 x 800 £259.99 £249.99 £239.99 

VAT2010 720 x 2000 x 1000 £278.99 £268.99 £258.99 

Please add finish suffix to your order: Ice White (I) or 

Maple (M) and Frame colour: White (W), Silver (S) 

from only 

£253.49 


181




CANTILEVER DESKS 

Maple Finish 

Cantilever Desking 

Manufactured to exacting standards but offering a competitive price option, Cantilever Desking brings the opportunity to satisfy the demand for a quality 

range of furniture, within tight budgetary constraints.Available with silver frames and maple finish 25mm MFC tops with cable ports as standard. 

from only 

£116.99 

from only 

£201.99 

Cantilever Rectangular Desks 

Code H x W x D (mm) Each 5 10 

SLD0808 720 x 800 x 800 £136.99 £126.99 £116.99 

SLD1208 720 x 1200 x 800 £146.49 £136.49 £126.49 

SLD1408 720 x 1400 x 800 £152.99 £142.99 £132.99 

SLD1608 720 x 1600 x 800 £155.99 £145.99 £135.99 

SLD1808 720 x 1800 x 800 £158.99 £148.99 £138.99 

Cantilever Crescent Desks 

Code Type H x W x D (mm) Each 5 10 

SLCD1612R Right Hand 720 x 1600 x 1180 £221.99 £211.99 £201.99 

SLCD1612L Left Hand 720 x 1600 x 1180 £221.99 £211.99 £201.99 

SLCD1812R Right Hand 720 x 1800 x 1180 £228.49 £218.49 £208.49 

SLCD1812L Left Hand 720 x 1800 x 1180 £228.49 £218.49 £208.49 

from only 

£151.99 

from only 

£107.49 

Cantilever Wave Desk 


SLWD1608 720 x 1600 x 800 - 700 £171.99 £161.99 £151.99 

Cantilever Return Desks 


SLRD0806 720 x 800 x 600 £127.49 £127.49 £107.49 

SLRD1006 720 x 1000 x 600 £133.99 £123.99 £113.99 





PANEL END DESKS 

Panel End Desking 

Oak Finish 

Beech Finish 

• A different look with the same ease of assembly. Desk tops are 25mm thick MFC with 2mm edging for durability.Matching MFC panel end leg frames 

include height levellers as standard. 

• For individual desking or smaller configurations Panel End Desking provides the ultimate in flexibility All desk prices include delivery and installation. 

from only 

£155.99 

Rectangular Panel End Desks 


V3RD1008 720 x 1000 x 800 £175.99 £165.99 £155.99 

V3RD1208 720 x 1200 x 800 £182.49 £172.49 £162.49 

V3RD1408 720 x 1400 x 800 £188.99 £178.99 £160.99 

V3RD1608 720 x 1600 x 800 £194.99 £184.99 £174.99 

V3RD1808 720 x 1800 x 800 £201.49 £191.49 £181.49 

Please add finish suffix to your order: Oak (O) or Beech (B) 

from only 

£181.49 

Wave Shaped Panel End Desks 


V3WD1209L Left Hand 720 x 1200 x 900 - 800 £201.49 £191.49 £181.49 

V3WD1209R Right Hand 720 x 1200 x 900 - 800 £201.49 £191.49 £181.49 








from only 

£263.99 

Crescent Shaped Panel End Desks 

• Available in left or right hand versions 

• Come with or without built in pedestal 


V3ICD1612R Right Hand 720 x 1600 x 1180 £283.99 £273.99 £263.99 

V3ICD1612L Left Hand 720 x 1600 x 1180 £283.99 £273.99 £263.99 

V3ICD1812R Right Hand 720 x 1800 x 1180 £290.49 £273.99 £263.99 

V3ICD1812L Left Hand 720 x 1800 x 1180 £290.49 £273.99 £263.99 

V3PICD1616L 

Left Hand 

inc Pedestal 

720 x 1600 x 1600 £433.99 £429.99 £419.99 

V3PICD1816L 

Left Hand 

inc Pedestal 

720 x 1800 x 1600 £439.99 £429.99 £419.99 



183




CANTEEN FURNITURE 

Blue seats available 

on 3-5 day delivery 

Standard Canteen Furniture 

Provide economical seating for vending, refreshment and rest areas. Simplify 

cleaning of dining areas, with clear access to floor. Modular units combine 

tables and seats in a wide range of seating arrangements enabling you to 

design your own layout. 

• Fully welded canteen unit with polypropylene seat shells. 

• Laminate table tops come in a light grey, with pvc 

edging for extra strength and protection. 

• Available in 2 seater single entry, 4 seater single entry, 4 seater 

double entry, 6 seater single entry and 6 seater double entry. 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Each 

B6FASTFD2SE 

2 seater 

single entry 

725 1690 530 £159.99 

B6FASTFD4SE 

4 seater 

single entry 

725 1690 1070 £231.99 

B6FASTFD4DE 

4 seater 

double entry 

725 1690 1070 £231.99 

B6FASTFD6SE 

6 seater 

single entry 

725 1690 1580 £319.99 

B6FASTFD6DE 

6 seater 

double entry 

725 1690 1580 £319.99 

Please add colour suffix when ordering: Red (R), Blue (B) or Black (A) 





CANTEEN FURNITURE 

Premium Canteen Furniture 

Premium canteen tables combine durability, practicality with modern styling. 

Fitted with contemporary aesthetic one piece moulded polypropylene seats. 

Manufactered from fully welded 50mm round tube steel. 

• Fully welded canteen unit with polypropylene seat shells. 

• Powder coated frames in Silver with optional floor fixings 

available.Laminate table tops come in a light grey, with 

pvc edging for extra strength and protection. 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Length (mm) Each 

B6PREFAST4S 

4 seater 

single entry 

860 1610 1070 £294.49 

B6PREFAST4D 

4 seater 

double entry 

860 1610 1070 £294.49 

B6PREFAST6S 

6 seater 

single entry 

860 1610 1580 £401.99 

B6PREFAST6D 

6 seater 

double entry 

860 1610 1580 £401.99 

Please add colour suffix when ordering: Blue (B) or Green (G) 


185




CYCLE SHELTERS 

from only 

£1205.99 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Schools 

✓Colleges 


Tintagel Cycle Shelters 

The Tintagel cycle shelter is a simple yet modern design and has a robust, 

all weather construction. A unique design feature of the Tintagel is that the 

leg frames can be used as racks to provide additional cycle parking spaces if 

required. 

• Easily accessed from both sides 

• Zinc coated with a powder coated finish in any RAL 

colour - also available fully galvanized 

• Leg frames can either be bolted to the floor or grouted into the ground 


SCTT2020F 2530 2000 2150 £1205.49 

SCTT3020F 2530 3000 2150 £1365.99 

SCTT4020F 2530 4000 2150 £1526.99 

SCTT5020F 2530 5000 2150 £1687.49 

Add colour suffix when ordering: Galvanised (V), Light Grey (JLX), Blue (JBX) or 

Green (JGX) 

from only 

£1687.50 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓Schools 

✓Colleges 

✓Workplaces 

Kenilworth Cycle Shelter 

The Kenilworth is an attractive, curved cycle shelter, popular with schools 

and colleges and offers floor to roof level protection from the prevailing 

elements. This is a tough, robust structure with vandal resistant features. 

• Zinc coated with a powder coated finish in any RAL 

colour - also available fully galvanized. 

• Initial shelters can be linked side by side to form longer runs. 

• The Kenilworth is also available as a cycle compound, with 

or without security gates, please call for details. 


SCKN2020O 2230 2000 2150 £1687.50 

SCKN3020O 2230 3000 2150 £1848.21 

SCKN4020O 2230 4000 2150 £2008.93 

SCKN5020O 2230 5000 2150 £2169.64 

Add colour suffix when ordering: Galvanised (V), Light Grey (JLX), Blue (JBX) or 

Green (JGX) 





SMOKING SHELTERS 

from only 

£2141.49 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Smoking 

Areas in the 

workplace 

Smoking Shelters 

- Traditional 

Recent legislation throughout the UK banning 

smoking in public places including the workplace 

has resulted in employers adopting new codes 

of practise to accommodate smokers. These 

shelters enable employers and establishments 

to create a designated smoking area away from 

main entrances and exits. Site surveys and 

installation available - call for details 

• Robust all-weather construction. 

• 6mm clear perspex sides with choice of 

perforated sheet steel or perspex back. 

• More than 50% open area to allow 

rapid dispersal of cigarette fumes. 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity Each 

SS212419P Perforated Steel 2180 2450 1900 7 People £2141.49 




SS212419X Perspex 2180 2450 1900 7 People £2302.49 




Add colour suffix when ordering: Light Grey (LX), Blue (BX) or Green (GX) 

from only 

£2775.09 

PERFECT FOR 

✓ 

✓Smoking 

Areas in the 

workplace 

Smoking Shelters - Premier 

The Premier Smoking Shelter has a curved 

roof made from translucent polycarbonate 

panels, giving up to 97% UV protection. The 

contemporary design enables employers to 

provide a modern and aesthetically pleasing 

smoking area away from main entrances and 

exits. Suitable for up to 9 people. Site surveys 

and installation available - call for details 

• Robust all weather construction. 

• Choice of clear perspex or powder coated 

steel perforated side & back panels. 

• Parabolts for surface mounting included. Must 

be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability. 

Code Type Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm) Capacity Each 



Add colour suffix when ordering: Light Grey (LX), Blue (BX) or Green (GX) 


187



PROJECTS 

FURNITURE SOLUTIONS 

FURNITURE SOLUTIONS 

Working with experts in this field we supply furniture solutions to clients throughout the UK. Our team can help to plan and 

design your ideal office allowing you to visualise before you decide. During the planning process, we advise on design and 

layout techniques that allow the space to be used in the most efficient and ergonomic. This includes lighting, partitioning, 

ceilings in fact everything you need for a complete solution 

Customer Service Centres 

Conference Areas 

Meeting Rooms 

Canteen & Breakout Areas 

Every Day Chairs 

Executive Chairs 

188



PROJECTS 

WORKSPACE PROJECTS 

OFFICE PARTITIONING 

Office Partitioning is now key to the office and helps meet the ever changing needs to use space 

effectively. To separate desks, to create pods or to create individual rooms and walkways there is a wide 

variety of office partitioning 

SUSPENDED CEILINGS 

Suspended ceilings have become one of the most important aspects of interior design within buildings 

today. The spaces where we work, relax, study or spend leisure all need to be designed with the right 

levels of acoustics and lighting to create healthy environment.There are a full range of design solutions 

for all requirements, standard grid system for the open plan, or a more specialist application for a WC or 

Wet room. 

189



INDEX 

BARRIER AND POSTS 

BARRIERS 

Wall Mounted 42 

Tri-block - Lorry Stops 46 

STEEL BARRIERS 

Standard Steel Barriers 47 

Low Level Channel 45 

Low Level Tubular 45 

Twin Channel 45 

Heavy Duty Steel Barriers 47 

POSTS 

Standard Post 43 

Heavy Duty Post 43 

Tensacone 43 

A4 Post Top Sign 43 

BOTTLE SKIPS 

Standard bottle skips 70 

Recycled Bottle Skips 70 

BULK & COLLAPSIBLE CONTAINERS 

Economy Folding Bulk Container 96 

Maxipac folding bulk containers 96 

Non Stackable Steel Retention Units 97 

Stackable Steel Retention Units 97 

Steel Collapsible Hypacages 97 

Chrome Euro Container Box Carts 24 

CABINETS 


High Density Cabinets 144 

Engineers Cabinets 145 



Clear Storage Cabinets 72 

Turntables for 550mm High Range 73 

Cabinet Stands for 550mm High Range 72 

Retaining Bars for Tilt Bins 73 

Steel Cabinet Turntable Kits 74 

LINBIN CABINET KITS 

Linbin Cupboards 140 

Linbin Kits 141 

TILT BIN CONTAINERS 

Tilt Bin Trolley 75 

Steel Bin Cabinets 74 

SECURITY CABINETS 

Fire Resistant Security Cabinets 156 

Security Cabinets 156 

Cash & Valuable Safe 156 

CUPBOARDS - INDUSTRIAL & OFFICE 

Standard Cupboard 138 

Low Cupboard 138 

Wardrobe Cupboard 138 

Combination Cupboard 138 

8 Compartment Cupboard 138 

Open Cupboard 138 

Mobile Workplace Cupboards 139 

Wall Cupboards 139 

Workplace Cupboards 150-151 

Stainless Steel Cupboards 139 

Stainless Steel Floor Chests 139 

Steel Bin Pigeon hole Stoarge 142-143 

DOLLIES 

Confectionary Dolly 92 

Smart Case 93 

Standard Dolly 92 

Universal Dolly 92 

DRUM MOVEMENT 

Circular Drum Dolly 90-91 

Drum Tilt Lever 93 

Drum Trucks 92 

Pallet Loading Drum Truck 93 

ESD PROTECTED BINS 

ESD Storage Bins 78 

ESD Stacking Bins 78 

ESD Storage Bin dividers 78 

ESD Cabinets 123 

EUROCONTAINERS & PLASTIC 

CONTAINERS 

Solid Euro Stacking Container 86 

Euro Container Covers 86 

Euro Container Snap Shut Lids 86 

Euro Containers with Integral Lid 87 

Ventilated Euro Containers 87 

Toeboxes - attached lid containers 87 

Coloured Attached Lid Containers 90 

Ecotote Recycled Attached Lid Containers 88 

Kaiman Attached Lid Containers (food grade) 89 

Attached Lid Containers (coloured Lids) 90 

Maxinest Containers 91 

Solid Stack & Nest Containers 90 

Ventilated Stack & Nest Containers 91 

Clear Containers with Lids 92 

Clear Trays with Lids 93 

FIRST AID 

Work Medic Catering Kit 160 

Work Medic First Aid Kit 160 

Workplace Compliant First Aid Kit 161 

Catering Essentials Kit 161 

Burns First Aid Mobile Kit Bag 162 

Burns Treatment 162 

Core Large Instant Ice Pack 162 

Defribrillator 162 

FURNITURE 

CHAIRS 

Operators Chairs 180 

Leisure Seating 181 

Stacking Chairs 181 

DESKING 

Rectangular Cantilever Desks 182 

Rectangular Panel End Desks 182 

Cantilever Rectangular Desks 183 

Cantilever Return Desks 182 

Cantilever Wave Desk 182 

Crescent Cantilever Desks 182 

Crescent Shaped Panel End Desks 183 

Wave Shaped Panel Ens Desks 183 

Cantilever Crescent Desks 182 

TABLES 

Folding Tables 181 

Multi-Functional Tables 181 

CANTEEN 

Standard 184 

Premium 185 

GAS CAGES 

Collapsible Gas Cage 168 

Gorilla Modular Gas Cages 168 

GRIT BINS, SHOVELS & GRIT 

Heavy Duty Grit Bins 174 

Mini Grit Bin 174 

Stackable Grit Bins 174 

Grit Bin kit 174 

Snow Shovels 175 

Forklift Snow Plough 175 

Push Along Snow Plough 175 

Salt Spreader 175 

Salt/Grit 175 

Magic Ice Melt 175 


Hazardous Storage Floor 146 & 163 & 167 

Hazardous StorageWall 146 

Hazardous Storage Stands 146 

FlamBank Hazardous Storage 149&167 

FlamStor Hazardous Storage Cabinet 149 &167 

Collapsible Hazardouse Store 167 

Chem Cube Plastic Chemical Cabinet 166 

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING FOR RACKING 

& SHELVING SYSTEMS 

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels 50 

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels (A-Z) 50 

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labels (0-9) 50 

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Label Holders 51 

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Ticket Holders 51 

Document Pockets 52 

Frames4Docs 52 

Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking Strip 53 

Magnetic Location Markers 53 

Magnetic Numbers & Letters 53 




INDEX 

Self-Adhesive Magnetic Strip 53 

Racksack- waste control 55 


Cushion Trax 48 

Cushion Ease Solid Top 48 

Diamond Interlock Matting 48 

Ergo Tred 48 

Polyplush 49 

Soft Tred 49 

Interflex 49 

LOCKERS 

Clean & Dirty Lockers 136 

Cube Lockers 133 

Express Delivery Lockers 132 

Laptop Lockers 134 

Perforated Door Lockers 134 

Personal Effects Lockers 134 

Plastic Lockers 137 

Premium Lockers 133 

Standard Lockers 132 

Twin Locker 136 

Two Person Lockers 136 

Uniform Lockers 137 

Z Door Lockers 134 

LINBINS, TRAYS AND CABINET KITS 

Clear Linbins 77 

Coloured Linbins 76 

Linbin Divider Packs 77 

Grey Linbins 76 

Recycled Black Linbins 77 

Linbin Trays 79 

Linbin Tray Dividers 79 

Linbin Tray End Stops 79 

LOUVRE PANELS 

Freestanding Louvre Panels 85 

Freestanding Panel Kit 85 

Louvre Panel Trolley Kits 84 

Louvre Panel Trolleys 84 

Wall Mounted Louvre Panels 82 

Wall Mounted Panel Kits 83 

MOBILE STEPS 

Standard Mobile Steps 127 

Medium Duty Mobile Safety Steps 128 

Heavy Duty Mobile Safety Steps 129 

Narrow Aisle Mobile Steps 127 

Two Step Range 126 

Sturdy 2-5 Step Range 127 

Mobile Warehouse Steps with Inboard Wheels 128 

Wheelaong Steps 126 

PALLET TRUCKS 

Adjustable Pallet Trucks 104 

Budget Pallet Trucks 104 

Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks 105 

Mini Pallet Trucks 104 

Printer’s Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks 105 

Weighing Pallet Trucks 105 

Extra Long Pallet Trucks 105 

Heavy Duty Electric Pallet Truck 106 

High Lift Pallet Truck 107 

Medium Duty Electric Pallet Truck 106 

Semi-Electric Pallet Trucks 106 

Scissor Lift Tables 107 

PALLET STACKERS 

Standard Stackers 108 

Straddle Stackers 108 

Electric Lift Stacker 108 

Economy Powered Pallet Stackers 108 

PLASTIC PALLETS 

Industrial Box Pallets 94 

Maestro Pallets 94 

Packpal Nesting Pallet 94 

Collapsible Plastic Box Pallet 96 

Plastic Pallet Collar 94 

Solid Geobox 94 

Universal Pallet 94 

Ventilated Geobox 94 

PPE CABINETS 

PPE Cabinet 148 & 163 

Sloping Top Bins 148 & 166 

Flat Top Bins 148 & 166 

Oily Rag Bins 149 & 166 

RACKING 

HEAVY DUTY RACKING 

Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Levels 20-21 

Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Frames 20-21 

Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Shelf Levels 22-23 

CANTILEVER RACKING 

Cantilever Arms 166-167 

Cantilever Racking Kits 166-167 

Cantilever Retaining Pins 168-169 

RACKING PROTECTION 

Crash Protection Posts 44 

Heavy Duty Warehouse Column Protection 44 

Flexi Bollard 44 

Monstrut Column Protection 44 

Upright Protectors 45 

Steel Barrier Systems 45 

Rubber Barrier Protection - Double D 46 

BAR AND SHEET STORAGE 

Multi-Height Plate Rack 31 

Multipurpose Rack 30 

Stacking Bar Cradles 31 

Vertical Storage Rack 30 

ROLL CAGES & STORAGE 

Boxwell Mobile Storage 117 

Security Roll Cages 118 

Jumbo Roll Cages 119 

Nestable A Frame Roll Containers 118 

SACK TRUCKS 

All Round Sack Truck 101 

Budget Sack Truck 101 

Conventional Sack Trucks 100 

Delivery Drivers Sack Truck 101 

2 in 1 Solid Wheel Sack Truck 100 

High Back P Handle Sack Truck 100 

Rough Terrain Sack Trucks 100 

Standard Sack Truck 101 

Universal Sack Truck 101 

Aluminium 2 in 1 Sack Truck 103 

Aluminium Sack Truck with Skids 103 

Folding Aliminium Platform Trolley 103 

Lightweight Aluminium Folding Sack Truck 103 

SIGNAGE 

Fire Safety Signage 164 

General Safety Signage 165 

Caution Signs 165 

SCALE WEIGHTS AND MEASURES 

Bench Scale 68 

Floor Scales 69 

Light Capacity Platform Scales 69 

Weighing & Counting Scales 68 

SECURITY 

Mesh Security Cage Kit 

Security Cage Unit 

Key Safes 154 

Key Cabinets 155 

Safes 157 

SHELVING 

BOLTED SHELVING 

Heavy Duty Bolted Shelving 4 

Zamba ® Medway Heavy Duty Bolted Shelving 4 

Economy Bolted Shelving 4 

Supreme Bolted Shelving 4 

BOLTLESS SHELVING 

Multi Purpose Boltless Shelving 5 

Lever Arch File Storage Unit 7 

Economy Boltless Shelving 5 


Economy Bolted Shelving 5 

Spur Wall Mounted Upright Shelf Kits 7 

Zamba ® Supreme Bolted Shelving 4 

Mighty Fast Assembly Shelving 5 


191



INDEX 

WORKPLACE SHELVING 

Medium Duty Archive Shelving 29 

Grey Shelving System 8-9 

INDUSTRIAL SHELVING 

Heavy Duty Industrial Shelving 18 

Medium Duty Industrial Shelving 10 

Zamba ® Light Industrial Shelving 13 


Boxed Industrial Shelving Bays 13 

Pre-Packed Industrial Shelving Sets 12 


Stockroom Shelving Bays 14 - 15 

WAREHOUSE SHELVING 

Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving Bays 16 

Medium Duty Warehouse Shelving Levels 17 

Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Bays 18 

Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Levels 19 

Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Frames 21 

Extra Heavy Duty Warehouse Shelving Shelf Levels 21 

CHROME SHELVING 

Anti-Bacterial Wire Shelving 22 

Chrome Wire Shelving 22 

Chrome Shelving Accessories 23 

Chrome Wall Shelving Units 24 

Tyre Shelving 27 

Archive Shelving 29 

Archive Boxes 29 

Garment Shelving 26 

SMOKING AND CYCLE SHELTERS 

Kenilworth Cycle Shelter 186 

Tintagel Cycle Shelters 186 

Smoking Shelter - Traditional 187 

Smoking Shelter - Premier 187 

SPILLS & TRIPS& DRUMS 

IBC Spillpallets 169 

Carry Bag Spill Kit 172 

Handy Bag Spill Kit 172 

Shoulder Bag Spill Kit 172 

Spill Trays 169 

Spill Mate 173 

Wheeled Bin Spill Kits 172 

Wheeled Lockers 172 

Drum Sump Pallets 169 

Bunded Fuel & Oil Tanks 171 

Bunded Workfloors 170 

Drum and IBC Stores 171 

Drum Bank 170 

STEPS AND LADDERS 

Combination Ladders 123 

Doube Extension ladders 125 

Fibreglass Ladders 121 

High Handrail Stepladders 122 

Step Ladders 121 

Telescopic Ladders 125 

Telescopic Safety Platforms 124 

Work Platforms 125 

Folding Work Platform 109 

Access Tower 124 

Podium Steps 124 

Kick Steps 120 

Plastic Safety Steps 120 

Step Stools 120 

TAPERED TRUCKS 

Tapered Trucks 109 

Recycled Tapered Trucks 109 

TROLLEYS 

Adjustable Shelf Trolleys 111 

Adjustable Tray Racks 111 

Mobile Tray Racks 110 

Small Parts Storage Tray Racks 111 

Adjustable Shelf Trolleys 112 

Heavy Duty Nesting Cash & Carry Trolley 115 

Heavy Duty Platform Trolley 115 

Industrial Shelf Trolleys 113 

Large Platform Trolley 115 

Narrow Cash & Carry Trolley 115 

Garment Racking Trolley 117 

Stock Trolley 111 

Workshop Trolleys 113 

Chrome Euro Container Box Carts 24 

GRATNELLS TROLLEY & TRAY KITS, CONTAINERS AND TRAYS 

Gratnells Frames & Tray sets 81 

Gratnells Trays 80 

Gratnells Under Bench & Tray Sets 80 

Smart Case 93 

Clear Containers with Lids 93 

TOOL & SECURITY STORAGE 

Tuffbank 153 

TRUCKS 

Mesh Firm Loading Trucks 114 

Timber Firm Loading Trucks 114 

Zinc Plated Platform Trucks 114 

Plywood Deck Turntable Trucks 116 

Steel Deck Turntable Trucks 116 

WAREHOUSE INFORMATION LABELS 

Angled Aisle Marker 54 

Identification for the end of bays 54 

Magnetic & Self-Adhesive Bay Markers 54 

Pallet Floor Markers 55 

WAREHOUSE FLOOR SIGNALS 

Graphic Floor Signs 55 

Pallet Floor Markers 55 

WHEELED BINS AND LITTER BINS 

Litter Bins 179 

SpaceBuddy Bin 179 

AquaBuddy Bin 179 

Smiley Face Bin 179 

Hungry Hippo Litter Bin 179 

Round Heritage Bin 179 

Economy Monarch Litter Bin 179 

RYCYCLING BINS 

EcoAce Recycling Bin 178 

Maxi Envirobin 178 

Midi Envirobin 178 

Mini Envirobin 178 

Lift Top Recycling Bins 177 

Touch Top Lift Recycling Bins 177 

Open Top Recycling Bins 177 

WHEELED BINS 

Wheeled Bins 176 

Wheeled Bin Accessories 176 

Wheeled Bin Liners 176 

WORKBENCHES 

Adjustable Height Workbenches 66 

Anti-Static Workbenches 64 

Cantilever Workbenches 58 & 66 

Express Delivery Anti-Static Workbenches 64 

Express Delivery Cantilever Workbenches 64 

Express Delivery Square Tube Workbenches 64 

Extra Heavy Duty Workbench 60 

Folding Work Platform 56 

Heavy Duty Workbench Kit 61 

Infinite Modular Easy Order Workbench 67 

Light Duty Workbench 56 

Medium Duty Workbench Kit 60 

Packing Bench 57 

Stainless Steel Workbenches 61 

Square Framed Workbenches 58 

Square Tube Workbenches 65 


Complete Workshop Kit 150 

Workshop Cupboards 151 

Workshop Drawer Unit 151 

Workshop Tool Cupboard 151 

Workshop Wall Cupboard 151 


We are here to help 

The Storage Design catalogue is unique. It is the only one dedicated to industrial 

& workplace equipment that provides a personal, one to one service to help 

advise you. 

This is particularly valuable if you are considering a major storage project where 

you require a solution tailored to your specific needs. 

Whatever you want, please call us. 

Even if it’s not in this catalogue, we may be able to help you. 

call 01446 772 614 

Conditions of Sale 

We endeavour to maintain the prices shown (errors and omissions accepted). However, from time to time it will be 

necessary to make amendments. In the event of a price change notification of the alteration will be given prior to 

despatch. Please refer to our delivery charges on the inside cover of this catalogue 

Delivery 

Delivery times noted in the catalogue are accurate (errors and omissions accepted) at the point of publication. 

Delivery lead times are however estimates and the company shall not be liable for any damage resulting from delays 

in delivery. We reserve the right to deliver to the ground floor or Goods Inwards unless special arrangements have 

previously been agreed From time to time installation is required and this will be arranged and agreed prior to delivery. 

Shortages & Damage 

Responsibility for the above will not be accepted once the goods have been signed for. We would encourage you to 

refuse delivery of damaged goods and make the reason for refusal of goods clear on the carrier’s paperwork. Should 

shortage or damage be found within a sealed carton we would ask you to notify us within 24 hours. 

Returns 

Storage Design will not take responsibility for wrongly ordered goods. Should you wish to return such product a handling 

fee will be charged along with the carriage charge associated with picking up the goods. All returned goods must be 

in a re-saleable condition. Returned goods will only be accepted with prior agreement and within 10 days of receipt of 

the product. Any bespoke product for the buyer or his customer is not eligible for return 

Reservation of Title 

The title of the Goods shall not pass to the buyer until the buyer has paid in full. 

In the event of sale of the goods by the buyer to a third party Storage Design reserves title to the proceeds of sale. 

All risk and responsibility for safe keeping , maintenance and insurance pass to the buyer upon delivery 

Copyright 

Storage Design does not necessarily own the images, codes, IPR or trademarks of goods from their guest suppliers. 

The display of or sale of goods is done in good faith and so doing shall not transfer or affect ownership of the 

Intellectual Property Rights/Trademarks etc of the Goods or render Storage Design liable for any event.



Storage Design Limited 

Primrose Hill 

Cowbridge 

South Wales 

CF71 7DU 


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED 

email info@storage-design.ltd.uk 

tel 01446 772614 

fax 01446 774770

Storage Direct 1015 Catalogue Storage & Handling Equipment

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?